Be Ready, with guest Chuck Hudson 24 Oct 2016, 2:01 am

Be Ready, with guest Chuck Hudson Cat Ellis “Herbal Prepper Live” Listen in player below! Update: scheduling change, Katja Swift from the CommonWealth Center for Herbal Medicine will be our live guest next week. On this episode, Chuck Hudson is going to be joining us again to wrap up the conversation we started on October … Continue reading Be Ready, with guest Chuck Hudson

The post Be Ready, with guest Chuck Hudson appeared first on Prepper Broadcasting |Network.

Alan Kay Season One Winner “Alone” 22 Oct 2016, 2:01 am

Alan Kay Season One Winner  “Alone” Forrest & Kyle “The Prepping Academy” Listen in player below! Join Forrest and Kyle on this special show with an amazing guest. We skipped Kyle’s Conspiracy of the Week to maximize the interview. During a recent trip to Prepper Camp, Forrest was able to meet a lot of interesting folks. And he even … Continue reading Alan Kay Season One Winner “Alone”

The post Alan Kay Season One Winner “Alone” appeared first on Prepper Broadcasting |Network.

Self Reliance News Round Up – 2016-10-22 22 Oct 2016, 2:00 am

Self Reliance News - Saturday 22nd of October 2016

Posts this week from ...
Read the rest

PREPPER BASICS Should I stay or should I go? 21 Oct 2016, 2:01 am

PREPPER BASICS: Should I stay or should I go? Bobby Akart “Prepping For Tomorrow” Audio in player below! On this week’s episode of the Prepping for Tomorrow program, Author Bobby Akart will continue his month long discussion of prepper basics. The Prepper’s Conundrum is Bug In or Bug Out—Should I stay or should I go? … Continue reading PREPPER BASICS Should I stay or should I go?

The post PREPPER BASICS Should I stay or should I go? appeared first on Prepper Broadcasting |Network.

Defending the First Amendment 20 Oct 2016, 2:01 am

Defending the First Amendment James Walton “I Am Liberty” Listen to this show in player below! This week we have seen the first amendment under attack like never before. Are you prepared to defend the first amendment? Not only now but in hard times. we will also discuss the importance of the second amendment in … Continue reading Defending the First Amendment

The post Defending the First Amendment appeared first on Prepper Broadcasting |Network.

Winter Survival 19 Oct 2016, 2:01 am

Winter Survival Josh “7 P’s of survival” Listen in player below! In this episode of the 7 P’s of Survival Radio Show we will be talking all things winter survival and preparedness. While we are all most likely a few weeks away from out first major winter storm now is the time to stock up. Get … Continue reading Winter Survival

The post Winter Survival appeared first on Prepper Broadcasting |Network.

Investments For Preppers Part 1 17 Oct 2016, 4:44 pm

Investments For Preppers
2016-03-20 16:00:33


  Before I begin this post, I need to clarify two things. First, I am not a stock broker, I am an information broker, and there is a huge difference. Stock brokers deal with trade-able certificates of shares in public companies, Information Brokers deal with data, research and the like, often hired primarily to find information and translate it into layman’s terms.… Read the rest

Taming Stress with Nervine and Adaptogenic Herbs 15 Oct 2016, 11:14 am

Taming Stress: Cooler Heads Will Prevail This week’s show is all about calming, nervine and adaptogenic herbs. People underestimate the impact stress has on their health. We don’t make our best decisions when under stress. Stress prompts us to act without thinking. If we are anxious, if we panic, if we are desperate, we lose […]

The post Taming Stress with Nervine and Adaptogenic Herbs appeared first on Herbal Prepper.

Self Reliance News Round Up – 2016-10-15 15 Oct 2016, 2:00 am

Self Reliance News - Saturday 15th of October 2016

Posts this week from ...

How to Stockpile for your Motorcycle posted by
Video: An Alternative to Epi-Pen posted by
55+ Cool & Creative Ideas In Raised Bed Gardening posted by
...… Read the rest

Self Reliance News Round Up – 2016-10-15 15 Oct 2016, 2:00 am

Self Reliance News - Saturday 15th of October 2016

Posts this week from ...

How to Stockpile for your Motorcycle posted by
Video: An Alternative to Epi-Pen posted by
55+ Cool & Creative Ideas In Raised Bed Gardening posted by
...… Read the rest

Privacy Watch Weekly – 2016-10-14 14 Oct 2016, 2:00 am

Watch now! Sophos Intercept X: CryptoGuard Anti-Ransomware in 60 Seconds

sophos-intercept-x-icon-150It’s been almost a month since we launched our brand new approach to endpoint security, Sophos Intercept X.

Intercept X features signatureless anti-exploit, anti-ransomware and anti-hacker technology that includes visual root-cause analysis and advanced malware cleanup.… Read the rest

Ways to decide… Friend or Foe? 13 Oct 2016, 6:48 pm


I posed a question on my Facebook asking…”What should I talk on?”  There were a few responses but the thing that got some great conversation going was a reply…”How to form friendships or greet people after the collapse.”  Funny thing was this morphed into a conversation about defenses.


The original topic suggestion was excellent but also the questions to it that followed raised some good points.  So this week let’s talk about keeping up our defenses and vetting others after SHTF.


First off let’s talk about exactly checklistwhat it means to be “vetted”, vetted in its simplest terms, means to be checked out.  Ideally, we would choose to do this before a problem arises, but there is always going to be the inevitability of needing to do so after.  For one reason or another, someone will arrive and wish to stay with your group.


questionSo now you have decided that a person might be worthy of allowing to remain with your group or at your location.  How will you investigate their honesty and keep your group safe in the process.  There are a few things I might recommend to help determine if the person(s) are genuine and safe.  How can you determine this if a person is not the obvious foe?  What if they are a spy for a gang of thieves or worse? The most ideal way to know is if there is a trusted member of the group that can vouch for them, but if this is not the case, some ideas might be.

  • First thing to consider is how much access will you give them? Consider this, if they are looking for intel, why offer it right up?  Have an area that is separate and has no access to the logistical information or supplies.  Away from food stores and the communications, separate from all the sensitive information.
  • During this time, have someone befriend them. Settle in a trusted member of the group into the separate area, looking like they are in the same position to see if they can gather any inadvertent information on them.
  • Utilize “Disinformation” … This is sharing with them false information, giving them information you want them to have. Like having them work in an area you call “under guarded” acting as though they are helping to beef it up.  When in reality it is exactly where you would want an intruder to pass…This puts you in control

All of these things can help in vetting someone, but they are not always foolproof and you may very well find yourself facing down an invading force.


In keeping up our defenses we must consider not only the old stand-by…Grandpa’s shotgun behind the door but some non-lethal alternatives.  Ways that we can make our location less appealing to the “would be” intruder.  While not taking out potential friendlies.  Many talk of the “Lone Wolf” mindset, which brings to mind images of the movie Jeremiah Johnson… but even he had a few trusted people that he would trade with and enjoy a bit of company from time to time.  So… how do we keep up our defenses while still forming alliances and friendships post SHTF?


Some things to do would be to make your place less appealing, and how can we do this?

  • Try planting thorny bushes under windows this will discourage those who might try to come through a window.
  • Window coverings, use them…Do not let the intruder see if there is anything inside they want
  • Trash, watch what you advertise…are you telling others you have lots of canned goods?
  • Lighting…maybe power is out, look for Solar powered exterior lighting to help illuminate areas where someone can hide.
  • Reinforcements… use extra locks, pieces of wood to keep windows and doors from opening.
  • Common Sense…this is the number one thing you can do, use common sense. OPSEC



One thing that was brought up in the conversation is that most people will likely just want what you have.  So how do we keep them at bay, while still trying to move forward with some kind of civility?  Community is, I think going to still be very important and in many ways crucial, so how do we decide if a person is friendly or not while still maintaining our defenses?


What about the grey area?  That time post incident when we are not sure if there is still Rule of Law (ROL), how can we protect ourselves short term, while considering legal ramifications of defenses? A few things to think about, but once you get going I bet you can add many more to the list.

  • Non-lethal guns, BB Gun, Pellet Gun or Airsoft Rifle and even Paintball Gun can leave nice welts. These may discourage some but many that are determined might need more of a deterrent.
  • Pepper spray (homemade) or Wasp spray, these will make a person very uncomfortable and there are recipes on YouTube (click here)
  • Sling shot or Wrist rocket (be careful with these as they can be lethal) but using rock salt would give an intruder a nice sting.
  • The old trick of the aerosol flame thrower…simply…a lighter and any aerosol propelled flammable product like hairspray, brake or carburetor cleaner.
  • Super Soaker or other high powered squirt gun. (WHAT?!?!?!?) you got it… what if we filled these with, ammonia or gasoline? They now become a very effective deterrent.


There are many good reasons to be part of a group or even form one post collapse, these might be anything from sharing labor and defenses to simply maintaining a feeling of community and normalcy.  No matter the reasons it is imperative that we remain vigilant in keeping watch


Part of being prepared is to maintain OPSEC (which is another post all together) but it is worthy of repeating.  Don’t share your preps on the internet or show it to your neighbors or advertise it in your trash.  Keep a low profile on these things and keep your preps securely hidden.  Don’t tell others what you have stored or where your BOL is (unless they will be joining you).  Bad times can make good people do bad things.

DJ Cooper

If you would like to listen to one of my past shows talking exactly on this listen here.

Surviving Chaos with Guest Chuck Hudson on HPL 8 Oct 2016, 10:41 am

Surviving Civil Unrest, Riots and Terror Attacks Learn how to survive civil unrest, riots and terror attacks this week on Herbal Prepper Live. My guest will be Chuck Hudson, Survival Instructor and founder of The Medic Shack. We are going to discuss: What to do if you find yourself in the middle of a mob […]

The post Surviving Chaos with Guest Chuck Hudson on HPL appeared first on Herbal Prepper.

Self Reliance News Round Up – 2016-10-08 8 Oct 2016, 2:00 am

Self Reliance News - Saturday 8th of October 2016

Posts this week from ...

Hackaday Prize Entry: Raspberry Pi Zero Smart Glass posted by
Deutsche Bank CEO Returns Home Empty-Handed After Failing To Reach 'Deal' With DOJ: Bild posted by
Notes for Sunday ?Read the rest

Self Reliance News Round Up – 2016-10-08 8 Oct 2016, 2:00 am

Self Reliance News - Saturday 8th of October 2016

Posts this week from ...

Hackaday Prize Entry: Raspberry Pi Zero Smart Glass posted by
Deutsche Bank CEO Returns Home Empty-Handed After Failing To Reach 'Deal' With DOJ: Bild posted by
Notes for Sunday ?Read the rest

Privacy Watch Weekly – 2016-10-07 7 Oct 2016, 2:00 am

London Police Arrest Romanian ATM Hacker Who Stole Millions

A Romanian man has been arrested and charged with conspiracy relating to his involvement in a prolific ATM malware campaign. Emanual Leahu, 30, was arrested in the western city of Bac?u, Romania by the London Regional Fraud Team (LRFT) London police run by the City of London Police on Tuesday 20 September, extradited to the United Kingdom last week.… Read the rest

Why Is Responsive Design Important? 3 Oct 2016, 9:38 am

Responsive Design

What is it?

First, we must know what responsive design is before we can know why it’s important.

Responsive design is a style of web development who’s aim is to allow native webpage viewing in whatever format in which it is viewed. A good analogy would be that page content is like water. It takes the shape of the container that it’s in. Unresponsive design would be like dropping an unmelting ice cube into a cup, content will never fit to the container.

How is Responsive Design Achieved?

Responsive design is achieved by using objects called media queries along with flexible grids and scaling images.

What are media queries?

 An example of a media query would be: @media screen and (min-width: 480px). This is a standard media query that checks to see if the screen is 480px or wider, it would be used for devices such as landscape phones, tablets, laptops and computers. Here’s another example: @media screen and (min-width: 1024px). This media query would be used almost exclusively for desktops and laptops.

For a list of standard media queries, check out

What are flexible grids?

A flexible grid consists of columns and rows of equal size. Generally 12 columns are used and instead of using a hard size for each, such as 150px we use a flexible size of 100%. This allows the columns to expand and contract depending on the size of screen.

For a responsive grid generator, check out

The image below is a representation of flexible columns.

responsive design grid
Responsive Design Grid

What are scaling images and why are they important?

Scaled images are just that, images which have been scaled up or down. Images are a huge part of web design, they take up the bulk of space and load times for websites, that’s why that scaling is so important. You don’t want to use a thumbnail sized image as a logo or header image, it’ll look like something out of a 1930’s film. Image scaling can be done server-side for the most part through the use of CSS or Javascript, but you can also use multiple sized images to achieve the same effect. Not only do correctly scaled images decrease storage space and load times they also give a huge UX boost by helping to maintain correct aspect ratios and maintain Retina quality images.

For a list of common mistakes people make while dealing with images, check out

There you have it, the importance of responsive web design.

Here’s a quick recap:

  • Responsive design is the backbone of a good user experience across multiple platforms.
  • Responsive design is achieved through media queries, a flexible grid system and properly scaled images.
  • With the ever growing usage of cell phones and tablets, responsive websites are the way of the future.

What are some good and bad examples of responsive design that you’ve seen? Comment below!


The post Why Is Responsive Design Important? appeared first on N0c0 Technologies.

Self Reliance News Round Up – 2016-10-01 1 Oct 2016, 2:00 am

Self Reliance News - Saturday 1st of October 2016

Posts this week from ...

The retirement gamble: 30 percent of American adults have no retirement savings. Half of Americans live paycheck to paycheck. posted by
Bush Daughter Attends Clinton Fundraiser in Paris posted by
Nothing Is Worse Than Living Off The Grid & Being Bit By A Brown Recluse Find Out How To Treat It posted by
...… Read the rest

Self Reliance News Round Up – 2016-10-01 1 Oct 2016, 2:00 am

Self Reliance News - Saturday 1st of October 2016

Posts this week from ...

Nothing Is Worse Than Living Off The Grid & Being Bit By A Brown Recluse Find Out How To Treat It posted by
10 Awesome DIY Chicken Coop Designs posted by
What did you do to prep this week?Read the rest

Low Interest Rates Bad 30 Sep 2016, 5:43 pm

From the archives: 2015-11-13 10:05:42

First a little background on what the interest rate actually is. The Interest rate means slightly different things depending on which country you are talking about. I’ll only deal with Canada and the USA since that is where my financial interests lay.… Read the rest

Privacy Watch Weekly – 2016-09-30 30 Sep 2016, 2:00 am

IP EXPO Europe 2016: Sophos experts talk social engineering, cloud security, ransomware protection

ip-expo-europe-2016IP EXPO Europe 2016 is coming to ExCel London next week, and we will be there at stand AA20. On 5 and 6 October, our experts will be presenting on a range of the hottest topics in cybersecurity, plus there will be demos and giveaways at our stand.… Read the rest

Self Reliance News Round Up – 2016-09-24 24 Sep 2016, 2:00 am

Self Reliance News - Saturday 24th of September 2016 Posts this week from ... Scientists Find Fruit In Australia Capable Of Killing Cancer, Mainstream Media Stays Silent posted by Rep. Dave Brat: Removing Mandatory Bible Readings from Public Schools is ?Institutional Racism?Read the rest

Self Reliance News Round Up – 2016-09-24 24 Sep 2016, 2:00 am

Self Reliance News - Saturday 24th of September 2016

Posts this week from ...

Everyone thinks they are middle class: The false perceptions many Americans hold. posted by
Charlotte Police Department Releases Videos of Shooting posted by
Mayors say state ordered them to keep Zika mosquito sites secret posted by
...… Read the rest

The Canadian Sub-Prime Mortgage Crisis 23 Sep 2016, 5:53 pm

From The Archives: 2008

If you do not have the ability to come up with 5% down on your homestead by October 15th 2008, start looking for junk land instead right now. And if your credit rating is zero or worse, you’d better move even faster.… Read the rest

Light Vs Dark: Website Theme 23 Sep 2016, 10:32 am


light v sdark
N0c0 Technologies: Light Vs Dark


I’ve been contemplating adding a light theme to our site, along with the dark theme we currently have. Something to showcase what a lighter colored theme can do. It would be accessible using a button on the front page, allowing you to switch between day and night mode, as it were.


Night themes are crucial for those of us, like me, who are generally up most of the night working or playing games. Not only are they visually appealing to the eye but they also help to reduce eye strain by using lighter colors. There are already a multitude of themes out there for sites like Google, RedditYouTube, and more, so why not one for N0c0 Technologies?



The post Light Vs Dark: Website Theme appeared first on N0c0 Technologies.

Privacy Watch Weekly – 2016-09-23 23 Sep 2016, 2:00 am

Cheers to 'jail' homes, jeers to growth law

Elected officials are not allowed to violate development rules and reject private property rights based on popular opinion. That would be costly — very ...

Apple Weakens iOS 10 Backup Encryption; Now Can Be Cracked 2,500 Times Faster

After the iPhone encryption battle between Apple and the FBI, Apple was inspired to work toward making an unhackable future iPhones by implementing stronger security measures even the company can't hack.… Read the rest

The Evolution Of N0c0 Technologies 22 Sep 2016, 7:33 am

N0c0 Technologies Logo
N0c0 Technologies: Tech Solutions by us, for you


With the formation of N0c0 Technologies, LLC, we’re back and better than ever! I finished updating the looks and layout of the site at around 3AM this morning. This entailed getting rid of the bright green welcome images, fixing some links and tidying up the menus.

My next task is to add in some additional site features, such as client site galleries and links to all our demo sites.  I’m hoping to finish up a long list of projects this week and start on new ones next week!


Look out for a post when those are complete!


If you have any suggestions of topics we should write about, services we should add or would like to know more about our company feel free to send us a message.

The post The Evolution Of N0c0 Technologies appeared first on N0c0 Technologies.

How To Use Financial Jujitsu To Fight Tyrants 20 Sep 2016, 5:50 am

How To Use Financial Jujitsu To Fight Tyrants and Build Freedom By Paylie Roberts “Jujitsu expresses the philosophy of yielding to an opponent’s force rather than trying to oppose force with force. Manipulating an opponent’s attack using his force and direction allows jujitsu ka to control the balance of their opponent and hence prevent the opponent from resisting the counterattack.”[i] “In short, resisting a more powerful opponent will result in your defeat, whilst adjusting to and evading your opponent’s attack will cause him to lose his balance, his power will be reduced, and you will defeat him. This can apply whatever the relative values of power, thus making it possible for weaker opponents to beat significantly stronger ones.”[ii] Disclaimer: I am not a tax accountant or tax attorney, and nothing in this article is to be construed as tax, accounting, or legal advice. Seek the guidance of a qualified professional. The reader is  responsible for his/her/its own actions. As preppers and liberty activists we tend to be very good at identifying and characterizing problems, because that is a necessary first step. But we too often get stuck focusing on the problems and don’t spend enough time acting on the next step of developing practical solutions. I want to try to spend more of my time (and yours) in my articles focusing on solutions, and I pleadingly recommend and request that other liberty-oriented alternative media writers do the same. That is the only way we are going to win our freedoms back. Mere whining solves nothing. It is important for every liberty minded or preparedness-oriented person to realize that globalist “elitists” are waging a stealth war against the independence, self reliance, and freedom of people around the world. It is much easier for them to control and steal from dependent indentured serfs. And they are all about control – that is their drug of choice. This “war” has several levels, or layers. The first includes propaganda, information warfare and psychological warfare. The second layer is financial warfare. There are also other layers, including a stealth war against our health, and physical warfare (DHS, police state), but the financial aspect is the focus of this article. As large numbers of people are starting to see through the veneer of first layer of the info matrix, the financial layer is playing greater importance. The financial layer has many, many components. These include: heavy complicated taxation, heavy regulation, extensive financial reporting requirements, very strict banking rules toward customers (not toward the banks), such as Suspicious Activity Reports (SARs) on cash transactions. This also includes the fact that the banking system is becoming more and more digital and networked, and that digital banking network involves a contrived artificial monopoly controlled by the globalist elite. This network is known as SWIFT  (Society for Worldwide Interbank Financial Telecommunication). Control of that system is financial control over everyone who uses that banking network. The financial war also includes FACTA (Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act) regulations on foreign accounts, RICO (The Racketeer Influenced and Corrupt Organizations Act) and Asset Forfeiture laws. It also includes the fact that the FedGov has created incentives that both encourage businesses to make their products overseas (high taxes and regulations making the US noncompetitive as a producer nation) and then ship their products back to the US (pretend “free trade” – actually trade “managed” for the benefit of special interests – see the Trans Pacific Partnership or TPP trade agreement). This previous example leads to the inevitable destruction of the so-called “middle class” in the US. The financial warfare also includes actions by the Federal Reserve, such as ZIRP (Zero Interest Rate Policy) which punishes savers and rewards debtors, and the creation of trillions of Federal Reserve Notes (incorrectly called “US Dollars”), which are given out like candy to all the major banks around the world, while the rest of us have to work like slaves to survive. The fact that the Federal Reserve and other central banks like the European Central Bank (ECB) create trillions of fiat “currency units” out of thin air, amounts to what is basically the largest counterfeiting operation in human history. The second biggest counterfeiting operation in human history is the fractional reserve nature of the Western/global banking system (explained more later).  These latter two create price inflation making products needed to live much more expensive for all us plebeian little people. I won’t go into detail on any of these numerous topics, as each one could take a lengthy article to cover in any depth. If you have been paying attention, none of this is news to you. If not, I would recommend doing some background self-education. But the more important topic to all this is, what can we do about it? There is one aspect to the financial war that I would like to focus on in this article, because it is one that we can very effectively work around. That aspect is the “war on cash”. If you are not familiar, many government officials, central bank officials, and academics would like to do away with cash and require everything be done by electronic banking only. There are several real reasons they want this and several false narratives they will use to justify it. The dishonest justifications will include “terrorism,” the illegal drug trade, and the “cost” of cash to society. The real reason is always about control, and theft. Cash cannot easily be tracked, controlled, taxed, and confiscated. Electronic bank deposits allow The Powers That Be (TPTB) to do all of the above with ease. Cash allows the true free market (aka the “Black Market”) to exist; it is a method that liberty lovers can employ (for now) to circumvent tyranny. However, the central banks would also like to get rid of cash because they have been perusing a policy of zero interest rates to allegedly “stimulate” the economy, but that is not accomplishing their goals, so they want to create negative interest rates, as has already been done in Europe and Japan. Basically they want to discourage people from saving and keeping money in the bank by creating a disincentive (you lose money in the bank). They want to encourage people to spend money to stimulate a moribund economy. The problem with this policy of course, is paper cash. As long as people can hold cash, they can just withdraw cash from the banks and store it in a personal vault. As long as there is cash, TPTB can not force people to spend it. Therefore, they have to do away with cash. But how can they do this? They could just make it illegal, and/or remove it from circulation. But that would create too much of an outcry and might wake the soon to be boiling frog. So how? The 5 Minute Forecast from Agora Financial has a good hypothesis on how this could happen: “Depending on whom you believe, the total value of all coins and banknotes on the planet is about $5 trillion. Meanwhile, the CIA World Factbook tells us the total value of “broad money” — coins and bank notes, plus money market accounts, savings accounts, checking accounts and time deposits — is more than 16 times larger, $80.9 trillion. That gap between physical currency and “broad money” is key to the diabolical scheme mooted at Jackson Hole [2016 Federal Reserve meeting] that nearly no one is talking about. A professor at Carnegie Mellon University named Marvin Goodfriend gave a talk about a paper he wrote with the dry and wonkish title The Case for Unencumbering Interest Rate Policy at the Zero Bound. Our rewrite would be How We’ll Win the War on Cash Once and for All. “On its face, the Goodfriend speech was about negative interest rates,” Jim tells us. As we’ve been describing for some time now, negative rates are de rigueur in Japan and Europe. You can put money in the bank and get less of it back when you take it out. Everyday people are coping as best they can. Only yesterday, we told you how people in Germany are buying home safes in which to keep their physical currency, the better to ensure it won’t lose value. At the risk of belaboring the obvious, “If citizens can go to cash, that makes it difficult to impose negative rates on digital bank accounts,” says Jim. Here in The 5, we’ve periodically cited a laundry list of academics who would just as soon abolish cash, the better to achieve their aims. But in his talk at Jackson Hole, Professor Goodfriend identified the proverbial fly in the ointment: “The public is likely to resist the abolition of paper currency.” [emphasis added] How to get around that? The professor has come up with a mouthful he calls the “flexible market-determined deposit price of paper currency.” “In plain English,” says Jim, “this means the ‘money’ in your bank account and the ‘money’ in your purse or wallet would be like two different kinds of currency. “There would be an exchange rate between the two, just as there is an exchange rate between dollars and euros… “What this means is if you go to the bank and withdraw $1,000, the bank might only give you $980 in cash because of the ‘exchange rate’ between your bank account and cash. Or if you deposit $1,000 in cash, the bank might only credit your bank account $980 because of the same ‘exchange rate’ between your cash and the bank account balance. In short, it’s a way to impose negative interest rates on physical cash. “It’s true,” Jim allows, “that Goodfriend is an academic, not a policymaker. But Yellen and other Fed bigwigs like William Dudley and Stanley Fischer were sitting in the audience. […] Because it’s so convoluted, and so completely counter to people’s expectations of what’s “normal”… we imagine it could be introduced only under cover of dire financial crisis worse than 2008. We’re talking about a moment when the masses are so panicked about whether 18-wheelers will still deliver food and toilet paper to the stores that they’ll put up with any scheme imposed by their masters if it means they won’t go cold and hungry. That dire moment is not right around the corner… but the stage is being set, […] As we’ve been saying for a while, that’s when leaders of the G-20 nations meet in China. There, China and Russia will likely step up their trade and foreign exchange in a way that bypasses dollars. Saudi Arabia might well find a new pricing benchmark for oil that’s not the dollar. The International Monetary Fund will move forward with its plans to supplant the dollar with the “special drawing right,” or SDR, as the globe’s reserve currency. Those maneuvers won’t necessarily make big headlines. They’ll occur behind the scenes. But they’ll all tee up the big event at the end of September […]. ” [iii] Imagine this: You patiently wait for your $1500 paycheck to be automatically deposited to your bank account (the amount after they have already taken automatic taxes out of your paycheck for federal tax, social security, etc.), but when you go to the bank to withdraw cash, you are charged a 5% conversion to cash fee, and really only have $1425 available for withdrawal, or to pay bills with. And since most places now require direct deposit, you have no choice but to pay this fee, unless you choose not to withdraw cash. With budgets so tight, many people will choose to forgo the paper cash and will leave the currency in the bank, making it easy prey for governments and bankers. Or let’s say you had a yard sale, and went to the bank to deposit your $100 from being out in the sun all day haggling and dealing, the bank charges you a conversion fee to deposit your cash, and now you only have $90 to use for bills or whatever you were going to use it for. The idea is similar to using a credit card merchant or other service provider such as paypal to process your financial transactions, you get charged fees for doing so, and there’s nothing you can do about it. This contrasts with paying cash, and keeping the banks out of it, so you are not charged those fees. If the above proposal is implemented, people will be further dis-incentivized to hold cash, and there will be a gradual move away from cash, as much as TPTB can get away with – without waking up the proverbial frog of the masses. Again, what can we do about it? As the quotes at the beginning of the article imply, we use financial jujutsu. What is financial jujutsu? We turn the actions of TPTB against them. There are many tools in the tool box of the financial jujutsu practitioner. I will cover only a few in this article.   Prerequisites: These are the baby steps that needs to be taken before the methods outlined below can be applied. If you are already utilizing these approaches, kudos to you. Basically, stop using bank cards, credit cards, and online banking, etc. Switch to paper currency, as in paper cash and money orders. Conduct all the transactions that you can with cash, and leave the banks out of your life as much as possible. Pay for your groceries at your local farmers market with cash, pay your heater repair man in cash (make sure to get a receipt of course), pay for your fuel needs in cash. This will increase your freedom and particularly privacy. This is actually much harder than it might sound. Many businesses want you to pay your bills electronically, including the power company, internet service provider, etc. But you can still manage to pay bills the old fashioned way, whether it is getting a money order paid for with cash (small fee applies – but you can choose the institution your fee goes to and you can bypass the bank), or stop by your local utilities office, and pay your bill in person, in cash. If you have your own business, you can offer a discount to folks who pay with cash, and claim that you can do so because you don’t have the added merchant fees since you don’t have to accept payment electronically. This will encourage buyers to pay you with cash as both of you will save a few bucks. Once you’ve mastered the old fashioned art of paying for everything with cash, you can now tackle the more advanced methods of financial jujutsu below.   Method 1: Network with other relatively local like-minded people and conduct your transactions in precious metals – most likely in silver coinage. If The Powers That Be either outlaw or make impossible the anonymous use of green pieces of (toilet) paper to conduct transactions, how about we circumvent the central banks out of the picture all together and return to using honest, real money? This is using the principle of jujutsu – not confronting the stronger opponent, but using the force of your stronger opponent against him by redirecting it for your own counterattack. The removal of cash from circulation and the disincentive to use or hold it creates an opportunity for everyone who prefers or advocates sound money and conducting transactions privately outside the electronic banking system. There will always be a demand for “cash-like” transactions across many people in society. If TPTB remove the green pieces of paper, that will leave a void in our culture and society, and we can fill that void by re-establishing the use of silver coinage – something that would likely be relatively readily accepted, perhaps more so than other options. There are several likely objections to this.   Objection 1: The store will not accept silver coins, only debit/credit cards. This is an easy fix. First try to do business and support businesses that are willing to transact in silver coins. You may not have success trying to use silver coins at the corporate-mega-box-grocery-mart, but talk to the owner (or even manager) of the small local grocery, farmers market, sporting goods store, or ranch supply store and I highly doubt s/he will refuse silver coinage for payment. As this trend spreads, the market will sort it out. Accepting silver coinage for payment will offer a competitive advantage to those businesses who accept it, which will compel others to follow. And for the ones that never do, like the big corporate box stores? Well you didn’t want to support them anyway – right? The only way to stop this would be to make it illegal – and that would risk waking the frog to the true nature of the tyrants.   Objection 2: Using silver coinage may work fine for relatively local “cash-like” transactions, but it won’t work for long distance or online transactions. This is true. It is cumbersome to ship silver coins around, and there are concerns about theft and fraud. This problem would have been solved by the private currency system known as the “Liberty Dollar” founded by Bernard von NotHaus,[iv] as it would have had local transaction points all around the country – similar to Western Union except for silver coins instead of paper. But, unfortunately he was imprisoned for, ironically of all things, “counterfeiting”, because he used the word “dollar” in the name of a private money. This only goes to show how corrupt, fraudulent and morally and logically inverted our society and the “government” is where the central bank creates trillions of “currency units” out of thin air and they put the Chairman on the cover of Time Magazine, while someone dealing in real silver and gold is convicted of “counterfeiting”[v]. ABSURD. Anyway, there is an alternative solution to this problem – see Method 2 below.   Objection 3: Silver coins are based on weighted value, and would be difficult to split up for something that costs a $1.99. The simple solution to this is to use “junk silver” or very small weight silver coins (they do exist).   Objection 4: The volatility of the value of silver would be problematic. The simple solution here is to right your inverted thinking. It is not the value of silver that is volatile, it is the value of the fiat paper currencies that are volatile. To the degree that silver is volatile in terms of purchasing power of real goods, much of that actually has to do with (temporary) attempts at manipulating the price of precious metals by Wall street and central banks. Any of these objections could be worked out through negotiation based on who you are transacting with and the value of the goods that are being exchanged. Creative strategies can be easily developed to overcome such objections, including simply bartering goods and services, not only using precious metals.   Method 2: Private market digital currencies. The best known of these of course is Bitcoin, but there are others. (Please note that I make no recommendations of which private market digital currencies to utilize, I am merely speaking of them in the general sense.) These allow private transactions online or at great distance that circumvent the financial control grid of TPTB. The main issue here is again getting enough acceptance of them that they can be used practically for most transactions. However I would emphasize that unlike precious metals, digital currencies are NOT a reliable store of value (therefore not “money”) but they do allow for private transactions as long as the internet and IT infrastructure are functioning in the current manner. Therefore, I would not hold large amounts of bitcoins, since that “wealth” could vaporize if the internet is taken down or computers are disabled. Instead I would still hold the bulk of savings in real tangibles such as: precious metals, food, land, ammo, tools, etc, and only purchase digital currencies as a temporary intermediary for transactions. Similarly, fiat paper currencies are not a reliable store of value either, as they have no intrinsic value, and are therefore not “money”. Historically, the long term survival rate for all fiat currencies drops to zero, and a hundred years of debased purchasing power (97% loss) of the so-called “US Dollar” completely demonstrates this. Therefore, hold only as many paper notes as you need on a short term basis – perhaps one to three months worth of expenses. Perhaps the ideal combination would be a digital currency backed by verified precious metals. I hear there are some people working on this, but not rolled out yet. That would certainly kill all the counterfeit fiat currencies of the world – including the US Dollar, the Euro, and the IMF’s “Special Drawing Rights”. Time will tell. Free market sound (real) money is a key step to disabling the globalist tyrants and to building freedom.   Method 3: Start a business. This is a bit of a change of direction from the previous two methods, but still falls under the umbrella of financial jujutsu. What’s that you say? You have a job and you have no ideas for a business? It doesn’t matter. The totally absurd and completely immoral IRS taxtortion system is designed with a myriad of loopholes, and incentives for businesses and special interests, designed more to manipulate behavior (there is TPTB “control freak” thing again) than it is to actually collect revenue. Although it is better to keep as much income you can out of the financial control grid, you may as well take advantage of those loopholes for any income you are unable to keep out of the financial control grid.  Make up something you are interested in and create a sole proprietorship. Write off as much as you logically can on your taxes, but do it in a way it is not suspicious. You will get at least 2-3 years of good write offs before the IRS considers it a “hobby” and stops letting you write stuff off. Don’t get me wrong here, I’m not suggesting to falsify your taxes, what I’m saying is that if you love collecting fishing lures, start a fishing lure sole proprietorship small business, buy your fishing lures wholesale, of course test some to make sure they work well, then sell the rest at retail prices, and write off the cost of your newly found entrepreneurship including cost of supplies, testing, business licenses, website, travel expenses, etc. Any startup business is justified in having losses, and those losses should absolutely be claimed on your taxes. Make sure you are saving all your receipts of course, especially for that back up generator you need to continue running your business during power failures.   Method 4: This is a controversial one, but could be appropriate under the right circumstances. I only ask that if you immediately disagree with what you read next, that you please read to the end of the section before you make a final judgment about the suggested method. If you have a lot of debt liabilities, with little assets that could be seized (e.g. house, car, business etc.), file bankruptcy, and start over with a clean slate, on a cash only basis. Similar to tax loopholes for businesses, this is a legally viable tool that has been put in place and is available for use. Some people will argue that this is not right because you are defaulting on creditors. This would be true if we were operating with a honest banking and monetary system with sound money. In the case of an honest banking and monetary system I would agree that bankruptcy would not really be the morally correct thing to do. But we do not live in such a world. The reality is, due to the fiat and fractional reserve nature of the banking system, when new “debt” or “credit” is created, about 95%-97% of that is created out of thin air. It was “currency” that did not exist before. You (actually the lending institution via your credit acceptance) created that “currency” from nothing. Lending institutions are highly leveraged this way, and typically only have to maintain 3%-5% reserve against that loan. So for every $30 to $50 they have in actual deposits, they can lend out $1000, or about $960 they didn’t actually have before – meaning they created it out of nothing. If you feel morally compelled to do so, pay back 5% and you have covered the lenders actual deposit loss. It is through this mechanism, and through the similar mechanism of the sale of US Treasury bonds, that US “Dollars” (Federal Reserve Notes) are created. Therefore, in the current western banking/monetary system, all currency is actually debt. If all the debt were ever paid off, there would be no currency. Thus a so-called “debt jubilee” that various commentators have mentioned is not possible under the current system because then there would be no currency in circulation. A new monetary system would have to be created. If you doubt these points, read the following article and then read this academic study/paper. I realize that this Alice In Wonderland system is difficult to wrap one’s mind around for the unfamiliar, but these are facts, albeit hidden from the public for the obvious reason that it benefits the globalist elitists and bankers, while enslaving the masses. Widespread understanding of the fraudulent nature of this current monetary and banking system threatens their nearly infinite money-power gravy train. The other moral argument against bankruptcy is that it is still a contract default, a breach of a person’s word. The counterargument to that is that the bank(s) misrepresented what they were actually providing; that is, they committed fraud. Therefore the contract is not valid. In the end every individual is going to have to decide for him of herself about the morality or not of filing bankruptcy. But as a practical matter, it is an option that may or may not be a useful tool available to you to increase your personal freedom from the debt slavery of the financial warfare. So on the one hand, your situation might warrant considering bankruptcy. On the other hand, if you have assets that can easily be seized, or student loans that can not be discharged,  then bankruptcy probably will not benefit you.   Methods 5 through Infinity: Communicate with others on jujutsu methods you found effective against the giant, and encourage others to learn and apply them. There are a nearly infinite number of tactics where one could employ the philosophy of financial jujutsu to “live free in an unfree world”. We are only limited by our own imaginations and moral compasses. What are some tactics you can think of to employ financial jujutsu to win the battle for freedom from corrupt tyrants (and central bankers)?   About Paylie Roberts Paylie Roberts is the author of the non-fiction book Memories of Poland, Lessons From Growing Up Under Communism. She is also the author of two novels: Bugging Out To Nowhere, and Life After Bugging Out. She has a Bachelor’s degree in biology, and lives with her husband, two German shepherds, and various livestock, somewhere between the Cascade Range and the Rocky Mountains.   [i] Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia. Jujutsu. Available at: Accessed September 7, 2016]. [ii]      Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia. Judo. Available at: Accessed September 7, 2016]. [iii]     Available at: Accessed September 7, 2016. [iv]    Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia. Bernard von NotHaus. Available at: Accessed September 7, 2016]. [v]     Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia. Bernard von NotHaus. Available at: Accessed September 7, 2016].

The post How To Use Financial Jujitsu To Fight Tyrants appeared first on Galtstrike.

Are We Already Living In Anarchy? If So, How To Proceed? 19 Sep 2016, 5:48 am

Article by: Paylie Roberts I tend to think a lot, and write not based on deadlines, but based on inspiration. My “real” careers don’t allow for writing deadlines, unless someone wants to pay me a considerable sum of silver or platinum coinage to do so. Thus, I don’t make a living writing, but instead, I hope to influence the course of thinking within human civilization (or at least the liberty and prepper movements) with my writing. This article involving Anarchy is one such a case. While there are many well thought out and articulated definitions of “anarchy” among political philosophers, to the indoctrinated and propagandized common person/sheep the word tends to be defined rather simplistically, and in my opinion incorrectly, as “chaos and disorder”. Ideally it might mean “without rulers (not without rules)”. But for the purpose of this article let us define it a little differently as “the absence of the rule of law”. To many Constitutionalists, Conservatives and Libertarians the rule of law is rather important, and rightly so unless you are living in an honest anarchy, in which case there will be morals, but not necessarily “laws” per say. However I have noticed a common misconception among all of these groups, and that is that advocates of anarchy tend to think that we don’t live in anarchy already, and the Constitutionalists, Conservatives, and Libertarians harbor the illusion that things still run on some basis of “rule of law”. Both of these views, I would argue, are not reality, and in fact are nothing more than mass hallucinated fictions created by the giant propaganda matrix/machine known as the “mainstream media”. Reality, as I see it, is that currently there are two sets of rules or standards. One rule applies to the globalist, elitist (not elite), sociopathic, megalomaniac oligarchs, and another set to everyone else. The rule that applies to the first group is “do whatever you want, just make sure you get away with it”. The rule that applies to the second group is “be obedient sheep and do whatever you are told no matter how onerous, ridiculous, or oppressive”. In fact, there are so many rules on the books now that apply to the second group of we the plebeians that just about everyone has “broken” some “law” or committed some supposed “crime,” and could be prosecuted for such, whether they know it or not. This allows the first group to engage in selective enforcement and prosecution based on their political agenda. We have already seen this with IRS targeting of specific groups for non-crimes, and also in the non-prosecution of many elitist oligarchs for blatant severe crimes. “Did you really think we want those laws observed?” said Dr. Ferris. “We want them to be broken. … We’re after power and we mean it… There’s no way to rule innocent men. The only power any government has is the power to crack down on criminals. Well, when there aren’t enough criminals one makes them. One declares so many things to be a crime that it becomes impossible for men to live without breaking laws. Who wants a nation of law-abiding citizens? What’s there in that for anyone? But just pass the kind of laws that can neither be observed nor enforced or objectively interpreted – and you create a nation of law-breakers – and then you cash in on guilt. Now that’s the system, Mr. Reardon, that’s the game, and once you understand it, you’ll be much easier to deal with.” [Emphasis added.] –Ayn Rand, Atlas Shrugged   There are numerous data points that also support this view. For example, it is clear from considerable evidence that the actions of Hitlary Clinton certainly rise to the level of treason against the so-called “US”. The worst of this is her selling of the office of the Secretary of State in exchange for donations to the Clinton Foundation (clearly harmful and “illegal”). Yet there are no consequences for these acts. Similarly, John Corzine stole…, er, “lost” billions of dollars of account holder deposits while CEO of MF Global, and there are no consequences to him either. But he is “really sorry” about it. I could go on and on and on about the many numerous examples that there is no rule of law applied to the well connected globalist elitists. Yet I know someone who went to jail for irrigating crops without a permit that he didn’t know he even needed. Bernard von NotHaus went to prison for creating the private currency known as the liberty dollar based on precious metals. How ironic that he was prosecuted for “counterfeiting” of all things. These are examples of a totalitarian society suffering from moral and logical inversions (down is up and wrong is right). These contrasting examples also show that there is no longer rule of law. There are merely those who control the reins of power and use it to squash what they don’t like, and everyone else, who is potentially subject to being squashed. This phenomenon is not limited to the US, but is currently present in most so-called “countries” around the world today. I am only focusing on the US, as I am most familiar with it. An additional important point to make is that there are only a few reasons a “government” can really have any “authority,” let alone legitimacy. These are: The Social Contract theory. The Consent of the Governed theory. The brainwashed masses approach. And The “they have more guns” approach.   Regarding the Social Contract theory, several philosophers have pointed out the flaws in this approach, most notably Lysander Spooner. The problems here could be simply stated that almost no one has ever actually agreed to any such contract (nor knows what is in it), and for contracts to be valid (legitimately binding) they have to entered into knowingly and voluntarily. In addition, changes in contracts have to be agreed upon by all parties to the contract, and can not be changed ad hoc by certain parties. Yet changing the contractual terms ad hoc by certain parties is exactly what the current political process does, since currently the principle of FUNDAMENTAL UNALIENABLE RIGHTS (free speech, property rights, self ownership, the right to defend oneself, etc. etc.) has been burned at the stake. Furthermore, even if someone wants to argue that the US Constitution is the “social contract” of the US, then the supposed “Federal Government” is in breach of contract, approximately 90% of the time. Any common sense (rather than legalese butchered) reading of the US Constitution would clearly show that 90% of what the supposed “US Federal Government” is doing, the Constitution provides no authority for them to do those things. So on at least two counts #1 gets a fail. Regarding the consent of the governed, I know plenty of people, at this point perhaps even a majority of Americans, who no longer consent to the actions or decisions of the people who call themselves the “US Federal Government”. And it is entirely easy for anyone who disagrees with “policy” to withdraw consent. Simply stop accepting that those people have any LEGITIMATE authority, or that they represent you in any way. Because they certainly do not. The politicians only represent themselves, and their globalist puppet masters. Regarding the brainwashed masses approach, well this is true. Sadly, a large number of Americans are still brainwashed sheep and are consenting to tyranny and their own destruction without knowing it. Sometimes they even cheer for it without realizing what they are actually supporting. An important part of the deception here is that the elitists pretend to allow the populace to have a say, through the circus spectacle of “voting”. But in reality this is another matrix-like false narrative to placate the masses. Your vote NEVER affects policy and it rarely affects the outcome of elections.  Electronic voting machines with back door software, a controlled and complicit mainstream media, massive amounts of money for bribes and media, “old fashioned” vote fraud like dead people voting, or missing ballots, etc. etc. Voting is a rigged sham. Total. PERIOD. If the DHS takes over the voting system as threatened, the rigging will be complete. Continuing to believe in fairy tails does not make them true, and it only dis-empowers those who believe in them. People ought to open their eyes to the brutal reality of the matrix, but likely they will not, because it is just too painful. That old Jack Nicholson movie line of “YOU CAN’T HANDLE THE TRUTH!” is sadly very true for many Americans. But just because one segment of the population is ignorant and headed for self destruction does not mean the rest of us should be doomed to the same consequences due to their ostrich-like behavior. Finally, the “they have more guns” approach. As Chairman Mao said “Political power grows out of the barrel of a gun.” That is the point that the US, and most other countries, has/have now reached. Do what they say or they kidnap, cage, or shoot you. But in reality, that is no different than a mafia, and it is definitely not the basis for any legitimacy. In reviewing the briefly presented (but in reality much more extensive) evidence on these topics, I can only come to the conclusion that we already, in practice, live in a state of anarchy. It just so happens to be that the present anarchic situation happens to be dominated by numerous large and oppressive mafias known as so-called “national governments” – the “Federal Government” and “State Governments” in the “US”. And they have good public relations divisions known as the “mainstream media”. In the US this mafia could more accurately be described as the “Deep State” and the merger of associated political, military (Military Industrial Complex), banking (central banks and major Wall street banks), and corrupt crony corporate power elitists. It also just so happens that a majority of people have been indoctrinated and propagandized into believing that the current rules are somehow legitimate. In reality these “laws” largely serve the deep state globalist oligarchs. The law as it currently exists, is an extensive abuse of language. As Lewis Carroll so accurately wrote in Through The Looking Glass:             “When I use a word,’ Humpty Dumpty said in rather a scornful tone, ‘it means just what I choose it to mean — neither more nor less.’ ’The question is,’ said Alice, ‘whether you can make words mean so many different things.’ ’The question is,’ said Humpty Dumpty, ‘which is to be master — that’s all.”   Our language has been turned against us to convince us to be serfs. Those who define (and redefine) the language of “the law” get away with everything. Those who have been convinced of the legitimacy of any language presented to them, allow themselves to be unknowingly coerced by this mafia into doing everything they are told, by anyone within this mafia who claims alleged “authority” of “the law”. George Orwell tried to warn us about this in his book 1984 with his concept of “newspeak”. In reality, most of the language used in the mainstream media and by politicians is newspeak. It is crucially important for anyone and everyone seeking freedom, peace, and prosperity to realize that this mafia is destroying the rights and liberties or all Americans, along with those of many people worldwide. It is a deadly parasite to human civilization, and as Orwell described in 1984, it is the “boot stamping on a human face – forever.” This mafia we have now, it is not “government” representing the will or interest of the people it claims to represent. They only pretend to serve the public, and put on as much of an act as they need to to convince a majority of the public of that. In reality it primarily serves the wishes and interests of a small number of sociopathic, control freak, criminals. These people are not intent upon advancing human civilization – they are intent upon destroying it for their own benefit. The people involved in this mafia are in fact guilty of crimes against humanity and need to be viewed and treated as such. Here are a few choice quotes that explain exactly who we are dealing with:   “The Party seeks power entirely for its own sake. We are not interested in the good of others; we are interested solely in power, pure power.” –George Orwell, 1984   “Power is not a means; it is an end. One does not establish a dictatorship in order to safeguard a revolution; one makes the revolution in order to establish the dictatorship. The object of persecution is persecution. The object of torture is torture. The object of power is power.” –George Orwell, 1984   “Kill one man, and you are a murderer, kill millions, and you are a conquerer, kill them all, and you are a god.” – Jean Rostand, biologist/philosopher (often mis-attributed to the band Megadeth)     With all that said, how to proceed? I always try to maintain a solution oriented focus in what I write. Thus it becomes even more important to realize and understand what you can do about it. The first thing to recognize is that this “government” mafia is illegitimate. You are under no moral obligation to comply with their rules, so long as you are not harming anyone else or the legitimate natural rights of others in the process. Further, realize that obedience to evil is not a virtue. To paraphrase Thomas Jefferson, ‘disobedience to tyrants is obedience to God’. In theory it is actually quite easy to free your mind; in practice it seems to be much more difficult for most people. But only you can free your own mind from the chains that have been placed on it since birth. “Free yourselves from mental slavery, none but ourselves can free our minds.” – Bob Marley. The solution to the Gordian knot of the current political situation is just as simple as cutting the Gordian knot with a knife: stop accepting and validating the legitimacy of a mafia and their propaganda. Change your thinking. Accept that this mafia has no legitimate authority. The way to do this is to accept the responsibility that you are free by nature, and are responsible for the morality of your own actions. Government laws do not dictate morality any more than they dictate the behavior of gravity. I realize this is a sea change of thinking since people have been conditioned to think that “the law” = morality and “illegal” = immoral. But this is quite bluntly a far too simplistic and indoctrinated worldview. Legality and morality sometimes overlap but often they do not. The more “laws” that exist the less they overlap with morality; thus we need to reestablish some basic principles.   In reality there are very few rules needed for an advanced civilization to function. These include: The non-aggression principle. Do not engage in physical aggression or harm/destruction against other people or their property. Uphold contracts. Do what you say you are going to do. Your word is your bond. Live and let live. Live your life freely as you choose and let others live their lives as they choose, so long as no one is harmed and the natural rights of others are not violated. For some reason people ‘get’ the first two but have a terrible time with the third one. Too many people are busy bodies who think (incorrectly) that they have a right to dictate how other people should live. This is immoral, and if you want to maintain a functioning society, it never works. It also divides people against each other (divide and concur by the elitists using “wedge issues”), rather than uniting people to build freedom and prosperity. The philosophy of “live and let live” may not work in all cases (e.g. radical Muslims who demand conversion or they will kill you), but it will work for more people, more of the time, for people of more different backgrounds and views, than any other approach. There are also some strategies, that we the people can employ, en masse to build freedom, that have proven quite effective over the years. These include:   Mass civil disobedience of immoral laws. Thoreau, Gandhi, Martin Luther King Jr., and the Polish Solidarity movement have all proven that civil disobedience is effective. “Laws” can be made unenforceable this way. If it is not yet possible to get enough people to engage in mass civil disobedience, then engage in covert civil disobedience until you can persuade enough people to do so.   Stop supporting the government mafia. Minimize your tax profile. The more resources you give them, the more you empower them. The more you legitimize them, the more you empower them. “What if they had a selection (“election”) and no one showed up?   Become as independent and prepared (logistically, financially, and psychologically) as possible for economic and political disaster. If you have stored food, cash (and precious metals), self defense tools (weapons & ammo), power generating capacity, etc., you are more resilient and less dependent on the corrupt mafia system. The more dependent on that system, the more controlled you are. This also applies to financial independence. Don’t rely on .gov payments because they won’t be around or won’t be worth much going into the future.   Educate people about the reality of the government mafias. Make the effort to teach and persuade to the degree practical.   There is an old saying about the soap box, ballot box, jury box, and cartridge box. I have argued that the ballot box is a dead end, at least at the present time. And the soap box involves educating and persuading people. That leaves two. What is meant by the “jury box”? Jury nullification. This topic is too much for this article. However, if you are not already very familiar with jury nullification I recommend you go to the Fully Informed Jury Association (FIJA) web site and educate yourself. Also see the Wikipedia entry on jury nullification. The Founding Fathers considered nullification of immoral laws by juries as one of the last lines of defense against tyranny, and they were correct.   Finally, the cartridge box (defensive use of force), is a legitimate last resort to resist tyranny and defend liberty. From a strategic standpoint I very strongly recommend this be the last resort, and I will explain why in a moment.   To recap, strategically, I highly recommend  using these various tools in the following order: First: “Soap box” education, persuasion – throughout all stages. Second: Ballot box, voting, political system – but only if you have a functioning system, which    we no longer do. Third: Minimize support for a corrupt system. Preparedness and self reliance throughout all stages. Stop accepting and legitimizing said corrupt, tyrannical so-called “authority”. Fourth: Civil disobedience. Fifth: Jury box, jury nullification of immoral laws. Sixth: Cartridge box (defensive use of force); last resort – in a defensive posture only. These all flow in a logical order tactically. Unfortunately my observation is that most liberty activists get stuck at either stage two or stage three and have no idea how to precede from there when those fail. With these last paragraphs of this article I am trying to sketch out the next steps, and equally importantly, why this sequence. First, let me use a completely hypothetical example to illustrate this process. Let’s say a person holds the values that it is a fundamental human right to defend oneself from violent aggressors, and therefore supports the principles described in the 2nd Amendment – that individuals have the right to own tools to engage in such self defense. But let’s say that right is fundamentally at risk due to political tyranny. Step 1 – Educate and persuade about the individual human right to self defense. Step 2 – Vote for those who support that fundamental right (assuming there is a functional political system, possibly not). Step 3 – Minimize taxes being paid to government mafias that then subsequently use that tax money to enforce anti-self defense laws. Also become more logistically and psychologically prepared for political and civil unrest. Stock up on weapons and ammunition (and food and communications gear, etc.), and train with them, as that training will be needed if Step 6 arrives. Step 4 – When major anti-gun legislation gets enacted by corrupt government mafia, don’t comply. For example, if all semi-auto weapons were banned and subject to confiscation, hide said weapons (until if Step 6 is required), and do not turn them in. Step 5 – If you are called to jury duty for a case that involves criminal prosecution of someone who committed Step 4, vote “not guilty”. If you are the person “arrested” (kidnapped) for committing Step 4, try to get some people on your jury who believe in the right to self defense and try to get them educated about jury nullification. Step 6 – Implement this if all else fails, and enforcement starts going door to door. That should give you a pretty good picture of how this process works for just about any topic. With a little imagination one might think of how this same process could be applied to something else, like the UnAffordable Care Act, or almost any other tyranny. However an additional key is to try to keep a positive narrative in the alternative media. Remember, the activist is the victim being oppressed by a tyrannical government mafia (which is true and no exaggeration). There are several reason I suggest this order. One of which is maintaining the moral high ground which is important for both practical and moral/philosophical reasons. Also, each subsequent step will be more controversial than the previous, and therefore should only be used if necessary. Maintaining the moral high ground is also important because it helps to build or maintain whatever public support you can muster. Maintaining public support increases the chances of success. Public support is not always necessary to succeed, but it does stack the odds in one’s favor. If someone jumps from step 2 all the way to step 6, they will be seen by the public as a “domestic terrorist” and treated as such, and the public will support prosecution/persecution (you will more likely fail). But after going through steps 3, 4, and 5, supporters of Gandhi or Martin Luther King Jr. for example would be seen as “civil rights activists” if they resorted to violence to defend themselves (note the defensive posture) against violent government brutality. Similarly, if it gets to that point (Step 6), people in the liberty movement will need to be seen by the public as “freedom fighters” and not as “domestic terrorists”. If you say this is just semantics, then you are dangerously naïve, and need to learn about the importance of public perception (PR) in the fourth generation warfare which is already being waged against us by the globalists. There are two critical components to spread the desired media narrative: truthful alternative media outlets to contrast with the mainstream controlled propaganda (this already exists, but needs to become higher profile), and liberty activists have to go through all of these steps to build a legitimately justified case. We need to be able to, at any point, say (roughly) “we tried to do it more civilly using the previous method, but they shut us down, so we had no choice but to take the next step.” This is fourth generation warfare: the battle for people’s minds. Embrace its strategic importance, or the chances of success are greatly reduced; because it has already been used against Americans for quite some time now by the globalists and their media whores. This is the world we live in now. Act outside the box accordingly.   About Paylie Roberts Paylie Roberts is the author of the non-fiction book Memories of Poland, Lessons From Growing Up Under Communism. She is also the author of two novels: Bugging Out To Nowhere, and Life After Bugging Out. She has a Bachelor’s degree in biology, and lives with her husband, two German shepherds, and various livestock, somewhere between the Cascade Range and the Rocky Mountains.  

The post Are We Already Living In Anarchy? If So, How To Proceed? appeared first on Galtstrike.

Self Reliance News Round Up – 2016-09-17 17 Sep 2016, 2:00 am

Self Reliance News - Saturday 17th of September 2016

Posts this week from ...

" Tactical Grooming " posted by
Televangelist Jim Bakker: God Told Me ?The Polls Could Be Wrong? About Donald Trump posted by
Trump Calls for Clinton to Abandon This Part of her Team posted by
...… Read the rest

The Invisible Killer 16 Sep 2016, 4:43 pm

From The Archives: 2014

Carbonic acid anhydride is colorless, odorless, tasteless, and kills uncounted thousands of people every year.  Most of these deaths are caused by accidental inhalation of CAA, but the dangers of carbonic acid anhydride do not  end there.… Read the rest

Privacy Watch Weekly – 2016-09-16 16 Sep 2016, 2:00 am

Instead of spending $1.3 million, FBI could have Hacked iPhone in just $100

Do you remember the infamous encryption fight between the FBI and Apple for unlocking an iPhone 5C belongs to a terrorist? Yes, you got it right, the same Apple vs.… Read the rest

Common Core Math 14 Sep 2016, 4:26 pm

Common Core Math might actually be a good idea…
… but I doubt those that support it have any clue as to why.

Before I get into my thinking of this topic, I need to write about some basic concepts in mathematics, and a mini review of some history.… Read the rest

Self Reliance News Round Up – 2016-09-10 10 Sep 2016, 2:00 am

Self Reliance News - Saturday 10th of September 2016

Posts this week from ...

9/11: The Rise of the Surveillance State posted by
U.S. Lawmakers Call Out State Dept. Backdoor to Gun Control posted by
An Atheist Asks: Was It Worthwhile to Chat with the Jehovah?s Witnesses Who Came By My House?Read the rest

(video/mp4; 1.82 MB)

The Outdoorsman’s Workshop by Monte Burch 9 Sep 2016, 5:50 pm

From The Archives: 2015

Survival Book Review: Title: The Outdoorsman’s Workshop Author: Monte Burch ISBN: 0-87691-239-0 “Complete, step-by-step instructions in words, photographs, and diagrams for making outdoor accessories, including:

  • Knives and sheaths
  • Backpacks and pack frames
  • Tents and sleeping bags
  • Moccasins
  • Archery equipment
  • Doghouses and kennels
  • Waterfowl blinds

  • Animals calls
  • Ducks and goose decoys
  • Kentucky rifle
  • Fishing rods
  • Fishing lures”

I’m not a big fan on guns.… Read the rest

What is Safe Today? Is There Anything Left? 9 Sep 2016, 1:52 pm

A Lot of people I have talked to and listen to on media often talk of the need for strong government to protect the people and keep them safe.  I ask this simple question protect them from what?  Other people, criminals, terrorists or maybe even thoughts or words that make us feel bad?  Many of us feel unsafe and a lot of others call us paranoid but I suggest that at no time in our lives are we ever truly safe. Now it is easy to dismiss the fact that we are never really safe but I ask this question; where exactly are you totally safe from harm?  Perhaps at your work where you know most everyone and there is a strict no weapons policy.  How could you be harmed there?  Well ask anyone who has been through the horror of a workplace shooting or even a terrorist attack.  Ask the people who survived the 911 attack who were actually in the towers when the planes struck.  These are quite rare examples but they have happened and I would bet it will happen again in some form or another.  Maybe safety lies in our schools and other government buildings. There are plenty of guards or police protecting the buildings so they must be safe.  Timothy McVeigh would have something to say about that as well as all of his victims.  The several shootings in schools that have been publicized as of late should give anyone pause on how safe they really are. Perhaps you are safe at your home with your gun placed safely in your safe or in a drawer or maybe even on your hip, but how safe does that make you when you are lying in bed asleep or on the floor playing with your kids, dog or cat?  My point is not to scare you but to make you think in the real terms that being comfortable is not necessarily safe and that being completely safe is not really possible so where is the line drawn for intervention into your comfort and a level of safety. May I suggest the very proponents that want to make you feel safe are the ones increasing your levels of danger.  One should take their safety seriously and not  allow others to control it lest they be controlled themselves.  When people use force to make you safer it may increase your safety from others but does it decrease your safety from them?  Let me give you an example let’s say that your neighbor is suspected of using illegal drugs. This person has a job, pays his or her bills and is a good neighbor but the government in trying to protect you from his or her choice and one day decides to raid her home in full armor and a large battering ram.  They enter forcibly and take out their dog and shoot the occupant to find a ¼ ounce of (enter illegal drug here).  Now you should feel safe the evil drug user has been captured in true military style. A million dollars has been spent and your neighbor is in jail yeeha.  Beware how happy you feel about this because if your child or perhaps wife or husband has a prescribed drug and someone thinks you are using it in an illegal way and tells the government, this could be you.  The harmless joint you kept in case you wanted to be a kid again or the rival you have leaving a bag of (enter illegal drug here) could cause you the same pain.  When a group of well meaning militant officers protecting your safety enters your home to ensure that you are not harming anyone else with your illicit drug behavior and afterwards going out for a well deserved beer, wine or maybe even whisky. Perhaps a ban on all things harmful to you will keep you safe.  Guns kill people every day, not wearing your seat belt could kill you if you are in an accident, soda may make you fat. Your choices are your own and if you want to risk your life by owning a gun or not wearing your seat belt is it the right of the government to tell you no?  If you wish to be obese or maybe just give yourself a treat once in awhile should Uncle Sam be able to financially spank you for it?  Well in most states there is a tax for not wearing a seat belt issued out one stop at time.  Many places make it so hard to own a gun that it is not worth it to have one unless you make money with it. With soda, salt and fat taxes the government wants you to be healthy or poor or at least if you are poor the small rewards of sugary drinks or fatty foods are reserved for those who can afford it. If you think big brother was just watching you may need to read that book again. Terrorism.  The word should fill everyone with a little twinge of fear.  So how do we stop it.  The short answer is we can’t.  It is like crime.  We cannot remove it from the face of the earth and we cannot kill all of them because if we do others will flock to fill the shoes of the deceased.  So what do we do about it.  Well the government will make a color scheme to tell you how scared you should be today. How we should look for items like left bags or odd containers or weird vibrating (fill in weird thing here)  but we will not allow statistics to help us or take into account behavior and ethnicity.  We will stand by and ensure all junk is fondled and that every 90 year old wheelchair bound grandparent is checked and we will not report odd behavior because he or she is (enter protected group here).  It is better to investigate the innocent peacefully than to allow the guilty to cause harm. Now if you truly want to be as safe as possible then let me suggest you live your life in a bunker underground with enough emp protection to withstand a nuclear bomb and have a hepa system to ensure your air is pure and ensure little disease can get to you.  If you want to live an exciting life then I suggest you temp death at every corner, climb Everest, go base jumping, do that cool airplane race red bull puts on. If you want to live a full and happy life then be concerned with your own safety.  Assess risk and reward for yourself.  Keep the government out of your life as much as possible and you will find that you are safer than you thought and happier for it.

The post What is Safe Today? Is There Anything Left? appeared first on Galtstrike.

Privacy Watch Weekly – 2016-09-09 9 Sep 2016, 2:00 am

PIL filed in Court to Ban ‘Pokémon Go’ in India for Hurting Religious Sentiments

Pokémon GO has yet not been officially launched in India, but the location-based augmented reality game has already fueled a privacy debate and request for Ban. Isn't that weird?… Read the rest

Privacy Watch Weekly – 2016-09-02 4 Sep 2016, 4:03 pm

Kali Linux 2016.2 — Download Latest Release Of Best Operating System For Hackers

As promised at the Black Hat and Def Con security and hacking conferences, Offensive Security – the creators of Swiss army knife for researchers, penetration testers, and hackers – has finally released the much awaited Kali Linux 2016.2.… Read the rest

Book Release 30 Aug 2016, 6:30 pm

Dystopia: The long road is here!! It has taken some time to get this book finished but it was worth it.
IMG_20160213_075937Available on Amazon

Coming soon to Audio book Both Dystopia books

*Dystopia: Beginning of the End (Volume 1)

*Dystopia: The Long Road (Volume 2)


Coming soon

Dystopia: The Dark Days

How Minorities Can Share in the American Dream 14 Aug 2016, 2:47 pm

In this show, we discuss Black Lives Matter movement, the strife between minorities and the police, and what can be done about it. We also discuss how minorities can become successful and share in the American Dream by becoming financially successful.  Watch the podcast below. Yes! Minorities CAN share in the American Dream (Click Here if video doesn’t display) If you enjoyed this podcast, be sure to like us on Facebook.  Listen to us Live Saturday Evenings at 6PM pacific time at Bumper Music:  “Bankland” By Javolenus / CC BY-NC 3.0 Image credit: Patriot Post Transcript The following is a text transcript of the audio.  Due to the verbatim speech and nuances it may be difficult to read.  However, it is being provided as a courtesy to the hearing impaired as well as for those who wish to move quickly on to the pertinent parts of the podcast Tom: Welcome Galtstrikers this is Tom and I would like to thank you for tuning into our weekly libertarian talk show where we discuss not only the problems of today but also the solutions. If you’re listening to this show on blog talk or any other website that carries our player you can also listen and join us in our chat room at About half way down the page you’ll find the player and right below that you’ll find the chat room. Just enter your user name and click connects. If you have questions or comments during tonight’s broadcast the call in number to get on the air is 1.347.202.0228. After you’ve connected remember to press one so that our producer can see that you want to be on the air. Don’t be afraid to call in, it’s real easy. It’s like talking to an old friend on the phone and don’t worry, we don’t bite. Anyway, if you’re calling in give the producer your name and listen in. We’ll start taking questions and comments after the break, probably in about 30 minutes or so. So if you’re listening on the air please be patient but do remember to push one. Anyway tonight we are going to be bringing on a couple of our previous guest from a previous discussion we had. Black lives movement, the violence and what can be done about it. We will also talk about some of the root causes of the racial divisions in this country and how possibly minorities can share in and be a part of the American dream. Anyway, I’ve also got another guest on who’s going to be coming up in a  few minutes. His name is Jason Charles and he’s started the New York City preppers meet up group and was quite successful in growing that group. He’s been on a couple of the reality shows and some news broadcast so he will give us some tips on how to start a meet up group. But first I’m gonna bring on Eric. Eric has something- Eric was on the show a couple weeks ago and he has something that he would like to share. Something he would like to read to us. Eric? How you doing? Eric: I’m doing alright. How you doing today Tom? Tom: Good. So we can start out, could you first refresh everybody. Who you are and what you’re about. How you got interested in this movement and then share with us what you have. Eric: Ok. Yeah. My name is Eric Clayton and I am a black conservative Republican from the Seattle area and I was involved on Toms Last show, “Black Lives Matter” and we just started talking about some of the problems that black people are having pulling themselves up by their boot straps and how we could get probably more whites in America involved. So I decided to do a little bit of research and I looked around to see if there were any programs in place that could help with this cause. It looks like there is one in Peoria where they and it’s a minority organization that goes out and helps other minorities lift themselves up so they can become better business owners. I reached out to them to try to see if I could get them to come on the show and I was not successful. My Brothers Keepers is another one where President Obama I think had something to do with putting this together and all I got from them was just some kind of form letter. Form email that basically did not address coming on the show. And the last was a lawyer. White lawyer that was helping out blacks get into the legal arena and apparently was pretty successful according to the website. I reached out to him and still no response. So you know I just don’t know if that no response was on purpose or they have an email (inaudible) I just started really thinking about the problem. I just thought to myself, is there reluctance for you know, blacks to except white help? So I just kind of wrote this. I call it Wounded America. It is time for America to heal the wounds of black people caused by the wicked institution of slavery. But there is one big problem. The wounded party doesn’t want to be healed. The constant transfusion of social welfare, goodies and handouts that have resulted from white guilt, white patriotization and black complacency is pacifying us for the black community. See the attitude is, “You wounded me, now you owe me”. Let’s face it white America, black America will always be your dependent. We’ll always be complaining about what the white man should be and is not doing for them. Rather than what they can be doing for themselves. The black community wants to hold white America responsible for their problems and will not offer them available solutions to strive for. And some white Americans can care less if achievable solutions are offered. Over all the black community sometimes acts like that 3 year old kid who is forever enrolled in secondary education. Or who just can’t give up the security or comfort of living free of charge in your basement. Any mentoring or job programs that can be started by white America to life blacks out of poverty will often be unsuccessful because only a few blacks will participate at the risk of pandering to the white man. But isn’t taking tax money supplied by mostly white tax payers the same thing? There needs to be a willingness to participate in the American dream. To actively embrace and believe in the grand experiment of democracy and a free republic. To be a part of an actual melting pot and be Americans first and foremost. And white Americans need to let them in and not make them feel that they are inferior and part of a separate nation. I am aware that blacks were brought here as slaves against their will. I am aware that blacks were mistreated, beaten and killed by evil white slave owners. I am aware that evil whites found a way via the KKK and Jim Crow to rob blacks of their freedoms they gained through emancipation. I am aware that most of white Americans, while not physically participating in the violence against blacks, aided and abetted the vial acts by their complacency displayed by their inaction against the perpetrators of hate. I am aware that even today because of widely held stereotypes about black people by white people that black people are virtually ostracized from being active and willing participants in society. We have a scab that needs to be healed. Both black and white Americans need to stop picking at the scab. Opening the old wounds and pouring salt into them. These wounds need to be allowed to heal and heal quickly. We need to get things put together and made healthy. Not just for black lives, not just for white lives, not just for red lives and not just for yellow lives but we need to fix it for the lives of the race that really matters. The human race. Tom: Yeah I really like that. We talked about in the last show that I did with you and Alex about what I believe some of the root causes for these problems and you know I put most, not all of it but I put most of this on the Democratic Party because the Democratic Party since the beginning of this country was the party of slavery. The Democratic Party was the party of the KK. The Democratic Party was the party of Jim Crow Laws. The Party of, they’re the party of the IRS. They are the Party of the Federal Reserve. They’re the party of these internment camps. All throughout our nation’s history the Democratic Party has always been on the side of oppression whether it’s by race or society as a whole. And then when I look at what they’re doing now and this started happening well as far as the welfare, the social welfare that started in the 30’s when the Democrats started realizing, “Hey! We need to buy more votes here with the social welfare. That’s what we gotta do because we are losing.” Alright but then after they got their rears handed to them in the civil right era, you know it was the republicans that fought for the civil rights and got the civil rights. It was the democrats that opposed it and they got their butts handed to them and it was after that point that they realized they were going to forever lose their position in government as long as they continue to oppose minorities. So they started changing. And they started actually not helping blacks get ahead and become independent. They started their way of helping is by giving. Taking form one person who taxes and giving it to minorities through social welfare. They started pandering to the minority vote and buying that minority vote. To this day, like we said before, you show me a ghetto I’ll show you a city government that is run by democrat. Every time. Every time. Eric: Absolutely. Absolutely. Tom: So that is what we are here to discuss. How do we fix this? How do we change that? You and I talked about meet up groups and stuff and you know we’ve had a lot of success in the prepper movement doing meet up groups and helping people set up meet up groups across the country. Probably one of the more successful groups I think as far as I know of around is the New York City Preppers. You know, Jason Charles from New York City got this group up and running. It seems to of done well so I’d like to bring Jason on and get your thoughts on what we’re discussing and how you have handled organizing the preppers group and how we might apply that to creating business opportunities for minorities. Jason: First of all, thank you for having me on. Tom: Yeah. Thank you for coming on. Jason: Starting a group was, first of all let me first start out by saying I didn’t start the group. It was started by a young female. Life became too busy and then she handed it over to me and then I took over from there. It’s hard to run a group in a city like this where you have so many different interested. People here in the city for the most part are not concerned with emergency preparedness. Until something happens. We saw a big jump in subscribers or preppers back in Hurricane Irene and Sandy. Ever since then every time something small happens or like you know a terror attack or a mass shooting we get a couple more people. So for the most part its people reacting to something instead of just joining because it’s the right thing to do. Tom: So it’s more about finding ways to do that public outreach and finding ways to reach people before the problems happens. Eric: Right. Tom: I think this topic is a little bit different than disaster preparedness is what I think comes to a lot of peoples mind when they are talking about preppers. I’m wondering how we can apply the concept of meet up groups to the business world. To bring not just minorities but anyone in a ghetto area, in a poor neighborhood, urban areas, how to bring those people into the business world and give them opportunities and careers, jobs, education starting their own businesses. I am wondering how we can apply some of the ideas of starting a meet up group to that. Because as you mentioned people weren’t joining until a disasters already happened. I kind of see that this problem that we have with poverty in America is the disaster that is ongoing right now. So I think if we can get people to see that maybe we can get them to start participating in groups that address that. Eric: Right. Meet up does have its – – can’t help somebody start a business for give them the tools they need rather so I can start a business. The first thing that meet-up gives you once you start the group is it gives you responsibility and I think that’s where a lot of the problems we have in black communities or poorer communities is that there is no responsibility. So therefore they blame their actions, whatever it might be, on the next person. So when you run a group like this and an event doesn’t go well, or something happens at an event or an argument breaks out I will blame that on myself for xyz reasons. Letting it happen or letting them get away. It teaches you that you have to accept what might happen with your business. Good or bad and that’s first and foremost. Secondly, it gives you a sense of learning how to deal with people which again, in the black community, for the most part I’ve seem, we don’t know how to deal with one another. It’s a weird; it’s sort of weird for me to talk about because it’s hard for me to explain without actually showing you. For example, blacks in a community, like let’s say where I live today, (inaudible) for the most part you have your different groups of blacks. You have blacks that work, and those are the blacks that usually get along. You have those that sit on a corner all day and they make fun of those who go to work. Meet up gives you that responsibility of how to deal with different people like that. I get different people in the group all the time and I have to be adaptable to each person I meet. Which is very trying at times but it definitely teaches you. So learning how to do that you could bring that to a community and learn how to deal with different people and inspire them if you will, to do the right thing. Get a job, don’t stand on the corner, and don’t make fun of this guy going to work. Those are the things we have to teach. As far as financially, if you have a business or a meet up group where you’re dealing with money it’s on a smaller scale. Again it teaches you respect for money and how to be honest. Don’t over charge, don’t make extra money and then not give it back to the group. Have a contest or something. I learned a lot putting one in the group like this. Tom: I believe that if you build it they’ll come. So I think if we’ve got these problems and these issues, if somebody starts a meet up group to address those problems I think people are naturally going to start joining. So I think really what needs to happen is to find people that are natural leaders. The ones the kind of people that are gonna go to work no matter how many people are making fun of them for going to work. I think we need to find those kind of people to take charge of starting groups like this and then I think other people will just start to follow and just start to come. Eric’s been researching some of this about you know the different groups that he reached out to. Possibilities of starting groups. What other ideas have you come up with Eric? Eric: Well, you know one thing, I mean it’s good to if we can ever get those groups that I reached out to that I mentioned earlier to respond to it then there could be a foundation there to build on. However, there is another thing I’d like to mention. I don’t know if you’ve ever heard of the book, “Black and white styles of conflict” by Thomas Kochman. I’m reading this book and he’s a guy that  is kind of a diversity specialist. He found out that blacks and whites, even though they think in certain situations and they think they are communicating on a level filled in that they are seeing situations the same way. Blacks and whites communicate in a different way. There are certain things that when they are said or done blacks kind of react differently to. Like let’s say for instance there is a situation where blacks may be discussing something and then they get kind of loud and boisterous about it and maybe the whites may think of it as this is almost verging on violence and it’s really not. They’re active competitors and they are trying to convince each other so it hasn’t gotten into a fight but it sounds like a fight. Whereas white people are very reserved and they think, “Oh wow, this is just something I’m gonna be quite about because it’s really escalated. So basically what I’m saying is I think people that get involved and go into the black neighborhoods that want to help out they have to get some kind of training so they can understand the black language and the black culture so that what they engage people about these jobs and everything is not misinterpreted. That is the danger right there because once you get on that ground where if you’re talking apples and they’re talking oranges and you don’t know that you’re talking different fruit that’s where you get into a problem. A real problem. So that’s really all I have.. I don’t know exactly how to set it up. I was really hoping to get feedback from those people that I reached out to but I didn’t. Like I emphasized the communication is really, really important. I’d like to reach out to this guy – – Tom: Well ya know I ..I talked to you a little bit before and I see a couple of problems, and I’ve run into it myself when dealing with other organizations and trying to network and that sort of thing. There are a couple of different things. One if its like a nonprofit or NGO that is giving people aid of some sort, to them that is job security. Give a man a fish and that man will be back the next day for another fish. And so if you teach somebody, you come along and say, “Hey I want to teach people how to become independent and be their own man and take care of themselves,” well that’s taking away that job security from that non-profit organization. Then the other thing is, even if it’s another organization that is trying to teach people how to become independent and you come along and say, “Hey, let’s network together and see what we can do to combine forces and really help this along,” a lot of groups will see that as competition and you know it’s the same thing in the nonprofit world as it is in the business world. People just have this hard time wanting to work with their competitors. I see this really big time in the patriot movement with all the-  -you look on the web and see zillions of patriot web sites, second amendment websites, conservative websites and they really don’t want to work together because that’s their competition and so it makes it real hard to network . I don’t know really the way to do it. I’m thinking we got to do something to start up some groups, find some people willing to take the reins and be leaders and just let them, see if they can do it. Eric: You know there is a stigma of being successful in the white man’s world. Something like, if you’re black, if you’re like a Colon Powell or Condoleezza Rice. You know in the white realm of thing, the main stream, you are very successful. Your credentials are just fantastic, but it’s something about the black neighborhoods, the people we are trying to help, you are looked at as a sellout. So basically it’s almost like a lot of them that would like to go there don’t want to be sell outs so they basically will go to maybe selling drugs. Some of them may go to other kind of means of being successful. Maybe they might hope for a rap music kind of record contract or something like that. Maybe go and play NBA but basically it’s almost like this impediment, “No. No I can’t suck up to the white man. I can’t suck up his ways you know. I gotta be a real black.” It’s something about being successful that is anti-black and I just don’t get it. I’m a black man that has been in industry for 35 years and there’s hardly any blacks (inaudible) telecommunications OSP engineer and I’ve gotten along with my coworkers just fine. As long as I’ve done my job I’ve never had a problem. So I don’t get it. I feel like I’m part of my own mini melding pot. I feel like I’m a guy that is, when you look it up I’m just a text book example of a guy that actually decided, “Hey, I’m just gonna pull myself up by my boot straps.” Sure, I’m different from a lot of people I work with but I, right now, no them as John and Bob and we’re just guys that do jobs. I’m not old black Eric that you know causing problems or anything like that. I’m doing my job and I just can’t see why I can’t do that regardless of what color they are. Tom: Yeah. We got about 3 minutes before we have to take a hard break here. I wanna get Jason’s thoughts for the rest of these three minutes and then after the break Dave has a question. Hold on Dave I’d like to hear what you have to say and then until we’ve got several callers that are listening in, if any of you have comments I encourage you to dial 1. Press the one button so that our producer knows that you want to contribute a comment. Also for those of you listening via the chat room or online our phone number is 347.202.0228. Before we go to the break do you have any comments to add Jason? Jason: It’s going back to, yes, I actually decide. It’s gone back to people getting along. That’s the other thing too. We have a hard problem, again I think its people, never mind color. Just people getting along, getting together trying to make it work. Like you said earlier, we have a lot of these Oath Keepers, AP3, there are so many patriot groups that want to harp at one another instead of getting along. They are all saying the same thing but they just don’t want to sit there and work together and move forward. There were a couple of these groups here in the city. I tried to reach out to a couple of them and they just didn’t want to bother because no one wanted to meet in the middle and negotiate. I think that’s a problem with us as people. Now as far as the black community goes its bad because you want to help. You want to sit there, you want to start a group and get people off their feet. You want to get em jobs, you want to get them skills that can get the job but they don’t want to come. They just want it handed to them the easy way. The other problem is everybody else that I know, these young kids; they wanna be a basketball star or a rapper. They want that big money and they – – they don’t want to work for it. I’m not sitting here by any means saying rappers and ball players don’t work for it but they want the big money. They don’t want to be the fire fighter or the cop or the doctor or the lawyer. They want those millions and they want to now and I think to change that we have to get into the kids heads a little earlier. Sit there have them listen to Young Thug or watch Atlanta Hip Hop. We have to educate them that you’re gonna get what you deserve by how you present yourself to life. I think that is the first problem that needs to be addressed. Tom: I think when I was talking privately on the phone yesterday with Eric one of the things he brought up was we really need to take back the schools. So we’re gonna take a quick break here. After the break I’m gonna bring on Dave and then maybe we will talk a little bit about how it might be possible to take back the schools. So let’s take a short word from our sponsors. Advertisement Tom: Welcome back Galtstrikers. This is Tom. I’ve got Eric and Jason on with me. We are talking about the BLM movement, racial division in America and how minorities might be able to participate in the American Dream and become successful. I want to bring Dave on. Dave has a question for us. How you doing Dave? Dave: Doing well, how are you doing Tom? Tom: Good, how’s it going? What did you want to add to the discussion? Dave: I just wanted to ask how you guys feel about the war on drugs has affected the black community and how, if any, affected their relationship with the police? Tom: Eric or Jason, any of you has an answer for that? Eric: Repeat the question? I missed the question. Dave: How, the war on drugs. How it may have affected the black community not necessarily drugs themselves but the war on them? The fact that they are illegal and how may that have affected their relationship with the police? Eric: Ohh. That’s a toughie. I’m not sure that I can answer. I may have to defer to Jason on that. Jason: Ok. First of all. There is no war on drugs. I have to start off by saying that. Police relations in the black community, with this drug problem we have, it’s bad I mean you come to a neighborhood like mine and you go to Washington Heights. We are talking about New York, sorry. Talking about New York. The drug ring is ramped here in the city. I just learned that today talking to somebody who is in the actual law enforcement shield. Cops, the problem is, listen, a lot of cops when they first start the job from the ones I’ve known, they went in with the purpose of actually doing what the job was to do. That was to help people. So they come out to wherever they live they come to the city and they have in their heart that they are going to help the community they are serving. But day in and day out they run into guys they pull over and they are pulling weed, cocaine, or whatever out of their pocket. The relationship between cops and the black community or Spanish community is sort of damaged by the whole so called war on drugs because this is where it is. Now keep in mind, we’re not bringing the drugs in to the country. It’s not a black dude, it’s not a Spanish dude. It’s whoever is in the higher position but now that they trickled down to us, these guys are here. Whoever you are, whichever gang you name, they are dealing the drugs and cops they can’t look at me walking in the street and go, “Oh he doesn’t have drugs.” They assume for the most part, not all of em but a lot of cops assume for the most part that you know most black guys in the street are carrying drugs. Most Spanish guys in the street are carrying drugs. They just don’t know how to approach it without being called a racist and everything else. It’s a bad problem and it just sparks a lot of issues because they just assume everybody, not everybody but a lot of people are carrying stuff on them. This also goes to the way you dress. I dress a certain way so for the most part a cop will look at me and go ok this guy, he doesn’t have, he’s not holding or have a weapon on him because I dress with shorts and a t shirt all year long. So when the winter comes around the only thing I’m wearing might be a hoody. But here you got guys wearing a ton of clothing in the summer time and those are the guys who you know are holding weed or a weapon of some kind and when they get stopped they’re screaming police brutality. Meanwhile they are actually sitting on a corner doing what they said they weren’t doing. Tom: I think the whole war on drugs is, they’re not getting at the root cause of the problem and kinda like fighting fire with fire. I don’t think they’re like, you know, like you said there is not a war on drugs. I think it’s a reaction rather than a proactive approach to solving the drug problem. We’re not stopping it at the border where they come in and we’re not solving the problems that get people on drugs to begin with. Expecting the police to clean it up in the street when it shouldn’t even make it to the streets in the first place. Jason: The other problem with drugs, the war on drugs right? The FBI, CIA, ATF, they know where every last drug trail on this planet is right. They know where all the opiate fields is, where all the cocaine fields, coca leaf fields are. They know where all the drugs are being grown. They know where they are being manufactured. If you want a real war on drugs then you have to actually step the game up. Ask these countries, “Hey listen, we want to go here and take out this place. We are getting 80% of your cocaine from Colombia. Just an example.  So why not go to Colombia and head it off at the pass? Why sit there and wait for it to get here and then blame some kid who, listen, I’m not making excuses for people selling drugs but if kids saw the movie (inaudible) and thinks I’m gonna make the (inaudible) You head it off at the pass. Tom: Well yeah when you got the positions that our federal government takes on it, thanks to wiki links we are able to find out that we own and control the poppy fields in Afghanistan and basically we let the sale of opium happen right under our noses. They are very well aware of it and they’re not doing anything to stop it. So I don’t know how we can head it off at the pass when the people in power are actively contributing into that problem. We gotta find another way to reach people at hoe before they get to the drug situation. I think that also comes from giving people opportunity. If you can give people opportunity and jobs and careers and stuff I mean there are still people in business that have drug problems but they’re not out in the street dealing drugs if they’ve got a good career to go to every day. I’ve got Dan on the phone. I want to get Dan’s comment and then we’ll go back and talk to Jason and Eric again. Dan are you on the air? Dan: Yeah, I can hear you fine. I was just going to comment that it seems to me as far as minorities go and having problems getting them out of poverty or getting them employed that this has already got a solution to it and it comes from history. There’s been lots of other minorities whether they were the Italian immigrants or the Irish immigrants that came in that established themselves by creating Business Men’s Association, Cultural Associations, and kept their money flow within their own community and built up from there. And it strikes me odd that the minority’s that are continuously having generational problems years after years after years haven’t done this. Haven’t done what other minorities have done to get out of that kind of situation. It seems like our biggest lessons to be learned are things we should of learned from history. Tom: Well I go back to what I was saying before about the democrats pandering to the black vote. So you look at what other minorities have done, Chinese immigrants have come here and started up businesses in other races and other immigrants have moved here. They didn’t receive the level of pandering that the democrats do to the black community. They didn’t have slavery and they didn’t have the KKK so much but they also didn’t get the amount of pandering and handouts that the democrats do. Like I said before, you show me a ghetto and I’ll – – Dan: Up here in Canada that’s exactly what happened. We had slaves up here in Canada. People don’t realize that. They were Chinese slaves ok. And they did receive a lot of pandering but they did create their own cultural centers. They did create their own Businessmen’s Associations and they did create their own communities, China Town for example, inside the city of Vancouver and they did drag themselves out of poverty. It can be done but it takes a community effort. It seems to be the minorities in the states that are currently having generational problems have been voting for the democrats for generations and they’re still poor. It doesn’t work. It just doesn’t work, you gotta do it yourself. Speaker: Tom can I jump in? Tom: Yeah, who’s talking? Eric: This is Eric. Tom: Oh yeah, go ahead Eric. Eric: Another thing that a culturally interesting thing that I think he kind of brought up is that when it comes to American Blacks and lets just compare them to American Whites. Whites will usually get into some kind of business relationship and will normally trust to a certain level until a problem develops. Blacks will wait and not trust from the beginning and even before a problem is apparent and then they will wait to see if trust is warranted. So it’s almost the opposite. In the Asian communities who have built themselves up by sharing you know, resources, they are in a positions where they trust each other as long as you know (inaudible) until trust is not warranted. So basically, the black community there is a lack of trust. There is always the feeling that somebody is running a con, that you’re gonna get ripped off, that you’re going to get bamboozled. So they do not get into the associations because basically they are just saying, “Hey, I’m not gonna let this black man rip me off.” I remember when I was doing videos and I told the lady I was black and she said, “Oh no, no, no. I’m not gonna hire you. You probably are running some kind of con. I’m going to the white man because at least I know I’ll get my monies worth.” That kind of – – that’s killing us, and I don’t know how to fix it. Tom: Well I think it goes back to what you were saying- – hello? Yeah I think it goes back to what you were saying earlier. The old wounds and pouring salt on the old wounds. I think those wounds have never had a chance to heal and that is where that mistrust comes from and I think like we talked about also that that happens right- – it happens in school. The kids are learning in school, “Hey, the white man did this to you and this is why you got problems you have. It’s the white man’s fault for it and you need the governments help.”  If you’re someone who is black you’re going to hear that and say, “Oh, the white guy is the cause of my problems. I need the government to help me.” If you’re the white guy, if you’re the white kids in school then you know its sounded to you like you’re being shamed for being white and so you never want to build the actual trust. You get what I’m saying? Both sides are hearing a different thing and they’re never reaching across and building that trust. Eric: And there is one more thing too. Back in the slave day there was a two tier type slave. You had the field slaves and you had the house slaves and the job of the house slaves was not only to take care of the master in the house but also be the eyes and ears to find out if there was a dissension between the field slaves so they ratted them out. That was kind of the untrustworthy thing so that’s how we black republicans are looked at. Almost like the house slaves. That we are gonna rat everybody out to the white man, we’re going to snitch. So that whole thing, that whole distrust thing has, was kind of left over from slavery. Tom: So I wonder how we can- -we talked about hitting this off in the schools and taking back the schools. How can we do this? I know we talked about on the phone conversation I had with you yesterday, about you know our down ticket to candidates and doing it through the political avenues by getting conservatives and libertarians elected at the local level in the city councils and the mayor’s office. Now that could be possible where it’s a pretty much 50/50 split. Battle ground cities where it’s half conservative and half liberal but what about in these areas where it’s like 70 or 80 or 90% Liberal. How can we take back our local government in those areas so that we can take back the schools? I think the only way we can take back the schools is through the elected offices. Dan: I would start with the PTA. Parent Teachers association. They are the ones that control the school board. That’s where you have to start. If you are going to start changing a society you do have to start with the education level. That’s what the communist and socialist did to us. So (inaudible) Tom: Even in the PTA yeah you could be actively involved but if you’re a conservative or libertarian in a community where 70% of the people are voting straight party ticket for the liberals then how does your voice overcome everybody else’s voice in that PTA conversation. Typically they kick people out like that that speak up. Dan: Simple. Be honest. People generally speaking on an individual level still have a sense of common sense. So as long as you’re being honest and you’re being straight up about what you’re talking about then they will recognize the difference between double talk and political speech and just a guy who wants to get things done and if they don’t recognize that then it’s time to vote with your feet and move. Tom: Yeah, I agree. Eric: There is another thing. We also know the teachers unions lean heavily on the Democratic Party. It’s almost like their blankie or something like that. They get a lot of financial support. We need as republicans we need to go in and steal the teachers union from the Democratic Party. Take that iron fist hold they have on the teachers union and then turn them around so that we can not only get that socialism out of the school but also, my goal is to eventually get God back in the school. Tom Yeah, I agree. Dan: One way to do that is that the teachers unions make investments for their retirements and the retirement investments are pretty much capitalistic right? So getting the republicans involved on that end of it is the best way into the union. The other thing you gotta realize is that a lot of unions in north American are doing what they call union or contract splitting. So that the newest teacher into the teacher union gets a different contract than somebody that has been there for 20 years. That’s really a division with in the union itself. As republicans or libertarians you can fight that saying everybody should be treated equally regardless of how long they have been in. That’d be another way to back them up which is something they desperately need. If you can do that, that will get you into the PTA and into the school boards. Tom: We got about ten minutes left on this show and we talked about the problems. We talked about how we can take back the schools and the local down tickets positions. Let’s say we can get a voice in the schools. Let’s say we can find leaders in these poor communities to start up meet up groups. I think that’s where it’s really going to happen. By having local meet ups and bringing in people that want to learn how to become successful and start their own business. Get careers maybe even just learning how to fill out a resume would be great for a lot of people. So let’s say we can get these groups started how can we – like I said, if you build it, they will come. If you start up a meet up group that and you advertise it in a community saying hey this is a group for minorities to learn how to be successful. People are naturally going to start trickling in. Even if there is that mistrust people will start trickling in to find out what the group is about.  So let’s say we get some people, maybe some people listening right now are interested in starting up a group in their area. What could those first meet ups be about. I’d like to get Eric’s opinion on that and then I’ll ask Jason. Eric: Ok. The first thing I think needs to happen is once you get those people in there, even though you have an agenda, what you want to do, resume writing or any other thing that you have the first thing that you should do is address the crowd, the minorities there and ask them, “Hey what are you looking for out of this? What can we do?”  Have them say something that will invest them in the process and not just have you dictating to them what’s going to happen. You might find that you will be able to just give what you intended to give them but basically it will be received a lot better because you asked them what they need. Dan: That’s an absolute must. Tom: Yeah. I want to go to Jason. I’ll get Jason’s comment on starting meet up groups. What should those first meetings be about? Jason: I think those first meetings should be about- – and here’s another problems I’ve seen in these help organizations. You can’t make it about color. I understand that you want to get minorities into it but once you get them into that door it should no longer be about color. It should be about personal responsibility. It should be getting them to that point where they want to take personal responsibility. I’ve sat through a couple of these workshops in the past and the first thing out of the guys mouth is, “You’re black and you’re gonna make it above the white guy and white people this and white people that.” It can’t be about that anymore because that puts a wedge even further apart in the racial division. So the first meeting should always be about the person and what they want to accomplish. Throw the whole race thing out the window. I think we are running into bigger problems when everything is black and white. If you just run it as a human organization, if you just look at the person and go, “Listen, what do you want to accomplish? Oh yeah? Ok so now we are going to help you accomplish this.” And we’re never gonna sit there and go, “Well the white man wants you to fail and the white man laughs when you fail.” It can’t be about that. It has to be about the person. Tom: I talked to another thing I talked about Eric yesterday on the phone about, which was a term that was new to me a couple of years ago, I’d never heard it ago and I’m a white guy. It is this term “White Privilege” Apparently that seems to be the big thing that is taught in colleges and stuff and I didn’t even know about it. It seems to be the term that the left has really latched on to, to try and win over voters by; in my mind it seems like they are white shaming. Shaming people for being white and the privilege they have. They always say, “Check your white privilege, check your white privilege.” I see that on blog post, on the radio all the time, but they never, never, never say, tell us what were supposed to do about it. You know I get into this discussion on social media and someone will say check your white privilege and I’ll go, “Well ok. If I got this special white privilege why don’t you tell me what I’m supposed to do about it?” As a white guy I understand the problems that black people face. I understand our history. I don’t understand it from the shoes of a black person but I know there is a problem there.  I understand that ok. But the left never offers a solution on what we are supposed to do about this white privilege thing. Personally I don’t like that term because it brings race into it rather than the socioeconomic status that brought about these problems. It doesn’t address ow the problems got started because if they started addressing how the problems got started they’d have to start pointing the finger at their own party. The Democratic Party has never apologized as a party for their history of oppression. I think we need to refocus. I think we need to steal that dialog away from the left and re brand it as a different term that’s not attached to race. I don’t know what we would call it. Minority disadvantage?  Whatever we can call it that doesn’t have race attached to it that says, “Hey there is a problem in society we need to address it, we need to fix it.” It’s not caused by a race; it’s caused by socioeconomic status. It was the Democratic Party , I believe, that lead us down this path and what can we do to fix it. You guys got, either one of you Jason or Eric how we can re brand that term so it doesn’t have race attached to it? So that we can work together, both races, to fix that. We got 2 minutes. Eric: Ok. It’s a socioeconomic thing. It’s not really white privileges they are trying to put on all white people. Basically socioeconomic s if your born with a silver spoon in your mouth, whether your Donald Trump’s kids or whether your Magic Johnson’s kid. Basically you’re going to have privilege over a lot of people that are black or white. See a lot of white people, like my wife for instance, she had to wear hand me downs. I didn’t as a kid. I got everything new and I’m a black man. So you know, that’s not a privilege for her. Another thing is, this thing about black people thinking white people are just going out of their way to do for other white people. White people seem to be some of the most individualistic people that I’ve run into. They don’t have some secret society where they are giving whites a certain kind of break and then blacks another. I think it’s a – – Tom: Are you there Eric? Did we lose you? Eric: I’m here. Did you hear me? Tom: Yeah. Yeah we got less than a minute. Jason, if you could, do you have a contact information that you can give publically if anyone has a question about starting a meet up group? Jason: Yes. They can contact me at Tom: I want to thank you guys for coming on the air. We had a great discussion, I wish we had more time to finish it and bring on more callers. I apologize to those that didn’t get to make it on. I do want to remind everyone that we have shows on every day. Live. Tomorrow will be Herbal Prepper at 4 pm pacific. That is 7 pm eastern time. Speakers: Thank you. This article first appeared on Galtstrike and may be copied under the following creative commons license.  All links and images including the CC logo must remain intact. 

The post How Minorities Can Share in the American Dream appeared first on Galtstrike.

We the People. All of the People. 11 Aug 2016, 10:11 am

I have thought long and hard on this subject.  I was even concerned about saying anything about it, but if I am afraid of speaking about this then I have no right to speak on any other subject.  Now I will not bring up the definition of racism as with all isms, it seems that it means so many things to so many people and I believe that is the point of them.  Race in humans is a social construct set on ways to classify common differences in human beings such as skin color, hair color, and facial features and so on, but we are all the same species stated as we can breed and have successful offspring. We are people. Now that is a very cold way of saying any couple that has compatible parts can have a child that has both of their genetic material and can have children of their own.  So the real social construct is that we are separated by looks.  No matter what the taxonomists say, that is all that separates us, just the way we look.  Now when it comes to choosing a mate or partner that can be a big deal, but when choosing a friend is it?  Isn’t the mind and how it works the real reason you hang out with another person.  Should your judgment be on the clothes they wear or the way they wear their hair or perhaps even how much or little money they have. All these things have more to do with a person than how their eyes are shaped or what hue their skin is or even what color their hair is.  As the former is a choice, and I would go even so far as to say a practice on how a person lives their life, but the latter a person has no real choice short of dye or plastic surgery and has little to no bearing on what type of person they are or how they will deal with any given situation. So that being said I want to point out the consequences of the classification of human beings; Bigotry.  That word covers so many small things, but I would argue that what it really is, is a lack of self-respect. A simple belief that what one thinks of one’s self is hinged upon someone else being less than they are.  There are still pockets of bigotry in the country on any side of the argument and we are not talking coins here we are talking about the sides of a tetrahedron.  The way we deal with each other speaks more about ourselves than it does anyone else and I want people to speak loudly so better for me to judge who they are and what they want.  So if you read this and believe that I am hateful more power to you, I hope it keeps you warm but if I make you think than I can offer you no more power than the idea that I espouse here and that is no matter what science categorization or medical term they saddle us with we are all people and deserve to be taken as individuals and not as a group. One of the biggest issues I have seen in my life is when a person from another group has success the bigots cannot stand this.  The will stand against this at all costs even to the point of violence.  A group asking another to pay for the sins of the past by allowing sins in the present or future keeps us in a cycle of separation and confusion. Denial of the past can be just as harmful to know. That was so we will never repeat it again.  As modern people you would think that we could enjoy all aspects of each other but there are so many excuses for bad behavior from one group celebrating another’s culture.  Appropriation is the taking of a thing from another but how can anyone in a free society take a Lifestyle from another.  A culture is not a tangible thing you cannot steal it nor can you force a group to change it.  It is in their traditions, the foods they eat, the way they celebrate the art and pageantry of a people. So how does one steal that? If we cannot take pleasure in each others culture then how as a society can we work together and understand each other?  I make a call out to every American citizen to enjoy each others ways. To learn about your neighbors and let them in.  Let every man woman and child be better for the beauty that is your culture and then perhaps we can stop seeing anyone as a thief of our traditions and welcome them as guests at our table and appreciate their genuine love of humanity. I want us to stop trying to rewrite history. It is a failing that keeps us apart.  Allow all the literature into the classrooms again and have the courage to tell the truth about our past and allow us to move united as a country and make sure that each individual knows that his or her self-respect comes from what is inside of them not what they look like.  Finally, allow all Americans to choose their hero’s and mentors not by their outward appearance as that is something that is not easily emulated but by what they do and how they do it.  The manner in which they have honed their talents and moved to succeed. We all have darkness and insecurities let us leave those in our own minds and struggle and not burden society at large and find the greatness in ourselves and share that with the world.  Let us accept the contributions each person makes and stand on their shoulders to make their ideas and accomplishments greater than imagined.  To finish this let me leave you with a great quote from Edward W. Bok “Make the world a bit better or more beautiful because you have lived in it”.  

The post We the People. All of the People. appeared first on Galtstrike.

Success With Good Work Ethic 7 Aug 2016, 5:34 pm

Learn how to be successful in your business, career, or trade by listening to people who have been there and done that. Learn how good work ethic has helped them in their lives. Find out how frugality, proper planning, and considering the “What if’s” has helped them survive and stay out of debt. Discover how budgeting and filling market needs can help you be successful in your own business. (Click Here if video doesn’t display) If you enjoyed this podcast, be sure to like us on Facebook.  Listen to us Live Saturday Evenings at 6PM pacific time Bumper Music:  “Bankland” By Javolenus / CC BY-NC 3.0 Transcript The following is a text transcript of the audio.  Due to the verbatim speech and nuances it may be difficult to read.  However, it is being provided as a courtesy to the hearing impaired as well as for those who wish to move quickly on to the pertinent parts of the podcast. Transcript is at least 80% accurate. Tom: Welcome Galtstrikers. I’m tom and this is our weekly Libertarian talk show where we discuss not only the problems of today but also solutions. If you have any questions or comments during tonight’s podcast the call in number is 1.347.202.0228. After you’ve connected remember to press one so that our producer knows that you want to be on air. If you’re listening to our show on blog talk or any other website that carries our player you can listen and join us in on the chat-room at If you scroll down about midway on the page you’ll see the chat room. Just enter your user name and click connect. I do invite you to come in/call in and get on the show if you’re interested in ideas on how you can be successful in your business or your career. Because that’s what we are gonna be talking about. Tips to be successful and being successful doesn’t always mean having a bank full of a lot cash. It can mean that but really what success is about is about achieving the goals you set out to accomplish. And whether that goal is to earn a degree in school or get the career of your dreams. Or maybe that goal is to live off the grid and to be completely independent of the grid and be self-sufficient. Maybe that goal is to be a homesteader. Maybe the goal is to get out of debt. So whatever your goals are, success is based on achieving those goals. So the question to ask yourselves is, “What are your goals and have you achieved them?” and if you haven’t achieved them yet then what are your plans to achieve your goals. So that’s what we are going to be discussing tonight and as I said if you want to call in the number is 1.347.202.0228 and then dial 1 to connect with the producer and then he’ll bring you on the air. So our first guest that I’m bringing on is Charles and Charles is going to talk with us about what his success was in getting out of debt and among other things that he has done. Thank you for coming on the air Charles. Charles: Yes I am here. Can you hear me? Tom: Yes I hear you very clear. Charles: Coming in good. Yes. So it started a long ways back, I’m a senior now it was back, I was about 30 years old and had come back from overseas and realized that the money was starting to get in trouble. This was back in the day of Nixon when he closed the Gold window and said gold was not going to be a backing for our money anymore. A lot of things going on, of course we didn’t understand them. Nobody got any education in money and we were just out running around. I was about 30 at the time and just happened to get a job with a bank. Wells Fargo Bank in California and got into their library and taught myself about money and what it was all about. So I would suggest first of all, yeah, get an idea of the money system and how it works and what’s happened to it, especially recently. There is quite a bit of trouble out there, the interest rates of course are very high. Security is probably your first concern to take care of yourself. Security and medical and get those things taken care of first. I got into the homesteading then just sort of an extension of that. I got to reading the old books. There was one called, “Farmers of Forty Centuries about Chinese and Japanese agriculture and how they had sustained the same land for 4000 years. Farming over and over using compost. I thought how bizarre compared to our new fertilizers and all of our chemical agriculture. So of course I got to thinking all these directions and it directly lead to mother earth news and homesteading and planning. Getting started, figuring out how to get sort of self-sufficient. How to take care of myself. It just looked like the world was heading that it continued in as we see today. It looks chaotic to me, I don’t know how it appears to everyone else but – Tom: Yeah it is a very chaotic now. What are some of the homesteading books that you’ve read that you think our listeners should read. Especially considering that we have all the fertilizers and the GMO seeds and things like that. I know a lot of people are interested in growing organic food and raising their farm animals organically. So what are some of the books you’ve read that stand out as being some of the best books that our listeners should read. Charles: Oh I read a lot of the classics. I read the, gosh my memory, I know my memory is going to jump around on me. As soon as I think of a name I lose it. I read the classics. There was a fella over in India an English agriculturalist. Sir Albert Howard was his name and he was completely organic farming and doing work like that. Just whatever I could find I would read. Jay Rodale was the fella that wrote the Original Organic Gardening text that was such a popular book back then. That was the bible. The true bible. I guess and Mother Earth News took up as a monthly supplement so we just made plans and decided how to get off the, you know get out of the cities mostly. That was the main thing to get where I am at now. I can tell you know sitting here with 5 acres with a spring and all the fire wood I want. Trees and the quite, no traffic anywhere around. Of course I’m retired and older but it’s quite a, quite satisfying to get out here in the country. It really is. The gardening sort of comes naturally. You get to look around out in the country and you see the gardens. You see the people that are doing the gardening right. You can, you know you just have to follow the rules; you keep up with it and you do it right. Tom: Yeah Charles: Succeed. Put it away- – Tom: Yeah gardening too. That’s you know, getting back to successes and always about money. Success can be just about having a successful garden and I think that is, a lot of people think it’s just real easy. You can just put some seeds in the earth and just put water on it and it’s gonna grow, but there is quite a bit more to gardening than just that. Depending on where you live it can be quite a challenge. Charles: Yeah. Most of its habit. You develop habits. You continually do things and you learn as you go. It’s so hard in the city. City living and living out in the country is so different. There are so few distractions in the county. Of course you do put up what you grow out there. My gosh I’ve got potatoes out there now, and picking corn and had a good raspberry crop this year. Any extras you give away or take up to the corner and sell. You try to figure out some way to get some kind of cash income. You’ve got to get that cash income of some kind. Tom: So as far as gardening goes, I don’t know what part of the country you’re in but what types of food crops work best where you’re at. Charles: Well I’m in East Tennessee. I’m right outside of Knoxville. About an hour outside of Knoxville outside of Lansing. Morgan county Tennessee where it’s about zone 6. We don’t get a steady rain. In this case you have to pay attention to irrigation and the soil is a little bit to sandy. I’m on an area that drains a little bit to fats and you sort of learn that as you go along. It takes not that much time. You get a routine and do a little bit in the morning and a little bit in the evening. Enjoy I, it’s just so much fun anyway doing it. I did flower gardening too as a kind of side income and grew perennial plants. Sold them in a little nursery I started and sold vegetables. Ran a little farmers market. That was good. It’s pretty relaxed. It’s a great way of life and I just can’t stress now it’s just time to do it because the world seems so chaotic out there economically and oil. I don’t know if we’re gonna run out of oil or not. It doesn’t look good. What do I do with that oil? Do I buy me a mule? Do I get me a pony? Tom: So as far as your homesteading goes and gardening, one of the biggest challenges that I hear most people have is being able to produce enough of their own food that they don’t have to rely on the grocery store. So my question would be what percentage of your food are you able to produce on your own? And what percentage do you have to get from the grocery store? Or are you completely self- sufficient as far as food goes? Charles: I, well I’m sort of out of that loop right now because I’m single and living by myself and the things I buy from the store are the things that I just can’t produce. I’ve got a cellar down in the basement and my particular favorites are the big squash. The Hubbard squash. In fact I got a couple of blue ribbons at the fair last year. The Morgan County fair for my Hubbard quash that I grew. Their huge and their keepers. You can have squash all winter. Potatoes are easy to keep and grow and keep. You can produce those staples; of course mess around with greens all year round. Early greens, late greens, broccoli, cauliflowers, just sort of work em end whenever you can and play with green houses. However you want to do it. You can produce whatever percentage you want. Or that you can afford or however you want to do it. You trade with people. Folks down the road they can all kinds of stuff. The can their potatoes and things. They do as much as they can but I don’t, I just put up potatoes with some lime on them. Yeah it’s – – Tom: So I’m wondering for somebody that doesn’t have, maybe somebody that’s really good at gardening but they don’t have quite the time or the equipment to do the canning. I wonder if it’s good for those kinds of people to trade the food that they grow with someone that does have the canning equipment and the time to do that. If that bartering like that can help people in that situation that want to store up for the winter time. Charles. Yeah. Yeah. I think that’s what I do with the neighbors down there because I can’t get out there like I use to and garden. It’s getting pretty tricky. It’s getting hard to walk, my hips are bad. So I’m sort of slowing down on that respect. They’re going at it completely, she works in raised beds and yeah it depends a lot of what you like to eat. You can put up a lot of cauliflower. You can put up a lot of cabbage. You can put up enough sauerkraut. More than you could ever eat. Tom: Yeah I – – go ahead Charles: Oh I was just gonna say that’s part of it yeah but the other parts like fire wood and stuff like that. That takes a portion of time. You sort of divide your time everywhere. You start getting your firewood up. I’ve got wood heat, I’ve got a little bit, and I’ve got all kinds of heat. I had a gas line put in here recently. I’m at the end of a gas line and so I thought I’m so dog gone old I can’t hardly carry that firewood anymore but I cut and burned my wood the last ten years and it’s got to be one of the most enjoyable things  you’ll ever do. Nothing quite like a wood fire. Tom: What about live stock? Do you do much livestock? If so what kind of animals do you like to raise? Charles: Well I don’t know. I’ve got cats and dogs of course. I used to raise rabbits. I’m quite partial to rabbits. Rabbits supply some of the best eating. Gosh they were delicious. Quite easy to keep, I had cages; I built my own cages and put them up off the ground. The neighbor, people all around me have animals. Just about everything you can imagine. Chickens and genies, and the rabbits and the – – I think if I were to go back if things get tough like they may and  I consider they could I would maybe go to some birds. Squab sort of things. Pigeons. Something I might deal with. Tom: So have you done pigeons before? Charles: No I haven’t. I’ve seen some videos though. I’ve seen people with them. I think I could do it. I think they might be alright. I remember my mother eating squab in fine restaurants during the war. We would go to downtown Columbus Ohio to a restaurant during World War II and shed order squab. Of course I never ate it. Over the years. That was the – – Tom: I’ve never heard of that before. Charles: Yeah I think about that often now during the war we ate a lot of strange things. All kinds of meat and things that aren’t eaten now. I guess it’ll go back to that, I don’t know. I’m quite fearful at the economic situation. I just don’t know if you folks interested in that or not. The situations the country is so far in debt and the banks; I fell they are completely corrupt. Tom: Yeah let’s talk about that a bit. I know debt; it was a big trouble for me. I am happy to say that I am completely out of debt with the exception of a little bit of back taxes that are almost paid off finally and then my mortgage on my house. Other than that I had, at one time, I had 30,000 dollars in credit card bills and a pick up payment and all kinds of credit lines and I’d say not counting the pickup I was about 60,000 dollars in debt. Just drowning in it and I finally clawed my way out of it. I decided that’s the end of it and I’m gonna get to work and start paying this down. I’ve never filed for bankruptcy, I’ve never had repossession. I’ve never had a foreclosure. I had two house payments. I still have two house payments because one of em is my house and the other ones my mom’s place. I took that house over for her and we have that house up for sale. One time it was pretty tough for myself and I decided I’m not gonna be like these, the people that you hear about that just walk away from their house. I didn’t want the headache that comes with that and that haunts you the rest of your life too. So I decided I’m just gonna keep making the house payments and get that caught up and pay off the other bills and work harder and I finally did it. I’m curious about you and what your situation was and how you were able – -I don’t know if you were already in debt or if you got into debt or if you were just able to not get into debt. I didn’t know your story on that but I’m kind of curious so that our listeners can know what tips they can do to either stay out of debt or get out of debt if they are already in debt. Charles: Yeah. Getting out of debt and staying out of debt is very important. Very important cause it’s just such a difficult thing to do and you know that, you’ve been through it you just think, “OH my Gosh.” Yeah I spent years and years in fact it held me back on the homesteading. It completely held me back from moving out in the country. There are so many things I couldn’t do. A lot of it was of course the kids. I had two children and my son is deaf and had some other problems and it just turned out I was working other jobs and keeping it paid. Keeping things paid up and trying to stay out of debt. I finally got out of debt to retire. I said I wouldn’t retire until I got out of debt. Once I got out of debt I came up here. I bought this place up here. I still owe on this property, 5 acres and an older house. The payments are so minimal out in the country to on an older property. Yeah the debt is a frightening thing. One thing they don’t teach in school as we grow up is economics and what debt is about. It seems to be a concerted effort to get us in debt as much as possible, to get more toys. If you succumb to that you get in a trap and you just can’t get out of it. Getting out in the country- – you don’t get in the country until you retire. I wish I had been able to come out with my family. We did get out in the country briefly in the nursery business for a while which happened in 1982 when that economic crisis finally occurred. It blew up with the 18% interest rate. I was actually paying 24% a year interest rates. I was trying to start a business. The business I kept it going about 5 or 6 years, the nursery business. I finally gave that up and went back to a I got into the reverse osmosis water treatment business and did that for about 20 years before retiring. But had I not been in debt and had I managed my finances better I would have had a better chance of getting out. Getting more secure quicker for sure. Tom: So what are some of the best tips that you can give our audience about getting out of debt? Any tricks or techniques that they can follow to help them achieve that goal? Charles: Oh it’s tricky. It’s just yeah it’s hard. Maintaining your vehicle. It used to be we could maintain our vehicles. These are subtleties that I’ve noticed over the years. You know I used to be able to work on my own car and neighbors and we’d work on cars and share parts and all kind of things, but now you can’t work on a car yourself. Things you can’t do. So I don’t know. Tom: Yeah unless you buy an older vehicle. Charles: Perhaps buying an older vehicle is not as expensive to maintain. Tom: Yeah I’ve got that’s what a lot of people in my family does. My brother he’s got an old pickup that he’s changing the transmission himself and the engine their changing out my mom’s pickup truck. You can do that with an older vehicle. The newer vehicles, not unless you’re a,  ya know technician. It’s about impossible for the common person to do. I had a 69’ Nova that I had when I was in high school and I was able to work on that thing, do everything on that car by myself. Charles: Yeah. You know that religiously if you maintain all the fluids and watch the thing and avoid some of those costs. Avoid those break downs, that’s a definite thing you gotta do. Tom: I don’t know if you’re familiar with Uber but I’ve been writing Uber a lot to get around instead of, I talked about this in another show, instead of paying for a Taxi cause it’s a lot cheaper and a lot more efficient if you’re needing a ride in the city. I mentioned this as a solution for people that might have a car payment.  A really big car payment that they can’t deal with and they realize it was a mistake. Well rather than just letting that car and destroying you’re credit I brought up the solution about being a driver for Uber and putting that car to work. Cause now your car payment becomes a tax write off and you actually get the income. Start turning that vehicle into an income producing machine rather than just a depreciable asset. So that’s a solution that I’ve come up with for people that have new cars. Personally I wouldn’t buy a new car. I probably will never buy a brand new car, if I do buy a new car, and I don’t even own a car. I just have my truck for work and that’s it. But if I were to ever buy a car it would probably be an older vehicle if I have time to work on it. Or it would be a newer used car that would be paid off. I’d have it paid off; I’m never going have car payments. I am either going to buy an old car I can pay cash for right now or I’m gonna save up and buy a nicer car and pay cash for it. But I’ll never take a loan out on a car. I did that before, I made that mistake and I’ll never do that again. Charles: Yeah. I’m sort of coming to the end of a I’m pushing 200,000 miles on this old van I got that I’ve been nursing along. It’s worked out well. I highly recommend a van for being out in the country. It’s just so handy and so yeah I’ve gotten older van that it’s still expensive to have repairs. The thing about I, if you can find some way to make some income. However it would be. Find one particular way. Whether it would be buy the internet or making something. Making canes or wind chimes or something you could sell somewhere somehow. Plants that have a particular incredible bloom on it. You bring those into bloom and sell those right at the time they flower. You can pick up money here and there, there’s ways to make money but if you have to pay that debt and you have expenses. Tom: Speaking of that, we live in North Idaho and every summer they have a big book up there with picking Huckleberries. Think those things go for like 30 bucks a gallon. So if you’re really good at that you can make 20 or 30 bucks in an hour if you a good patch to pick those berries. There’s buyers up there so. Depending on where you’re at. Charles: Yeah there’s something everywhere. It can be moon shine, it can be anything. AS long as people are around you find what their interested in and like working on small engines is a tremendous one right now. Everybody’s got, how many small engines people have. My neighbor, he’s sort of a jack of all trades. He grew up in West Virginia, out in the country. He works on engines and does all kinds of car repairs. You know you’ll look out in the country and you’ll see all these old cars in somebodies property or something and think their all junk cars but that’s their part supply. That’s the local parts department. Tom: Yeah. Well anyway we’re- – we do have a break to go to and then after the break I’ve got a few question in the chat room that people want to know due to your financial background they were curious about. So we’re gonna go to a break and then I’ll ask those questions to you after the break and then I have another guest coming on shortly after you. So we’ll cut to a break real quick. Charles: Oh ok. I’ll be right here. Tom: Welcome back everyone this is Tom with Galtstrike and we are speaking with Charles about his success and achieving retirement and getting out of debt and living on his homestead. I also want to remind anyone that if you’re listening in on the radio or if you are called in the number to call in is 1.347.202.0228 and don’t forget to also press one so the producer will know you want to be on the air. That way we can get you connected. So anyways, we are talking to Charles and we have questions from the chat room. One of our guest wanted to know with your knowledge of financial matters, how would you get ready, if you were to get ready to drive after a major economic disaster? What would your recommendations be? Charles: I guess I’m pretty much a hard metal man. I keep silver and gold and I get away from paper money and paper debt as much as possible. Of course at my age I can bury some out back and watch it increase in value. I say increase in value it’s perhaps not a real increase in value. Anyway, gold and silver I would recommend for financial security. Silver dollars. Tom: Yeah I guess that kind of answered the other question that the guest asks. Where would you spend your available income to get ready? So that’s kind of answers that question. Getting those precious metals. I do that myself. I’ve been investing in mostly silver because I can’t really afford much gold. Definitely silver for me. Also, I was curious to know, you know some of the tips that you might have that lead you to retirement besides getting out of debt. What are some other tips that you have for our listeners that are looking to be independent and retire? Charles: Well, the first one that immediately comes to mind is your health. Don’t be an over doer. All my life I’ve been over doing and I’ve worn my back out. I’ve got back and joint problems. Try to be gentle with yourself and just not overdo it. Just remember you’re going to use that body as long as you can. You can see a lot of old people that don’t have the problems but once those joints, like sciatica, I’ve got a sciatica condition. Another one on habits too. I’ll mention habits. I use to be an alcohol drinker. I used to drink beer until I got neuropathy. I’ve still got the neuropathy. I quit the beer long, long, long time ago but still got neuropathy. So you gotta watch you don’t do yourself in having fun. Tom: That’s a recommendation I have myself. In another podcast that we did we were talking about becoming successful in your career but I think this also applies in retirement is considering all of the different records that you have in life. For example, your credit record. You’ve got to have a good, clean, credit record to get a good job. A lot of employers look at your credit history. But that also applies to being retired. You want to get out of debt; you don’t want to have those debt payments when you’re retired. You know and then your health. I mentioned maintain a good medial history because certain careers you gotta pass those physicals. Well same thing when you’re retired. You want to take care of yourself when you’re young so you’re not paying the price when you’re older. Charles: Yeah. Yeah. On and off I’ve been vegetarian. I’ve been through spells where I’ve more or less been complete vegetarian and then other times lately I’ve let up on it a bit. I’ve kept my weight down that way. Extra weight is extra baggage and it cost more. It’s just another one of those things. Exercise and that’s one of the good things about gardening. Work around a place like this. Everything I do, whether it’s hauling in firewood or cutting firewood and stacking it, whatever I do out there helps keep my weight down and my health up. Tom: Yeah I wanted to add to, I’ve got family members that have had run ins with the law in the past and that’s also something that can haunt you the rest of your life and that can be a big problem even when you’re getting retired. You know there is some people out there that are prone to getting speeding tickets and all sorts of fines for all sorts of things. If you’re young you don’t really think about it but when it gets retirement age not only those things come to haunt you but if you’re in that habit of getting speeding tickets and like that and you’re on a fixed budget and you pull out and run a red light or whatever. That two or three hundred dollar ticket or however much it is, that’s totally unexpected. It’s about avoiding the unexpected expenses. Charles: You’re right yeah. I remember the $40.00 ticket I got cruising through a stop sign one time that was my last ticket. I said no more. You just have to make decisions like that. You can’t get tickets and drink and drive and stuff like that. Not if you’re going to live to be 60 or 70 or want to do anything with your life. You’re better off just sort of getting some habits. It is a lot about habits I think in the end. Oh I wanted to mention a name that this fellow; Chris Hedges has a couple of videos on now. He is the most interesting person today as far as what is going on in the world today. If your readers and listeners there would remember that name. Chris Hedges. He’s got some very interesting documentary videos on the internet and he’s at the fore front of what I think is going to occur eventually. There will be a confrontation between the corrupt economic establishment and the people because we are all gonna be broke. There’s no jobs left. Tom: Yep. Yep. Well anyway, I am gonna bring on our other guest here. You are welcome to continue listening in. Charles: Yes. I will. I appreciate it. Tom: So we’re going to bring on G-Man. G-Man wanted to talk a little bit about his successes and what he’s got going on now. Are you there G-Man? Well. I don’t know if he dropped out. G-Man: I’m sorry Tom. Did you- – can you hear me ok? Tom: Yeah I hear ya. G-Man: I was answering the other line and came in at the moment there. I assume you were inviting me on huh? Tom: Yes. You said you had some things you wanted to talk about. G-Man: Well, yeah I kind of wanted to talk a little bit about, you know I notice some of the people in the chat room. Of course with prepper broadcasting I think the average age is somewhere in the 50’s probably. I’m 57 myself and I look in the chat room and what people are talking about and going along with your topic tonight, ethics and work and you know making some extra income and what have you. I just wanted to point out a couple of things I’ve learned in my life. One, I think one is you’ve got to enjoy what you do. I mean a big amount of money if you’re not having a good time making it. Especially if you spend 20-25 years and you’re just not having a good time. These last 5 or 6 years I think I’ve worked harder, longer hours, for less money than I ever have in my life but I’ve never enjoyed myself so much. That is a very big thing for me and I think it’s important for anybody. No matter what you’re making, if you’re surviving, be happy with what you’re doing. Enjoy your life, enjoy what you’re doing. So that’s kind of one of the things, one of the points that I think is important for anybody. Another comment I wanted to make in regards to what Charlie mentioned as far as making a little extra money. You know these little things that maybe could make you a little extra money. If you enjoy it enough, if you love doing it enough and work at it it may be something you could make a lot of extra money. If you apply, if you make that a goal in whatever hobby or craft or that back yard gardening and turning it into a Saturday market. Being the best at the Saturday market or whatever it may be. Like I said this that I’ve been doing for the last 5 years has been blood, sweat but not tears. It’s been smiles and now some big things are opening up because those around me are seeing what it means to me and how much I enjoy what I do so the opportunities seem to open up. You live your life to your fullest. You be happy with what you do or you find something else to do and be happy with that. Those around you are going to see it and things tend to happen. Maybe it won’t happen tomorrow or next year or maybe in 5 years but it’ll happen and if it doesn’t happen you’ll damn sure be happy with yourself. Tom: One of the things I’ve always been bringing up is that you’re among the first people to really blaze the trail of internet radio. You got into doing that when internet radio and pod-casting was still pretty new to the web. So you’ve come a long way to building it up to what it originally was. What I’ve always been saying is it won’t be long in terrestrial radio that FM and AM stations are going to be gone. I can’t remember the last time; it’s been so long since I’ve listened to FM radio. Right now I have the XM satellite radio. That’s what I listen to in the truck. I don’t listen to FM radio because I keep losing the station all the time. The XM radio has proven to be a lot better and what I keep telling people because I’m watching the trends and I see how things are going. It’s going to go to internet radio and downloads because people don’t like the, even with satellite you get dead spots and you lose the signal. Then there’s a monthly fee and all that. I think people are going to be going to Wi-fi in internet radio. Especially with data plans. I know if you’re living at home or at work and you’ve got unlimited data plan you can listen to internet radio all day long. For people that are traveling you know, of course you have the data plans on the cell provider have a limit. But it’s not going to be long and that is going to eventually have unlimited plans, even for the cellular plans. G-Man Not only that Peaches Ozzy in the chat room mentioned HAM radio and that is something that we are looking at in the near future too. Is broadcasting, we are about to start broadcasting via satellite. Ham radio that’s down the road. It’s very expensive to get started so it may  be down the road a little ways but HAM radio is definitely an avenue that we are looking for. Again because what Charlie had mentioned earlier, who knows where we are heading or what’s going to happen but not just politically or some new war or anything like that. Any kind of disaster that takes out the power grid or whatever else you know. A HAM radio could be a very big thing you know with very big potential. So and there is a hobby that can also be turned into a few extra dollars one way or another. I don’t want to take up any more time because I know you have another caller in the Que Tom. So thanks for letting me come on for a moment. Tom: Oh we do have another caller in the Que? G-Man: You have Bill in the Que. Tom: I don’t see, maybe I need to refresh the screen but I don’t see it yet. Go ahead and bring Bill on. Charles: Am I still on here Tom? G-Man: You’re on there Charlie and Bill if you’re still with us you’re on live right now also. Charles: He did bring to mind a couple of things. I raised cooking herbs for a while and sold them to restaurants. That was an interesting one. Get yourself a big plastic bag full of basil leaves. Take em down and sell them for fifteen or sixteen bucks a pound at the time. Of course that was 30 years ago. That off grid power technology and stuff. Boy that’d be a place to learn and earn. Tom: Do we still have Bill on the air? Bill: Yeah I’m here. Tom: Alright Charles I really appreciate it. Some really great ideas. You can keep listening if you want. We got about 8 minutes left or so and I want to get Bills thoughts on the air. Are you there Bill? Bill: Yeah, I’m right here. Tom: Ok. Bill: I forgot to add my Aladdin heater that I have. I used it for nine days during an ice storm. To use it for heat the house and also to cook on. Cooked everything in the fridge that we could and we gave the rest of it away to people that had power. But we lost power and water for…we lost water for three days but anyways, I grew up on a farm part time in south Mississippi at my grandparents far, I stayed there summers. I learned how to hunt and how to work on a far, It was subsistence type farm. A lot of farm animals, cattle, horses, mules, chickens and what not. I was just a farm kid during the summers then came back to school each year and then went back every summer. Also Christmas and other vacations. I spent two years in the Army and went to Korea for ten months. I came home and went to graduate school and I worked through the employment service and the community college for 21 years and then retired. Disabled when I was 47. I had a neurological disease and some others that have completely disabled me now. The VA is taking care of me but I learned to subsist. I learned how to camp in the boy scouts. Even after the boy scouts we camped on the river on the sand bars at night. In tents we had our fires and we cooked out there as well. I camped out in Wyoming back in the 70’s for about 3 years and lately this year 2016 I’ve been out there maybe 3 times because I’ve had trouble driving and walking up and down hills in Wyoming. I got to the point I couldn’t do that at all so I’m home-bound now but I’ve got everything here in my house and shopping garage to take care of me for a long time. Plus what I put down on the chat board. I am consistently looking for something else I need to learn how to do. My wife is disabled and I’ve got a disabled daughter living with us but we are in the delta here where there is plenty of food grown. So I don’t see a problem with that if we had a complete breakdown of financial and political situation. So I’m not worried about. I don’t worry about anything anymore, nothing bothers me and that may be a fault. I keep looking for anything else I need to do. I know how to fly an airplane but I’m not qualified anymore because I failed my physical. I drive with hand controls. I used to know how to work on cars and tune em up but I can’t do that anymore. I have a tiller for my garden but it finally quit. Someone gave it to me. I had to rebuild the carbonator and other parts to get it running. I gave it away to somebody that knew how to fix it good. We use a shovel, hoes, had two parts of my backyard to keep my dogs out of the garden. We still have a small plot for gardening. My wife does all that. I can’t do it anymore but I know what to do. I can get out there but I still have to use a walker but it still hurts me to walk like that. I don’t know what else to tell ya. Just tell people to learn how to do things. How to do without. How to store anything useful whether it be scrap wood or a copper wire. Anything that can be used as tools. Rope, string, anything you look around. Sharp knives and any kind of hand tools you need. I got a pellet rifle which I haven’t fired yet. I’ve got 11 boxes ammo boxes full of ammo. I won’t tell ya how many guns I have because I buy and sell em and I divide those up and down. Our shooting range is our extra income which is not very much compared to how much time we put into it. My partner and I been operating that since 2001. 142 acres, most of it in woods for any kind of wood we might need. Fire wood, cooking, building. We got 10 acres for the firing range and ten acres of soy beans. We are doing that too. But I can’t do much anymore. Tom: I was going to ask with your experience with farming and raising animals for somebody just starting out with their own homestead that want to get into raising livestock, what would be the best animals for them to start with and some tips you might have for them to get started and learn how to do it? Bill: A good start for a family of say five would be about 20 acres maybe about 25. You need a pond that will hold water. The animal’s chickens are ok if you let them roam. They’ll find bugs or whatever to eat but you have to feed em. That means growing corn, ground up corn for em. You have to know how to raise chickens. They can get sick with cholera and all die. You got to know how to treat that. As far as bigger livestock; a few cows for maybe milk. Milk cows. Anything for meat, maybe goats maybe e some steers. I don’t know what else. You might want a draft horse a mule in case you wanted to plow the ground, bigger area. All of that 20 or 25 acres needs to be in operation to growing food, growing trees. You have to be self-sufficient and it has to be fenced to keep animals out and keep your animals in. You have to have good neighbors too. Someone you can trust. It would be good to have at least a crystal radio operating if you can’t, or don’t have something else. They’re ways to make if you just look at the simple directions. I made em since I was a kid. You can make em for A.M. radio, even F.M. CB and short wave if you’ve got a long enough antenna and its high enough. I’ve done that too. I have been involved in short wave radio for a very, very long time. HAM radios have just been the last five years or so when I had plenty of time to do that. I’ve got a VOM meter I can test circuits and batteries, resistance. I’ve got a small electric solar cell. Tom: I hate to cut you off there Bill. We just hit a hard break there at the end of the show. Bill: Ok. Tom: So I want to thank you guys for coming on. I want to thank you everyone for listening in, it was a great show. I appreciate your opinions. Guest: Thank you Tom yeah. Appreciate it. Guest: I appreciate it too. Tom: Thank you. This article first appeared on Galtstrike and may be copied under the following creative commons license.  All links and images including the CC logo must remain intact.   

The post Success With Good Work Ethic appeared first on Galtstrike.

Success in Medicine and Survival 7 Aug 2016, 4:25 pm

Have you ever been interested in the medical industry? Have you ever wanted to become a Doctor or a Nurse? Or maybe you want to write a book and don’t know where to start, or maybe even develop your own board game. In this radio show I interview Dr Bones and Nurse Amy as they discuss their success in medicine and survival and give tips on how you can do it too. Joe and Amy Alton have both been successful in their medical careers and they are here to tell you how they did it and how you can get into the medical field. They are also the authors of The Survival Medicine Handbook.  Learn how they became successful authors (Click Here if video doesn’t display) If you enjoyed this podcast, be sure to like us on Facebook.  Listen to us Live Saturday Evenings at 6PM pacific time Bumper Music:  “Bankland” By Javolenus / CC BY-NC 3.0 Transcript The following is a text transcript of the audio.  Due to the verbatim speech and nuances it may be difficult to read.  However, it is being provided as a courtesy to the hearing impaired as well as for those who wish to move quickly on to the pertinent parts of the podcast. Transcript is at least 80% accurate. Success in Medicine and Survival Tom: Welcome Galtstrikers this is our weekly Libertarian talk show where we discuss not only the problems of today but also solutions. If you have questions or comments during tonight’s broadcast the call in number to get on the air is 1.347.202.0228. After you’ve connected remember to press one so that our producer will see that you want to be on the air. If you are listening on blog talk or any other site that carries a player you can also listen and join us in our chat room at When you’re on the  About mid-way down the page you will see the player and you’ll see the a chat room right below that. And just enter your user name and click connect. So anyways, I said we are a Libertarian talk show; we discuss the problems and also the solutions. Lately we’ve been talking about careers and job opportunities and ways to advance in life as one of those solutions and so we have been bringing on different professionals from different industries that talk about how they got started and what they did. If you received an email that I sent out we are going to be talking to a couple friends of mine who are in the industry. We have Dr and a Nurse, Dr.Bones and nurse Amy. You may be familiar with them from the website Doom and Thank you for being on the air Dr. Bones and Nurse Amy, how are you guys doing? Nurse Amy: We’re doing great Tom. How’s it going? Dr. Bones: Yeah thanks for having us on. Tom: Thank you for coming on I really appreciate it. So you guys have done quite a few things in your career. Dr. Bones you’re a doctor and Nurse Amy you’re a nurse and you’ve had your medical careers that you’ve been successful in. You guys have also written a book, “The survival medicine handbook”. You’ve got a successful website and the other cool thing that I’d like to talk about also in this show is you developed your own board game. So let’s talk about some of these things. The listeners out there, if any of you are interested in the medical field now is your chance to call and talk to people that have done it and been successful at it. I’ll remind you that the phone number is 1.347.202.0228. So let’s start with Dr. Bones. Sr. Bones could you tell us a little bit about what it takes to become a doctor and tell our listeners how you got started and how you got interested in your profession? Dr. B: Well you know I was really in college I would say I was a lost soul and I really didn’t know what I wanted to do and looked around and I got this feeling that I should be doing something that should be helping people At the time I was in psychology and political science major. I was heading on a track to go to law school. Matter of fact I got accepted to the University of Florida law school and I decided that it made more sense for me if I was really going to dedicate my life to helping people to probably do something else with my life other than be a lawyer. And so I really felt that being a doctor would be a great opportunity to save lives and do other things that I think would really help people and so I applied to medical school, I had just some of the basic science courses and I just by a miracle I was accepted over at the University of Miami Medical School and so I wound up going there. I had my socks in my hand putting them in my suit case to go to the law school at the university of Florida because I hadn’t heard from the medical school and I actually got my acceptance in the mail. I remember my mother came running in with the letter and so that’s sort of the way it happened. I’ve been honored and blessed to be a popular surgeon and obstetrician in my area for gosh, 25 years and now we’ve retired and we do our thing for medical preparedness and that has become a mission for us too. A mission is to put a medically prepared person in every family. Nurse Amy: Well you know what? Tom I just want to prompt him to say one more thing. I think it’s important with people who are starting businesses. I mean you graduated medical school and you had a choice. You had a choice to go work for someone else or to work for yourself. Why don’t you tell them what you did and how you survived it? Dr. B: Yeah. You know the normal track for a young doctor is to be a junior partner in a big medical practice and I was really sort of a maverick and I decided to just put out my own shingle which was something very uncommon back then and so I had to, you may not believe this but I was with in beeper range for 3 ½ years and in my field I started off as an obstetrician and in my field you had to be in town and you had to deliver your own patients. You know, you couldn’t have someone take call for you at night. So I tell ya, during the day I was at the office and at more likely than not at 4 A.M. or 3 A.M. in the morning I was in the hospital. If you’re going to be a doctor or an obstetrician it pays to not sleep too much. Tom: Yeah so we had a show a few weeks ago discussing work ethic so I am assuming to be a doctor you have to have top notch work ethic. Dr. B: Well I gotta tell you that there were a lot of circumstances where we were so driven to do work that we accepted pretty crazy schedules. I remember showing up with another resident to the emergency room at Jackson Memorial hospital, which if anybody knows south Florida is the big county hospital in Miami Day County. Nurse Amy: Yeah but it was really crazy in the early 80’s. It was nuts. Dr. B: Right and of course they had Mariel Boat Lift was there. All those refugees were there as well and me and this other resident showed up at the emergency room and the guys that were coming off of the emergency room rotation said, “Okay. It’s you and him and that’s it. So split up the schedule however you want it.” That means I was there 12 hours a day, Monday through Friday and then 24 hours in a row either Saturday or Sunday. So there were some circumstances that I would be on Friday night starting at about 6 and I wouldn’t get off until Sunday morning. So you really have to have an incredible work ethic if you’re going to work at a big county hospital. You can pick a smaller hospital but you know what? I needed to see, I wanted to see everything possible and the volume of patients that I saw, there was so much that during my career I never saw anything that surprised me. In other words that I felt that I couldn’t handle. So it was an awesome education and it probably took ten years off my life. Nurse Amy: Yeah. Tom: Oh no. So for someone who is interested in going to medical school, let’s say they have the good grades to get accepted but they just can’t afford the cost of tuition and all of that. What ideas and solutions would they have to come up with the money? Because the other thing we talk about is student debt and some people just, that’s too big of a cookie for them to swallow. To have that big of a debt. So what are some of the ideas that people can do to acquire the funding to go to medical school? Dr. B: Well what I did was signed up for something called the public help service which provided physicians to prisons, state prisons , state clinics and things like that and they help me with my tuition and also I worked other clinics in the area. Private clinics that allowed me to do it. There are employment opportunities, in other words second job opportunity so unfortunately sometimes, like when I was in the E.R., the schedule is to much to be able to do those but you can certainly supplement your income doing that so. And don’t forget that you can take out loans and I’ll tell ya, with the way things are maybe looking if we don’t watch out we’re going to have an administration that is going to forgive a lot of these loans. Maybe that would be good for students that are going to medical school or considering it. Nurse Amy: Well you know what I think? I think that if they’re gonna do that they should at least pick Majors. Someone that is going to become a doctor or someone that is going to become a nurse. Or something that our community needs or our country needs. That we are desperate for a certain type of major that we could help them. I mean I think we should look at not necessarily forgiving an art majors debt at Harvard but maybe forgiving someone who went to a state school to become a doctor. Dr.B: Yeah and is willing to maybe provide a service after graduation or something. Nurse Amy: Right. Right. Some community service. Dr. B: That’s what the- -right- – that’s what the public help service was and those opportunities are still there as a matter of fact. One good way of getting into medical school if you have college students that are considering it is to let the people know that you are interested in primary care. There is an extraordinary shortage of primary care doctors in the nation today as a matter of fact. We really need people that are going to be the first point of contact for patients. There are a lot of doctors want to become specialist. I ended up becoming a specialist of course many, many, years ago there wasn’t any particular shortage of primary care doctors, but now it is actually very difficult, there are a lot of areas of the country that are basically doctor desserts in essence in that they just don’t have enough doctors to feel the need. As a matter of fact I just want to say this, that is one way that people come into the country, as medical professionals there’s a program called MAVNI that the department of defense is part of in which they have foreign doctors treating our men and women in uniform that they offer a path to citizen ship in three months. So that’s how bad it is Tom: Wow. I didn’t realize there was that big of a shortage. Nurse Amy: Oh yeah. Tom: What about nursing Amy? Someone wants to be in the medical field and wanna help people nursing seems to be a really good career as well. Could you give us your perspective on becoming a nurse? Nurse Amy: Absolutely. You know I had the choice like everyone else, “What are you gonna do?”  And you know I really did have the grades. I had nearly straight A’s in high school. I got into the nursing school that I wanted to which was a private catholic school. Very hard one to get into. They were probably one of the hardest schools to get into. So good grades are very important. If you don’t have the good grades, now and days they are at least taking into consideration the essays that you write. So they really want to see what kind of person you are. Dedication, commitment, what kind of things have you done to help other people in your life time so far. Dr.B: Well-rounded people. Nurse Amy: Exactly. So it doesn’t always have to be the perfect straight A student. Passion is very important when you’re having your interview for the school. They want to see that this is really, really what you want to do. Now, I picked nursing. I could of become a doctor several times during my first couple of years in nursing school. I almost went over to pre-med. The reason I did not was one, I really wanted the flexibility to have more time with my family. It was very important for me to have a family. My mom had passed away, literally and this is an absolute truth, 8 hours before I started my first class at college. I mean my first day. And she, my mother was the one who was sick and she really wanted me to be a nurse. So I was kind of committed to be a nurse. I wanted to have family. I only had a brother and a father at that point. So it was important for me to be able to give my children time and I knew the hours and like Dr. Bones had talked about, the 24 hour shifts, the always being gone. You have more flexibility as a nurse. A lot of times its shift work and then that’s what I started off doing after nursing school. Pick the best nursing school you can. Go where you can get some scholarships. Again scholarships are not always based on just grads. There are other ways to get scholarships. I did get quite a few from various community groups which was wonderful to help. I eventually ended up having to take some loans for school which I paid back. They were low interest and after I started working I wanted a little more independence so the way to get that when you graduate from a bachelor’s degree is to go back to school and become a nurse practitioner. And I had started my OB rotation and my bachelor’s and loved it. In fact Dr. Bones and I have talked many times and he was actually a guest lecturer at my nursing school when I was in school in 1986. Dr.B: Oh God, don’t tell them, don’t tell them. Nurse Amy: 1986. Spring of 86’ he was a adjuncts professor and I remember a doctor coming in during my OB rotation and talking about, during one of our classes, about that and it ended up being him. It’s really funny because we didn’t actually end up meeting each other until several years later. But him talking and going through my rotation really got me interested in labor and delivery. I was a labor and delivery nurse and then I saw that there were nurse midwives and I thought well that’s really cool. I really want to do that. So university of Miami had a program, I don’t think they have the program anymore. There are not to many of them here. There was a combination nurse practitioner and also certified nurse midwife. It was a little bit longer but it’s what I wanted to do and when you become a nurse practitioner you have more independency. So you can write prescriptions. When I was practicing in the office I would see the patient, I would be able to diagnose and treat. Dr.B: You could write prescriptions? Nurse Amy: I was able to write prescriptions and my patients did not need to see the doctor unless I felt it was necessary. So there were certain things that I said, “Hey listen, you need to see the doctor and I’ll go get him or I’ll put you in a room and then you can see one of them.” But you don’t have to and when patients were going to deliver there I was on call or they requested me. I would go in and there would be no doctor there. I was in charge. So it gives you that freedom to be more independent, have more responsibility, feel like you’re contributing more autonomy but still have a schedule that is a little more flexible for your family and I did have young kids when I was in school. I actually had one that was young and then I had another one in the middle of school which is hard. But the master’s degree was very good in Florida because they really want a nurse practitioner. They actually subsidized most of my school but because I couldn’t work and I had two small children I actually had to take loans out to pay my bills. Cause I actually needed a roof over my head and food on the table and so I had quite the load of loans and I am looking at what their thinking about doing and gee I really could of used some forgiven debt. Dr. B: I just want to say that Amy and I and some other midwives were one of the first doctor/midwife combinations. There was this thing where some doctors didn’t like mid wives and I was really against that. I really felt that mid wives provided a service for their patients. They have such good relationships to with their patients and so we were one of the first practices to actually mix the two disciplines and I have to say – – Nurse Amy: And you were very respectful. Dr. B: I have to say that nursing is an awesome career. There is so much more you can do in nursing these days and you know anyone that is considering a career in nursing I highly recommend it. There’s a lot of freedom, you get a lot of responsibility certainly, but you also have much more freedom to treat your patients than nurses did maybe some time ago. Nurse Amy: Absolutely. Tom: Ok. We’re interested in that because my wife, she is Filipino and she took 2 years of nursing in the Philippines and I don’t know how those credits will transfer over here but if I’m not mistaken I think it would be pretty easy for her to get into starting out as a CAN. Dr. B: Oh yes. I wanted to tell you that we had a number, I just want to say that we had a lot of Filipino nurses where we were and they were awesome so I very much encourage. Nurse Amy: That education definitely transfers. Dr. B: Yeah.Yeah. Definitely encourage your wife to do that. Tom: So yeah and she wants to continue her education here so and eventually become an RN. So I am supporting her on that career choice and to help her with the college and the tuition and helping her apply for the scholarships. She has a place to stay while she is going to school. That’s the career choose and I am supporting her on that. But we were looking at this interesting question popped in my head. When I was looking at all the various degrees that a nurse can have, I mean all the way you can get a Doctorates degree at nursing. So if you’re getting a doctorates degree as a nurse does that mean you’re a doctor. Nurse Amy: No. No it’s be clear- – Dr. B: But wait, wait, before you do that. Yes. Yes they will call you Doctor. Nurse Amy: It would be lovely if that was actually how it’s done. Tom: You’re not a medical doctor but I always remembered when I was, I think it was in first or second grade and we had a principle and I think he had a doctorates degree in education or something. And he made us all call him Doctor whatever his last name was. The first time- – Nurse Amy: Well, doctorates are actually pretty difficult to get. It could take anywhere from 3 to 5 years after your masters degrees. So we are talking about 4 years for a bachelor’s degree, 2-3 of a Master’s Degree and then another 3-5 years depending on your program to become a doctorate. It’s very difficult so the people that get the doctorate they deserve to be called that. The problem- – Tom: Well yeah that’s what I was thinking ya know but then you get the – – you could be a doctorate of English. I knew somebody that was getting a doctorates degree in that. And you’re gonna be able to call me doctor now. Si I can see the confusion or where confusion would arise and especially in the medical profession if you’re a nurse and you’ve got a doctorates degree well, yeah you got the doctorates degree but you can’t call me doctor because we got the doctors around us now. Nurse Amy: Well I’ll tell you what’s happening now is there is a lot of politics in medicine when it comes to exactly what you’re talking about and if you’re a professor in a University and you’re nursing but you have a doctorate, you can be called doctor but in the hospital the Doctors across this country are fighting to not allow nurses to get a doctor degree to be allowed to be called Doctor Alton. If I got a doctorate and I was working in a hospital when I was, let’s say I was still delivering babies or whatever I was doing in the hospital. The administration is going to tell me that I’m not allowed to use that title. Dr.B: Oh boy. Nurse Amy: There is that coming down. They’re now also telling nurse practitioners that your additional 2 or 3 years after your 4 years bachelor’s degree, you’ve got your master’s degree, is now soon not going to be enough to be a nurse practitioner. They are going to demand, – -this is all coming from the doctors mind you. Not my husband but from the doctors generally, – – going to demand that nurses now have a doctorate degree to become a nurse practitioner but not allowed to use the title doctor. Dr.B: Alright now that’s ridiculous. Nurse Amy: I know but it’s the truth. Dr.B: No, I’m not saying it isn’t. Nurse Amy: It is ridiculous. My husband is 100% supportive but this is what’s coming down the pipe, unfortunately. Yeah. Tom: It’s interesting topic to learn about. It’s something I never knew about. So what is the highest degree a nurse can achieve? Nurse Amy: Well yeah, the doctorate. That’s it. Tom: That’s the highest? Nurse Amy: Yeah. You can get a couple different doctorates but you know once you’ve got the doctorate there’s no other title. There’s no higher education in anything. Dr.B: Most nurses reach the pinnacle of their profession even with just Masters. For example a certified nurse on essence that’s a Master’s Degree right? Nurse Amy: Yes it is. Dr.B: And a certified nurse mid wife, that’s a Master’s Degree so you can get very high in your profession with just a Masters. Nurse Amy: Until they change the rules which are coming down the pipe. Tom: Wow. So but you get up that high and you got a lot of career choices open up to you? Nurse Amy: Oh absolutely. I mean you think about a nurse (inaudible) we’re not going to have fewer operations in the world. You know. As the population ages, especially in America, where there’s just going to be more and more surgeries. More knee replacements, more hip replacements, and more heart surgery. They come up with new surgeries all the time so they are able to replace more and more organs these days. And they’re growing them. Tom: So I gotta another question too. So let’s say someone is interested, maybe their life dream is to become a doctor but for whatever reason they don’t have the time commitment. Maybe they got kids; maybe it’s the cost of tuition to go to medical school. Would it be a good and wise path to maybe start out as a nurse and later on in life changes their major to become a doctor? Is that a good path to go that way? Nurse Amy: You know what? I’m gonna say no because your credits as a nurse are not going to be acknowledged in medical school so you’re wasting your time. If you’re gonna do it, do it. Now if for some reason you were a nurse and suddenly changed your mid and wanted to become a doctor you have got to go back, back to your bachelor’s degree. Let’s say you even have a Master’s Degree, you have to go back to your bachelor’s degree. You have to take more sciences, more classes to get into medical school. So you’ve got to start taking those classes because there is  a certain list that is required- – Dr.B: Pre- requisite. Nurse Amy: Required for medical school that are not required to graduate as a bachelor’s degree and become an RN. They’re not the same sciences that I needed to take to get into my Master’s Degree. So you’re gonna have to go way back, you don’t have to go all the way back to high school, but you’re gonna have to go back to your bachelor’s degree and it’s almost like starting over. So if you’re gonna pick that path the best way is just do it. Get it over with because the older you get, the more responsibilities you have, the more bills you have, the more children you have, the harder it becomes. There is more road blocks and let me tell you the suffering and the misery that I went through to get my master’s degree I cannot describe to you. It was so hard so just do it as soon as possible and get it done. Git ‘er done. Tom: And then the other question I have would probably be an equally difficult path, I don’t know. As far as paying for your school, for like example my wife took 2 years of college, 2 years at a University in the Philippine’s. The cost of that is so cheap that I mean, someone here working minimum wage could pay that cost of that college education that she got and so I’m wondering is it possible for an American citizen to get their education in another country where the cost are much, much lower and then come back to the United States and then come back and use those credits here? Dr. B: Yes absolutely. Nurse Amy: We have examples of this. Go ahead honey. Dr.B: We have a there were a lot of doctors that were in the hospitals that I worked that came from other countries. You still have to take a special foreign medical graduate exam. Number one to show confidence but also to show that you can communicate in the language. It’s hard to be a doctor without being able to talk to the patients in this circumstance. Nurse Amy: But you also had friends that left from here and went to medical schools in other countries. Dr.B: That’s what I’m saying. Yeah. Yes that’s what I’m saying. You can go to the school in Mexico as an American Citizen. You can go to Grenada has a medical school. A lot of these people come right back to the United States and pass their test and they can apply for residencies and internships in the US. Tom: That might be a viable economic solution, especially for somebody that is bilingual to get their education in another country if they can’t afford it. The thought came to mind, people talk about medical tours and going to another country where the medical cost are much lower. Like for example the Philippines. That’s where I got my dental work, was in the Phillipe’s because it was really, really cheap and affordable. Then I got to thinking is there such things as educational tours where you can go there and get your education then come back? Dr.B: You definitely can. I can’t tell you how much it cost to do that because obviously it’s so many years since I was a medical student I can’t really tell you. But there are probably, ill tell you, if you look at the wall of your doctor’s office don’t be surprised if you see a medical diploma from places like Grenada or Guadalajara or places like that. Tom: Alright. That sounds great. We’re gonna go to a break here and then we will pick it right back up in just a few minutes. Tom: Welcome back everyone. This is Tom with Galtstrike and I am talking with Dr. Bones and Nurse Amy from We just got done talking a little bit about how people can join the medical profession as a doctor or maybe even as a nurse and some possibilities on how to fund that. We were just talking about also for example the possibility of American citizens who can’t afford school here who maybe bilingual could travel to another country and live in another country for a while. Get their degree there then come back to the states. I thought that was an interesting idea considering that my wife is from the Philippines and she studied there and she’s seeking to become a nurse here in the United States. So thank you for being on the show Dr. Bones and Nurse Amy. We’d like to move forward a little bit – -Oh I do have one question that was asked in the chat room. One of our guests asks about becoming an EMT or a paramedic. Could you share what you know about those career fields? Dr.B: Oh I have to tell you that if you want to have a sense of accomplishment and you really want to help people, I mean directly help people, then I think going into the emergency medicine or emergency medical services field I think is an awesome idea. EMT basic course takes a few months; it can take well up to a couple years depending on how intensive you do it. It’s about 150 hours of course work. There are so many tech institutes around, community colleges that have these programs. Almost every good sized municipality would have it and you know what? You are really going to save lives if you go into this field. If you can’t make the time commitment that you would need to study to be a nurse or a physician and still want to be in the medical field I can’t think of a better way to do it then become an EMT or becoming a paramedic. There are of course all sorts of different levels of emergency medical services personal and you can just progress through them as you need to. I think it’s an awesome field and I strongly encourage anyone that’s considering it to indeed take that course. Tom: So would that be a good career and classes to take and a good career to get into to become an EMT or paramedic to maybe help fund their college to become a nurse? Could they being that kind of work on the side while they’re going to school? Nurse Amy: Well the paramedic is a little more intense. I would say EMT would be a good way to start and work on the side to then go to medical school because the paramedics are actually pretty highly trained and again they’re specifically doing a paramedic program. I’m not sure exactly how the courses cross over between nursing and paramedic but to become a paramedic you can get an associate’s degree. You can also advance your career and end up with a four year bachelor’s degree. I just am not 100% sure how separate the nursing courses are verses the paramedic courses. So I would say that the EMT basics would be a great thing to do. They make good money. I was just looking up what some of them pay. Tom: Yeah that’s what I was wondering. The amount of money they make. I mean does that pay well enough to help someone fund their nursing education? Dr.B: Well that depends on their expenses I guess just like everything else in life. But I’ll tell you that I have, we have people that follow our website follow our podcast and videos and things like that that have gone through the emergency medical services route and are now nurses for example. Even in the wilderness medical society of which I’m a member, we have people that have been paramedics that are now doctors. So you could take your education as far as you want to take it. It’s just sometime life gets in the way though and you have to decide to continue your education or move on and make money. Tom: Yeah. So now let’s move on to talk about your website and your book, “The Survival Medicine Handbook”. Which one do you want to start with first? The website or the handbook? Dr.B: Well I can tell you that our website is and that we now have 850 articles, podcast, and videos on the web site. All of it relating to disaster, and epidemic medical preparedness. Nurse Amy: Or Gardening. I’ve got a lot of gardening articles. (Inaudible) Dr.B: We’re master gardeners for the state of Florida and so we believe that is part of it to. Amy, as a matter of fact has one of the largest medicinal gardens in the state of Florida. She really has a green thumb but our website is different from your average per se website in that what we right about assumes that medical care is not immediately at hand. In other words that you, the average person, might just be the end of the line for a period of time. Or for good when it comes to your family’s well-being and so from our standpoint we write as if you are the guy. And that you don’t have the ability to just transfer to the nearest hospital. So that’s what makes us different. Our book is called, “The Survival Medicine Handbook; The Essential Guide for when Medical Help is not on the way”. It’s now in its third edition, its 700 pages and I think it’s a great edition to your survival library and everything is written in the same mindset as the website. Nowhere between the front cover and the back cover does it every say go to the hospital or go to the doctor because the whole book assumes they don’t exist anymore. And so what we are trying to do is get people through disasters. It could be short term disasters but the bottom line is that the hospital is not an option and we are there to make people effective in their role as medic in times of trouble. And so we have, we have been very blessed to have really the support of the entire preparedness community. We really had, we’ve had a lot of book sales of the first, second and now the third edition. The third edition if you’re looking at it I think this second edition is still on amazon. The third edition has a red medical kit with a white cross on it. Just so you know I think the other one has a red cross on it and then we realized, “Uh-oh, I think the red cross is- – Nurse Amy: It’s perfectly fine honey. Dr.B: It’s owned by the Red Cross. Nurse Amy: No it’s not. Tom: so since we are on the topic of the book we got a question. What would, from the chat room, what would be the top ten things to learn how to treat for non-medical people? So people like what this book is written to. What would be the top 10 things they should learn how to treat? Dr.B: Well I think number 1 is you need to know how to treat water so it’s safe to drink. The bottom line is most of the deaths that you’re going to see, the avoidable deaths are because you did not pay enough attention to sterilizing questionable water. So we have entire chapters on water sterilization and how to sterilize instruments and how to basically make sure that you’re dealing with clean drinkable water. If you start with that then you are going to avoid a lot of infectious disease that otherwise would run repent in your family or your group in times of trouble. Oh speaking of which infectious disease, learning how to recognize and treat infectious disease is also very important. Things like an infected wound. So like an infected wound would be red, swollen, sort of shiny. It has a tendency to be very warm to the touch compared to other areas. The redness tends to spread. So that’s some of the things that you would learn with regards of how to identify an infection. We do that not just for an infection of the skin or soft tissue but we talk about all sorts of infection. We talk about abdominal infections and we talk about infections that occur in your eye or in your ear. We talk about really 150 different topics in the book. Also we talk about animal bites, insect bites, and snake bites. That’s something that’s important and you need to learn how to deal with those issues. I think that’s very important. Learning how to recognize allergic reactions asthmatic reactions, things like that. And respiratory problems as well. So we talk about those issues. One of the big things though is you need to know how to deal with hemorrhage. Hopefully there’s not going to be a lot of gun fights at the OK corral but they can happen. Or accidents can happen. Even if you live in a remote homestead this book is a good book for homesteaders as well. If that’s the case, if there is an accident you need to know how to stop bleeding and so we go through a whole big thing with that. One of the newest things in our book is the how to deal with terror events. Active shooter situations. So we talk about how to work with tourniquets, how to work with blood clotting, powders and things like that. So that I think is very, very important. Especially in today’s times. Then we need to talk about orthopedic injury. There’s going to be a lot of sprains and strains. There are going to be a broken bones and things like that. So we talk about everything from soup to nuts with regards to that. We tell ya how to deal with sprains, a broken bone. Tell you how to deal with dislocations. We tell you how to deal with even a collapse lung from a rib fracture let’s say. So you know, this is very important. You need to know how to deal with trauma to muscles and to bones. Those are a very important thing. You may find this unusual but you need to know how to deal with dental problems as well. Now I know that a few days without power because of a storm, obviously you’re not going to need to have any dental supplies or dental equipment or probably any major dental knowledge but in a long term event, if you believe that some long term event might possibly occur that will take you off the grid for any significant amount of time, then you’re going to start having people with dental issues. During Vietnam 50% of the sick call patients were from dental issues, not for medical. And so this is something that is very important. We have an entire section that tells you have to deal with everything from a loose tooth from a broken tooth from cavities- – Nurse Amy: To pulling a tooth. Dr. B: And we even discuss dental extraction. In 90% of medical emergency can be dealt with by extraction. That’s the way it was in the old days and that’s the way it might be if you find yourself off grid for a good long time. So that’s going to be something important too. Also you might have to deal with a pregnancy. If things go bad long enough then you need to learn how to deal with a pregnant woman. You need to know how to deliver a baby. We talk about that in major detail in our book. These are things that are really important. Nurse Amy: I’d say another thing would be knowing how to check for infections but when you get an injury and we’ve already talked about stopping the bleeding, but learning how to properly clean the wound. We talk about a lot in our articles over the years about how dirty the infections are going to be in survival situations. You think about the tools that we might get hurt with might have been used for butchering or chopping wood. Or things that are not necessarily the cleanest procedures prior to injuring yourself. So a lot of these wounds are going to have to be cleaned out really, really well. We teach you how to do that and you’re also going to learn how to treat them and care for them being open. You’re not going to be able to close them up with stitches or staples because you’re going to create an environment that bacteria will just be so happy in you’ll end up with a horrible infection. So you know you’re going to have to learn how to take care of wounds that are left open. Dr.B: Also, it’s very important to realize that you’re going to be in a true survival setting. You’re going to be outside a lot and if you’re not prepared for the climate and the weather the environment becomes your enemy. You need to know how to deal with heat exhaustion, heat stroke, a lot of the country right now is going through a major heat wave so you need to know how to deal with people that may be experiencing heat exhaustion, heat stroke. You need to know in cold weather, how to deal with people suffering from exposure. Things like frost bite and hypothermia. So these are very, very important. Nurse Amy: I’m going to add a number 11. I’m going to add sanitation. A lot of people don’t think of the medic or the medical professional or whoever is taking charge of that for a group, community of family but if you don’t learn how to properly dispose of your waste that are going to come out of your body whether you like it or not. You can cause serious illness in a family. If you’re not disposing of things. If these are disposed of near where you’re growing food or near your water source. Things can become contaminated so you really need to learn proper waste disposal. Dr. B: Absolutely. Nurse Amy: And possibly, unfortunately deceased disposal. Dr. B: Right. In addition, it’s important, here we are telling you all the things you need to, all the abnormal things that you need to learn to recognize, you need to know what is normal as well. Our book talks about how to perform a physical exam and how to do it in a fashion so that you know what’s normal and what’s not. That’s the thing, if you don’t practice checking things out to see what is normal, many times you won’t recognize when things are abnormal. Tom: So your book pretty much covers in detail most of your medical situations that people might encounter when there is no doctor available. You know I’ve gotten several books that I’ve collected over the years on different topics like you know the Army survival manual and different survival manuals but your book covers a lot of the things that those books don’t even touch on. And so for having a survival manual I think that your book is a really good manual that covers a lot of things that other books just don’t have. Nurse Amy: Well I think that in the third edition that we have, you know we really do listen to people and I think people who have met us in person or people who have corresponded with us either through face book or emails or phone calls understand that we truly are here with a mission to put a medically prepared person in every family. We really believe that deep down in our soul. Through the years writing and creating the first book and then writing and creating the second book and then writing three more years and creating the third book, not only did we get feedback from our article but some of those articles were generated because of people saying, “Hey! Could you talk about this? Could you talk about that? You know I haven’t seen anybody mention this.” So if you really look at our book it is not Dr. Alton and Amy Alton just writing that book. This really is a book that represents the survival community and their needs and us responding to what people have asked for. Dr.B: And the most important thing about the book is that it is all written in plain English. If there is a medical term that I have to use I tell you exactly what it means right then and there so there is no doubt as to what we’re talking about. So it’s is a very easily understandable book. It’s a book that the average person, the average 13 year old could read and be able to act if they need to. Nurse Amy: Right. And we do have teenagers that are interested in it and its so cool when young folks – -in Texas we had an 11 year old who was a little shy. Her dad came up and was talking and he was like, “My daughter really wants to say hi to you guys.” I’m thinking oh you know, a child. Like they really care and I’m thinking the parents are just pushing this on this poor girl. And you know she shakes our hand and she’s all nervous and the dad says, “She doesn’t want to say it but she wants to grow up and be a doctor because of you guys.” I wanted to cry. He’s like, “She got a hold of the book. She started reading it. She can read it. She understood it and now she wants to be a doctor.” I was like, I’m a mom of daughters of course and I’m like aww that’s so cool. But you never know who you’re touching, who you might help, I mean even if nobody uses this book. Maybe in 50 years something might awful happen when most of us are gone who are even here talking and the book still exist in some homes that have been transferred in libraries to grandchildren. Maybe it will help somebody then. You know we don’t wish tragedy on anybody but stuff happens. Tom: Real quick, we’ve only got just a few minutes left and I want to give enough time for you guys to talk a little bit about your board game. Maybe explain a, we only have like 3 or 4 minutes left and maybe explain real quick some tips on how people that are interested in writing a book how they might go about doing that and same thing with your board game. Some tips on how people can get started with Kick Starter. Dr.B: Yeah, alright. We decided because there were a lot of preppers that couldn’t get the rest of the family on the same page as them. We wanted to give them a way that they can get people in the survival mindset in their family without having it sound like a lecture or having it crammed down their throat. So we put together a board game in which you wind up making survival decisions throughout the game. And it’s a fun game, you’re exploring places, you’re making decisions, you’re accumulating assets, you’re using up assets. The game is called Doom and Bloom Survival and the game comes with as a kick starter reward, miniatures so we give that to everybody who orders a game now because we have some extra. So the game is called Doom and Bloom Survivor. It’s an awesome game. You can find it at or at our website at With regards to Kick Starter the bottom line is number one; have a good product and have rewards that really encourage people to get you to your goals and to reward goals as well. For us, we spent a lot of money to put together miniatures for people that would be- -and instead of putting that way at the end as a zillion dollar once we reach a zillion dollars you get miniatures. We made it the absolute first thing. Something really good right at the first reward goal. So that I think is very important and also you have to have lots of great images on your kick starter page and let people know what your product is and let them know why they need it. In this case it was to really help those people in the preparedness community that were having trouble with the rest of the family getting on board and that’s important. What was the other thing I was supposed to talk about? Nurse Amy: how we did the Kick Starter. Tom: How do you write a book? Dr.B: You know, everybody has a book in the. I feel this from the bottom of my heart. Everybody has a book in them and everybody has special knowledge. Things that only they know from their life experience. Nurse Amy: And their passion. What they love. Dr.B: Right. If there’s something that you love. If you love horses and you have horses then write about horses. If you love gardening and you garden then write about gardening. We write about medicine but we write about medicine in our own mindset and it’s something that we are passionate about. We’re feverishly, by the end of my life, I’m going to have some medics. Some people that are right now are held in reserve but one day they may have to be the end of the line in regards to the way- – Tom: We have less than a minute left. Could you tell people how they can reach you guys? Cause we do have a few questions in the chat room that we didn’t get to. So how can they reach you guys, email you guys and give your website real quick. Nurse Amy: Ok. Our website is I have a store I put together custom medical kits that I designed, an entire line. Facebook can be Joe Alton MD. Also we have a Survival Medicine Group, Facebook group, find that one its awesome. We have a YouTube Dr. Bones and Nurse Amy. I have hundreds of videos. Dr.B: And our podcast The Survival Medicine hour on this network. Tom: Gotta go, producers telling me we’re going out. Talk to you later guys. This article first appeared on Galtstrike and may be copied under the following creative commons license.  All links and images including the CC logo must remain intact. 

The post Success in Medicine and Survival appeared first on Galtstrike.

Black Lives Matter, the Police, and the Violence! 7 Aug 2016, 3:42 pm

  Tom and guests discuss Black Lives Matter, the Dallas police shootings, inner city violence and what can be done about it.  They discuss the root causes of inner city poverty and how that relates to the violence that we see today.   Alex, a former NYPD cop gives his perspective about what’s going on.  Eric, a black republican from Seattle discusses what needs to change in the Black community (Click Here if video doesn’t display) If you enjoyed this podcast, be sure to like us on Facebook.  Listen to us Live Saturday Evenings at 6PM pacific time at Bumper Music:  “Bankland” By Javolenus / CC BY-NC 3.0 Transcript The following is a text transcript of the audio.  Due to the verbatim speech and nuances it may be difficult to read.  However, it is being provided as a courtesy to the hearing impaired as well as for those who wish to move quickly on to the pertinent parts of the podcast. Transcript is at least 80% accurate. Time stamps do not match the video. Black Lives Matter, the Police, and the Violence! Tom: Welcome Galtstrikers this is our weekly Libertarian talk show where we discuss not only the problems of today but also the solutions. If you have questions or comments during tonight’s broadcast the call in number to get on the air is 1.347.202.0228. After you’ve connected remember to press one so that our producer will see that you want to be on the air and we can have a discussion. If you are listening on blog talk or any other site that carries a player you can also join us in our chat room at About half way down the page you will see a chat room you can put in your user name and then ask questions in the chat room as well. So tonight for this second part of this show we are gonna talk about the Dallas shooting, the black lives movement, the police, the violence and we are gonna talk about what we can do about it. It looks like I have several callers lining up to discuss this topic and we are gonna get with each one of you so please hold on. I wanna get your opinions on what’s going on. You know the craziness and the violence with the shootings and the police shootings and the sniper that killed the police officers in Dallas. I think it is really sad tragic event. Anyway, I want to talk about some of the statistics that people throw around as it relates to these issues. I think the statistics are really skewed on both the right and the left from what I see. I don’t think they show the entire picture and I would like to see the entire picture so we can better understand what’s going on. To give an idea, ya know, the right will often give statistics for example showing they will say there are twice as many white people getting shot by cops than there are blacks. I guess that’s true, the actual numbers but I think the way they get those numbers is wrong. I think they are pulling the entire population, the entire amount of white people, and the entire amount of white people and they are substantially a lot more white people in this country so I don’t think the accurate number to understand what is going on. But then you look at the left. The left also shows their statistics that they like to throw out there and they will show for example the actual percentage of black people getting shot per capita the numbers of blacks getting shot by the police verses the number of white people getting shot by police and they’ll compare that to the percentage of population and show that the percentage of black people getting shot by police is much greater. Yet again, I think that is an inaccurate number I don’t think it shows the actual true problem that we’re looking at. What I would like to see is I don’t think this is an issue about race. I think this an issue about socioeconomic status. For example I would like to see stats that show the number of white people and the number of black people in the urban city areas that have the high crime rates. The percentage of white people living in those areas and the percentage of black people living in those areas that are being shot by police officers. Then I would like to look at a separate list of statistics that show the suburban areas, the more affluent areas where there is a smaller number of black people and a greater number of white people in those areas and see what those percentages work out to be. I’d like to see those separated because I think what you would find is in the high crime urban areas, I think you’re gonna find that the amount of crime- -you know imagine in those areas there are a lot less white people and a lot more black people- – I think in those areas that you’re gonna find that the percentage of people committing crimes, being arrested, being shot by police, I think you’re gonna find that that is proportionate with the number of people showing that it’s not a race thing but an issue with location where they live, the crime rates where they live, the poverty rates where they live. I think that’s what you’re gonna find. Same thing when you go to the suburban area, the more affluent areas where there are a lot fewer black people living there, a lot more white people living there. They’re all affluent, the black people are affluent, the white people are affluent I think you’re gonna find that the numbers of black people being arrested, being shot etc. as well as the number of white people in those areas I think you’re gonna find out that it’s not on racial lines. But I think what you’re gonna find is these two groups of people split by socioeconomic status in the poor community verses the rich communities, the affluent communities I think that is where you’re gonna find the divide. You’re gonna find all of the crime in the shootings and the arrest happen in those poor areas verses the wealthier areas. There’s a lot of reasons for that. I think the biggest reason comes from opportunity or lack of opportunity. I think that what we have, in the poor communities, I’ve always learned as a kid, my grandparents always told me Idle hands are the devils work shop and I think if you don’t have the opportunity, if you’re not working, if you don’t have a good job then you’re going to run into a lot more problems. Whereas if you’re working and you’ve got a career you’re going to be focused on that rather than go out and robbing the local liquor store. So anyway before we get to our guest I have a couple more things I want to go over and why I think that this is the way it is. Why I think urban areas are being totally neglected for opportunity and why we have the poverty and the crime rates that we do. Now what I am going to say might sound a little racist at first but when you follow me through you’re going to understand the observations that I made okay. I’m not a statistician, I’m not a historian, and I’m not a political scientist but I am extremely observant. I drive a truck for a living. I go to ALL of these cities in America, to all of these major cities, I go to all of the states except for Hawaii and Alaska. I go to all 48 states. I’ve been doing this for 16 years now. There is something very common that I’ve noticed about most of these cities. At first I thought maybe it’s just a racial bias and maybe I am racist and I didn’t realize it but what I noticed, and maybe I’m just seeing something that’s not really there. But what I noticed going through all these town and cities is all of them, there’s most of these big cities have their own Martin Luther King Jr Blvd ok. And what I noticed is common about all these Martin Luther King Jr Blvd. is the amount of crime that are on all of these streets. You go to all these streets and there is the strip malls with the liquor store and the pawn shops and the signs for the bail bondsman and the signs for the divorce lawyers and there’s the welfare office and then there’s the prostitutes in the street. And then there’s the drug pusher on the street and they’re not all black. There’s white to doing the same thing but I’m thinking why is it that we have these huge crime rates on all these streets named Martin Luther King Jr Blvd? I mean he was leader of the civil rights movement. He would be rolling in his grave if it were this and I’m thinking is this a racial bias or is there really something to this? I did a little research and I googled this and what I came with is I am not the only one that saw this ok. If ya’ll are familiar with Chris Rock he had a joke ok and the joke goes like this. If a friend calls you on the phone says they’re lost on Martin Luther King JR Blvd and they want to know what they should do he says the best response is to run. Ya know, cause of the crime. This is what Chris Rock said in a joke. So I thought really? This is the thing? Why is this? I wanted to know why. Why is it that these streets named that way have a high crime rate in urban areas? So I did a little research and there was a college student that researched this topic and come to find out what it is is a planning issue. It’s a city zoning and planning issue. What comes first the chicken or the egg? Was it first named Martin Luther King Jr Blvd and then ended up having a lot of crime on that? Did they have crime because it was named that or did it already have high crime rate? The fact is it already had a lot of crime rate in these cities and areas with streets that are named that way and it’s kind of like, I don’t know what you wanna call it, a Band-Aid solution. A magic silver bullet that the city planners decided to do. They decided to start naming these streets after Martin Luther King Blvd. in an attempt to empower the black citizens in that area. Empower them and give them hope. But the problem is I don’t think they are addressing the real situation. I think they were addressing the real issues that cause the high crime and the racial division in those areas. I don’t think they were doing that I think they’re doing a Band-Aid by naming these streets rather than what they should of did is improve those cities problems and then take the streets that have become successful in those communities and name that street Martin Luther King JR Blvd.  Where the parts of the city where the races did come together and did solve their problems and name that after Martin Luther King Jr. I think that’s what should of happened but then I look at who these city planners, I’m gonna say, are democrats. They’re Democrat parties and you look at all the high crime areas of all of these cities and they are all Democrat mayors and Democrat council. So yes, my beef is with the Democratic Party also with the Republican Party but for different reason. But you look at the Democratic Party since the beginning of their inception under Andrew Jackson who happened to be a slave holder. Happened to be a slave owner. Also responsible for the Trail of Tears, forced relocation of Native Americans to Oklahoma. Also the Democratic Party is the party of slavery. The Democratic Party was a part of the Ku Klux Klan. The Democratic Party was part of segregation, the party of Jim Crow Laws. The Democratic Party was a party of the IRS. The Democratic Party is a party of the Federal Reserve. The Democratic Party all under Woodrow Wilson ok. The Democratic Party under Franklin Roosevelt. The Party of social Security and the party of Japanese Internment camps. So you look all throughout history, every dark period of our own history, our own country, period of oppression has all been under Democratic Rule ok and Democratic Presidents. That’s a problem I see and then people wonder, “Well how did this, yeah ok, that’s the way the Democrats were back then and now they’re here trying to help the poor out in these areas”. And I go, “No, they’re not there to help minorities. They never have been. They never have been there to help minorities’. You go back to the 1930’s and there is a guy and I’m gonna give you his name and you can look up this guy, let me go back to here. This happened in the 1930’s, a Democrat influential Democrat named William Jennings Bryon. He blurred the party line by emphasizing the government’s role and insuring social justice through expansions of Federal Power. He wanted to grow the welfare state through federal power across the country and this was during the time of the United States winning the west as new states in the west were getting admitted into the Union. The Democrats learned a new strategy that they could crab that voting block of new people who were mostly poor, white and black and everything else. Grab that voting block by promising the welfare in the social programs and the government benefits. They learned that for the Democratic Party, this party of Oppression all throughout history could grab that voting block of all these new voters by offering them basically free stuff. That’s what it’s about. It’s about buying votes. The Republican Party they’ve always been about big business. Crooning capitalism ya know helping the railroads out, helping the utilities out as they got established country wide. As the Democrats gained control of the poor votes the Republicans realized they lost that battle and they started becoming more towards limited government. Basically they didn’t have a choice anymore because the Democrats have already won the big government part of politics. Anyways, that’s what I’ve come up with doing research and understanding the reason why these neighborhoods in these cities have become so impoverished is because of the generational welfare they’re on. Welfare is extremely addictive and hard to get off of. It goes on generation to generation to generation and people on welfare have a very hard time moving out and getting off of that. So I think that is where the crime starts and that’s where it fosters and then goes on from there you get into a vicious cycle between minorities and the police that are trying to control that crime and it just grows and it spirals into what we have. Anyways, we’ve got several callers on the air. I’m gonna start bringing callers on and get your opinions on what you think has caused the situation that we’re in and why we have such an issue of division still to this day between blacks and whites and the police. So first I’m gonna bring on Alex. Alex, you’re on the air. How are you doing? Alex: How you doing? I’m on thank you. Ok as far as you talking about making big promises to the disadvantaged, especially to minorities, the Democratic Party has had a specific strategy since the 1930’s. The idea is you promise them a lot, give them a little, and make em want more. Don’t give them the opportunity to gain more of what they want. Keep them dependent and they will always vote for you. That’s the way the Democratic Party is doing things now. As far as police brutality or the problems between the police and blacks in the inner cities- – I was a new York city cop for 16 years and I spent a lot of time ducking bullets and fighting in black outs and its something that happens with mob mentality. You get an agitator in there which the Democratic Party loves to do, a professional who knows how to stir up some people. Then he stirs up more people and it becomes like a virus and it grows and it grows and it grows and the people who start participating in it they actually aren’t even thinking. They are just rioting because everybody else is and they want to do it to. So that is why the Democratic Party is basically in the large cities, on the two cost they rule the roost and it’s because they have set that up for so many years that now it’s just become an endemic thing, its wrote. They do it just without having to think about it and if you’ll notice the big politicians in Washington most of them they’ve gotten, they work their way up in the Democratic Party and a lot of them are either from the east or the west coast and that’s the way they are working. They are going to continue to do that until finally we wake up ok. That is those of us who want limited government, who want the liberties that the founding fathers gave to us and unless we start agitating for that unless we start working towards it and talking to the people that think the Democrats are the ones who have all the answers, unless we start convincing these people we are gonna get nowhere. We have been on a very slippery slope for about 40 years and if Hillary Clinton gets elected president we are gonna go over that cliff. Tom: So during your time as being a police officer in New York City were you primarily patrolling in areas where people were you know, in poor areas and poor neighborhoods. Or were you in more affluent neighborhoods or both? Alex: Most of the time I spent my time in New York city in the Latin Ghettos and  I am Porte Rican and since I speak the language that is where they like to have me I spent myself in Spanish Harlem or the south Bronx. Every now and then I got to work in an affluent area but it was rare. So that’s why I spent most of my time in those areas. Tom: So you know the left likes to always say that minorities are being disproportionately ya know arrested for crimes and victims of police brutality and my argument is I don’t think it’s based on race. I think it’s based on socioeconomic status. You know more often happening in poor neighborhoods than affluent neighborhoods. That if you were to do the statistics based on population in a particular affluency or lack of, like in a poor neighborhood you’re gonna find that in your experience would you find that even being in a Latino- – you said Latino or was it Porte Rican? Alex: Well, that’s what a Porte Rican is Latino just like a Dominican and so on and so forth. Tom: So I’m sure you probably didn’t have a lot of black people there and probably not a lot of white people there but out of the white population that was there did  you find in some of those ghetto areas did you find that the numbers were pretty much proportionate for the ones that got arrested with the actual population. So if you have 10% of the people are white is it 10% of the white people also being arrested and you know is the amount of arrest in crimes proportionate for the amount of race in that area. Alex: No and I’ll tell you why. There were very few whites in these ghettos. There was also a large black population. Ok. Those two areas very large proportion of Latinos and a large proportion of blacks too and very few whites. In fact most of them in the ghettos now once upon a time they were all Irish neighborhoods and over the years the Latinos started moving in and blacks started moving in because they had no place else to go and those areas were not expensive to live in. Ok. As far as crime in those areas almost all the crime was committed by blacks or Latinos but that’s because that’s where they lived and most of the victims were black or Latinos. Tom: Well yeah that’s what I’m getting out about proportionate numbers. So let’s say in an area, I don’t know what, you said very few whites but I don’t know what the actual percentage is. Let’s say it’s one percent of the population is white, maybe 60% is Latino and 39% black, and then let’s say out of that population that 10% of people, 10% of people commit some sort of crime would it be also 10% of the 1% of white people, 10% of them commit crimes and 10% of the black people commit crimes and 10% of the Latinos committing crimes. You get what I’m saying about the actually percentages? Alex: I can speak to some of that ok. One of the things I do know about is things like serious assaults with weapons and homicides and police and cop killings. As a matter of fact nationwide in the inner cities 40% of the cop killings are committed by blacks and Latino’s. The thing is only about 10% of the population of the United States is black or Latino all together. It makes 20% they are each about 10% so it’s like a disproportionate number of blacks but that’s because most of that occurs in the ghettos. Tom: Yes. Yes. That’s what I’m getting at. That’s what I’m getting at. Most of that occurs in the ghettos where most of the crime happens is in the ghettos and the reason why the numbers of those minorities being represented is so high is because those minorities live in those areas. So what I’m getting at is that I don’t believe it’s a racial division. I believe it’s a socioeconomic division that if you were to go into an affluent neighborhood and look at the black people and Latino’s living in an affluent neighborhood they’re not out there committing crimes so I don’t think it’s a racial think I think it’s more of a geographic and socioeconomic thing of people in those areas and I think that goes back to what I said before. Idle hands are the devils workshop. If they don’t have jobs and good opportunity in those areas then they are going to seek to selling jobs or robbing the local liquor store. What’s your thoughts on it? Alex: One of the problems with that is that you have as I mentioned before, give them a little bit but don’t give them enough so you have so many people on welfare or really working in substandard jobs or minimum wage and even less than minimum wage and the problem there is “Hey, they don’t make enough to live on”, so they have to do something. So a lot of them will go out, well maybe not a lot of them, but a pretty fair percentage who do what they have to do to put the food on the table and pay the rent and the cable bill. That – – Tom: That goes to that the social program- – Alex: That is exactly right. That’s what you do. You offer them a lot but only give a little. Don’t give (inaudible) Tom: So these city planners, these city planners, I go back to the example I made of the martin Luther King JR Blvd. as they named those streets. Rather than fixing the problem in a black neighborhood they say “We’re going to empower you and name your street after a famous civil rights leader”. Rather than going in and actually fixing the problem. Rather than naming a successful neighborhood after MLK Jr. they go in and say we’re gonna name this street after your favorite civil rights leader and btw we are gonna give you a welfare check. So what I’m saying, rather than continuing with the social welfare programs and continuing pandering and buying their vote, if these leaders, not leaders but the mayors and the city council and the city planners, if they would say “Instead of putting the welfare office on this street let’s put a small business administration office on this street. Let’s encourage a trade school to move into this street. Let’s encourage a shopping center to move in here so there are jobs”. Most of the time I hear that those city planners are blocking businesses. They don’t want an office park moving in. They don’t want an industrial area moving in and providing jobs. No. They want to put a whole stretch of HUD housing complexes in. That’s what I see of those kinds of neighborhoods. I see the city planners building their voting block with the low income housing. With the social welfare places and then allowing the liquor store to build right there. Allowing the strip club to move in there and allowing the pawn shop to- – I mean I look at those strip malls like that and if you’ve been around the country you see em it’s like that in every city. You’ve got a liquor store on the same strip mall you’ve got a social welfare office in the same strip mall. You’ve got the pawn broker there. You’ve got the divorce lawyer there and you’ve got the bail bondsman. I mean come on. That is a recipe for disaster, the entire strip. It looks like that’s created to be a perpetual thing on purpose right there. Alex: That’s the only thing they’ve got there. Go to one of those strip malls or go to a prominent intersection in one of these low income areas and your also going to find a large crowd of illegal immigrants waiting doing a shape up and people coming in saying, “Ok, I need 3 guys today. They are going to do landscaping or whatever they’re gonna do. They want three guys and that is where those people go and shape up for work. One of the things, one of the problems with that is the people that are going in there and picking these guys up to go and do the work or whatever are people from affluent neighborhoods or business owners. Most of these people unfortunately, most of these people are whites. Ok. Who have business, who have a certain amount of affluence, who want to get something done and they don’t want to pay the skilled labor that you need. Ok. So they’ll hire the illegal immigrant who will take the job away from a carpenter. Tom: So they are contributing to the problem. Almost like they’re the drug pusher in that illegal job is a drug. Alex: That’s what it’s like and you know they are just as much to blame for some of the problems that we’ve got as the minority or the illegal aliens that are shaping up. They come over here because they think it’s the land of plenty and it turns out to be hey man you’re gonna break your ass for God knows how long making next to nothing. Then what they do is send most of that money back to wherever they came from because their family is there and their family is starving or something like that. Ok. Tom: And then that continues to create the racial division among the races. I gotta go to a heart break here but anyways I’d like to hold you over for the next half of the show. Just listen in and I may bring you back in a little bit later. I wanna go also to Eric and Red hawk are waiting on the line so let’s go to a break real quick. Tom: Alright, welcome back Galtstrikers. We just listened to Alex, a police officer from New York City. We’re talking about the shooting in Dallas, the BLM movement, the police brutality and trying to get to the bottom of what’s causing all this mess. What caused it to start and why is it the way it is now and what can we as a society do as we move on forward and try to problems with the racial division. How we can bring opportunity to minorities, especially in urban areas. How can we fix the light in these urban areas and reduce the crime. Basically help the police to do their job but at the same time help minorities to get off of social welfare and into their own jobs, careers and businesses. So we are gonna go onto our next caller. I’m gonna bring Eric on. Eric how are you doing? Eric: I’m doing alright man, I’m out here in Seattle Washington and I’d just like to start off with All Lives Matter. Tom: Exactly. All Lives matter. Eric: Hey now I guess what I wanna get into is two things. The first one is we’re supposed to be a melting pot. Ya know, all of us that come from all the different countries and everything and all the different walks of life. Black, white, Latino ya know all that. But you know, especially with the black and white community man we don’t even get to know each other. Basically what we do is work with each other and then we go home and socialize people like us. Black socializes with black, white socialize with white and basically it’s a deal where we get to have stereotypes to deal with and ya know some of the cops have stereotypes of what the blacks are like and you know some of the blacks with what’s going on with crime and so forth sometimes they live up to the stereotypes but basically what we have to do in America is we got to get to know each other. Not as black Eric and white Tom and all that kind of stuff. We got to know each other as people. As this is Jim and this is Bob. Not black bob or whatever. Tom: As Americans. Get to know each other as Americans. Eric: Exactly. We gotta break bread with each other man we need to go to dinner together. Man we need to do things go bowling together so that we have something to identify ourselves as regular people. Not that person over there. That troublemaker, that whatever. Ya know, so that’s one of the problems but the other thing is I grew up in Chicago, Illinois. When I was growing up it was kind of a gang infested area and the way that people are kind of raised in this urban area which was predominantly white, I mean black where I lived there was hardly any white flight at all. We got in they left. So what I’m talking about it was weak or strong. The way urban black kids are taught is you’re either weak or strong and there is no negotiation. People either bow down to you or you bow down to them. It’s a winner and it’s a loser. There is no middle ground, there is no negotiation so what happens is you get a lot of people with this attitude and police officers are put in a position of power. They are authority figures over me and you but when they come across black, especially young black individuals, those people are thinking along that strong or weak. So I’m not gonna let the cop be the boss over me. So I’m not gonna obey him. He tells me to get down on the ground; I’m not getting down on the ground. I’ll do what I want to do and then you find in most of these incidences that are going on the black kids are disobeying and then you got a cop that’s really jumpy because you know, he’s wondering if he’s going to go home to his kids at night, his family. So the bottom line is you have a jumpy cop and a kid that will not obey a simply order like get down on the ground. Now you got a situation where there is bloodshed and you got some cop that has to do what the police manual will tell him to do but most of black America is not going to look at that. They’re not going to look at, you know what, the police manual is there to protect all of us because if you have someone that escalates the situation you have to have a way of protecting not only yourself as an officer but protecting the public. They don’t get that. Those things can escalate from selling CD’s to where now it’s a situation where there is possible assault on a police officer and you have to protect the public. So I may have to use deadly force to subdue you when first it was a crime of just selling illegal cigarettes. That’s basically what I have to say about that. Tom: I want to get your opinion on a couple of things. First thing you know – – how we change the mindset of minorities and blacks, especially in these areas like what you’re saying where these kids want to be so tough to stand up to the police. How can we go about changing their mindset to understand hey the police is here to help everybody but the minute you start doing something that could possibly endanger others as well as the officer and that causes that to escalate. How can we show them to respect the police a little bit and you’re going to be cool. Just like for example after the Dallas shooting the social media was just going berserk spreading this picture Mark who was accused of carrying the AR15 at the protest? Naming him as a suspect and when he caught wind of that he went and turned himself into the police and turned himself in and said, ‘Hey, what can me and my brother do to help? What can we do to help here”? I think if people followed that approach I don’t think there would be a problem open carrying , or any of that if people would respect the police and ya know, get down when they are told to get down. I don’t think that we would have the problem that we do and I don’t think police would keep escalating it as well. How do we change people’s mindset? Eric: I think it has to start with what I talked about before ok. There are a lot of black people in these areas that really, they have a feeling that white people really don’t listen to them. You know and it’s a lot of cases where black people don’t listen to white people. You know, they just feel like white people are gonna be racist but a lot of times, and I’m a black republican ok? I find that sometimes I can be in a chat room, or on face book and I can make a statement about black this or that and how we feel like we are disenfranchised like you know we need to be more involved. I just kind of feel like the white participants just glaze over it. So I think that we have to find a way for white people on both sides Democrat and republican to engage black people and let them know, “Hey, we care what you say,” Now I don’t go for all this Black Lives Matter stuff talking about ,”Because you’re black police officers are hunting you down”. Man I’ve cooperated with police that have stopped me and I have a master’s degree in political science, I had a police stop me, lay me over a car and he thought I was suspect in a robbery but because my father taught me to be respectful to police I respected him, I respected his position, I knew that he was doing his job. He had no way of knowing I had a master’s degree so I didn’t get insulted by that. I let him do what he had to do and once he found out what my personality was he let me go. But basically I think it starts with reaching out, somehow find a way to reach out to the black community so they can trust you and really feel like what you’re saying, like I said not the black lives matter garbage, but just on a regular basis when they say things should be this way. Well actually listen to what their saying and actually say you know that is valuable. Instead of trying to correct them all the time and say,” No, what you mean by this is I’ll spoon feed you this and I’ll let you know I’ll take care of you.” You see black people don’t need to be taken care of. Just like you pointed out in your program, it said, “Oh well, you know, the Democrats have been giving em a little taste of something and the vote comes automatically and they’re being taken care of.” No. we have to get to a point where we are able to take care of ourselves. Not separate from the rest of society but take care of ourselves and there is a lot of white people out there that can help us do that but they got to get to know us as people. Not that stereotype. We gotta get to know you as people and not a stereotype. Tom: I think, I think uhm ya know, I think white people do hear. I think that white people do hear the problems that black people are bringing up but I think what it comes down to is ok I know about this so what do we do about it? So I think that’s where a lot of white people are stuck at and it’s like, I don’t know how to fix your problems. I really don’t. The Democrats are giving you free welfare and food stamps and I can’t put an end to that and if I try to openly oppose that then I sound like the bad guy. I would like to see more minorities start their own businesses and get college educations and get careers. Personally the way I am doing it with this radio show, I don’t know if you’re listening to the first half, we’re bringing on different business owners and different entrepreneurs and having them tell their story about how it can be done. I think what we need to do, what white folks and successful folks, people in the (inaudible) need to do is be mentors to the people in the poor communities. Not just minorities but anybody in the poor community and be mentors to them and say, “This is how I became successful. This is how you can become successful too. You can do it.” But that’s great, I want to do that but how can we do that when at the same time the Democrats are saying, “We’re here to save you. The white man is holding you down and you need to turn to government to help. Come sign up for welfare now and then give them just enough to get by”. I don’t know how to solve that problem and I think that’s a conundrum that other white people are finding themselves at. It’s like I don’t know what to do. Eric: I don’t either and you know it would be nice if somehow if white people could get a hold of a rational element down in the ghetto where they could begin to come up with a strategy to do this. Because I don’t have the panacea to do that. You know, I don’t know exactly how to do that. I wish I did. I know I’m more of a joke because most black people find out that I’m a republican, it’s like I got three heads and I’m a leper because, they’re like “Why you do that? Why are you doing that?” Because I’ve found out that when I looked at my life and what I believed in morally it matched up more with the republican party than the democrat party and I’m not just gonna go along with the show for goodies and I don’t like the idea just holding my hand and telling me what to do but getting back to the point, I think somehow the white people and the affluent black people that acclimated need to go down with that message of, “This is how we done that.” But having an avenue to get in otherwise if you don’t have that avenue you just get tuned out. They don’t even listen to you and brothers like me – – Tom: I think you’re on to something here. If somehow successful black people, successful white affluent people can somehow connect with leaders in these poor communities, in these ghetto communities can somehow connect with somebody that’s got an open mind and wants to hear and form up some sort of meetup group in a community that definitely has to be a grass roots thing. Then start having weekly, weekly success story meet ups. Kind of like I did on the show but have actual physical meetups in a building somewhere where people in that community can come and sit down and listen kind of like a mentor program. I’m gonna teach you how to be successful. I’m not gonna charge anything for it because I know you can’t afford it but I want to show you how you can do it on your own. I think it would be great- – Eric: Ok. One more thing. Let me give ya one more thing. Just kind of an example. Ok. When I was growing up in Chicago ya know, I was growing up and there was just crime going on all over the place it was the Elba Cos, the Devils disciples, the Black Peps only trying to recruit us and all this other kind of stuff. But basically I lived that for like the last 19, well from 13-19 years old I lived that kind of life and  I thought that was what the world was all about. This concrete jungle, bullets flying all over the place. Going to school and getting into fights, getting beat up and all this other kind of stuff and then I went away to college and I found out how the rest of society lived and once I found out how they were living, the peace and tranquility that’s out there my view point changed and all of a sudden it was like, “Wow! You mean we don’t have to have the bullets flying? We don’t have to fight all the time? We don’t have to have people robbing you all the time? Hey this is great. I want some of this.” Do the bottom line is that if you can get those groups together, if you can get in there and if you can go ahead and make some kind of exposure to what the other side looks like then you can undermine that Democratic Party of handouts and so forth. You can turn it around over night because these people are gonna start to see, “Hey, this is great. Nobody told me about this. I’m in on this program.” But it has to get in with somebody that you know, they can trust you and then they can go ahead and win the trust of the people in the community. The Democrats will be on the way out because I’m telling you; life outside of the ghetto is great man. It’s great man. Tom: I know Eric: It’s great. Tom: Hey I appreciate it Eric. I want to bring Red Hawk on here to get his opinion. Eric if you could, stay on the line and also appreciate it if you’d send me an email, Alex as well. I’d like both of you guys to send me an email cause I’d like to bring both of you on for a future show as well. I want to go to Red Hawk and get his thoughts. I may come back to you in a minute if I have time but let’s talk to Red Hawk real quick. Red Hawk how ya doing? Red Hawk: Oh pretty good, pretty good. A little short on time tonight bro. Anyways, I hear a lot of talking about what’s going on in the ghettos and the hoods and all that kind of stuff and some of the endemic problems in the racism. You guys have covered a lot of ground tonight. The one thing, since I am kind of short on time here ok, were not looking at groups and people that are causing some of this ok. You’ve got reportedly on a number of different fronts. You’ve got George Soros reportedly putting out ads and paying demonstrators ok. You’ve got Obama out there slamming police officers for killing black men and inciting more stuff. You’ve got Lewis Farah Khan out there going full hog, it’s out there on YouTube, “Go out there and kill the man”. And you’ve got Jesse Jackson doing the same thing. Personally I think whatever ray is missing here is the end game. I think there is an end game here not to go conspiracy theory here but I think there is an end game. Tom: I’ll put my conspiracy hat on here and I really think that they do want to push us to a point of Martial Law and I don’t think that is a conspiracy of Obama wanting to become a dictator but I do think the Democratic party under people like George Soros and them that are getting behind and funding these things, I think they really do want to disrupt the democratic process. I do think they eventually they want to bring us under Martial Law of some sort. Red Hawk: And you’ve got the justice department refusing to go after like right down there in Texas you’ve got the new Black Panther Party with a video out there holding AR15’s and assault weapons threatening the cops in Texas ok. You know, you’ve got all the stuff on twitter and everything with the Black Lives matter threatening you know people and so forth. You look at these cop killers and half of them have gone on FACEBOOK for crying out loud, but out there on face book their hatred for cops. Pictures of them holding and so forth. We’ve got to get a handle on it. (Inaudible) The end game here. It (inaudible) As I said, I hate to go all conspiracy theory or anything like that ok but if anybody is looking back 30 or 40 years like one of the other people mentioned ok, one of the former cops here, he knows. He knows about the cameras on the streets in New York City. I noticed the first article I ever saw (inaudible) Tom: Yeah hey Red Hawk your phone is cutting out real bad but I do want to go back to Alex again and get his opinion on what both you and Eric said, especially what Eric had to say. Alex, are you still there? Alex: Yup, I’m still here. I agree completely with the gentleman that was just speaking just before it went out. Eric, when you were saying you got out of high school and you went to college and found out it was a completely different world and you know, how can we get people to be able to do that more? I absolutely agree with you, and I think there are some venues, some avenues you could take. Like for instance if you’re in school, if the school happens to be well integrated and not either completely black or completely white or mostly Latino or something like that. What you can do is, you’ll find out that the kids, the students in the classrooms, a lot of them are willing to make friends with anybody that happens to feel the same way they do or that they like the person or the person is helpful or something like that. Either way, whatever way it goes. That’s one of things you can do and the parents of these students they have to help their children to go along with that kind of relationship with other people. Sometimes it’s difficult, and they might not be able to do anything about that but you’ve gotta try. Give them that particular hook to get into being able to be friends with other races or other ethnicities ok. That was something that, the other place that I think of the most, your church. It is one of the most important places where you can have people of other races, people of other ethnic groups come together and socialize and develop friendships and it’s an extremely important way to get these things done. Tom: Yeah. I want to go back to Red Hawk. We’ve only got one minute left here. Just some last words. You still there? Red Hawk: Yeah I’m here. Tom: Yeah any last words? We’ve only got a minute left. Red Hawk: Ok. Yeah you know I think it begins with the parents. You have to. You have to just teach your kids the value of everybody. You can’t discount anybody you’ve got to let them know that everybody is equal and should be listened to. It shouldn’t be a situation where you’re teaching, oh you know those people are just kind of low rent or those people are just kind of you know not up to par with us. You have to just really express that people are equal. Just like martin Luther King said, “The content of a person’s character is important.” Tom: Very good point. Like I said, Alex, Eric I would appreciate if you both could send me a quick email at just so I can keep in touch with you guys. Really good callers and Id like to get you on a future show somewhere later down the road. Anyways, I want to thank everyone that called in to listen to this show. I appreciate it. I think it’s a really good topic. Sorry we didn’t have enough time to delve into it some more. I want to mention that what I did in the last show is there is a new show starting next Friday. Its called The Prepping Academy Fridays at 6 P.M. Specific and that’s on Fridays. The host of the show is Forest Garvin former US Air Force Airman. He is also a survivor instructor, NRA Instructor, HAM instructor and much more. Also, tune in every night at 6 P.M. on It’s a lot of great shows. Catch you guys next weekend. Caller: Ok. Have a good one! This article first appeared on Galtstrike and may be copied under the following creative commons license.  All links and images including the CC logo must remain intact. 

The post Black Lives Matter, the Police, and the Violence! appeared first on Galtstrike.

Is Hillary Clinton Having a Mental Breakdown? 7 Aug 2016, 11:36 am

Often times we wonder about where a president is from, his financial back ground, his accomplishments and failures, his morals. One thing that often gets over looked, or rather not talked about, is the mental health of our nominees. Hillary Clinton, the current democratic nominee, has been demonstrating some very strange behavior that has people investigating. There are a lot of memes floating around the internet making fun of her exaggerated facial expressions. What some people may not realize is that she may have some serious mental issues or possibly medical.  Is Hillary Clinton having a mental breakdown? Is Hillary Clinton Stable Enough To Run The Country? YouTuber Paul Joseph Watson brings together some interesting information that as a whole could destroy Hillary Clinton. His video brings up questions about her mental health and what is happening in her head. Paul’s perspective and evidence will make you think about what is happening behind the scenes. From head injury, blood clots, seizures or even a form of high functioning autism, wouldn’t you want to know? In 2012, CNN reported that Hillary Clinton had a fall that caused her to have a massive concussion. As a result she developed serious blood clots in her brain. Paul points out a lot of her symptoms that indicate she may have had a stroke or epilepsy due to the clots. Concussion, brain clots, very odd behaviors indicative of strokes or seizures. These things alone are enough to with drawl her from the election. Add to that the possibility of a mental breakdown and psychopathic tendencies happening right in front of our eyes. Don’t you think there is enough evidence to demand she be examined and have a full health and mental check? We certainly do. We hope you enjoy the video below and please feel free to comment below and share your views with GaltStrike. Is Hillary Clinton Having A Mental Breakdown?

The post Is Hillary Clinton Having a Mental Breakdown? appeared first on Galtstrike.

Success stories in writing and publishing. Tips from a self-made publisher 28 Jul 2016, 8:04 pm

Melanie Davis is the founder of Triumph Press, publishing a nonfiction genre of books including true and inspiring stories of overcoming or self help.  She is also a bestselling author and ghostwriter, including The Triumph Book Series.  The Triumph Books is the first in the series, sharing the stories of people who have endured severe tragedies and who have found purpose and joy BECAUSE of what they went through.  For the second half of our show we talk with Thad Forester and his experiences as an author.  Thad was inspired to write because of his love for his brother who was Killed in Action which led him to publish his first book with Triumph press.  In this podcast,  both will share their success stories in publishing and writing.   (click here if you are unable to see the video) If you enjoyed this podcast, be sure to like us on Facebook.  Listen to us Live Saturday Evenings at 6PM pacific time at Bumper Music:  “Bankland” By Javolenus / CC BY-NC 3.0 Transcript The following is a text transcript of the audio.  Due to the verbatim speech and nuances it may be difficult to read.  However, it is being provided as a courtesy to the hearing impaired as well as for those who wish to move quickly on to the pertinent parts of the podcast. Transcript is at least 80% accurate. Time stamps do not match the video. Tom: Welcome Galtstrikers. This is our weekly Libertarian talk show where we not only discuss not only the problems of today but also solutions. If you have questions or comments during tonight’s broadcast the call in number to get on the air is 1.347.202.0228. After you’ve connected remember to press 1 so our producers will see you want on the air. If you are listening to this show over on blog talk or any other website that carries the player. You can also listen and join us over in the chat room at So tonight we are actually going to have a two hour show. For the recording it will be broken into two separate shows. For those of you listening live we will have two hours. For the first hour we are going to be speaking with two guests about how they became authors. How one of them became a self-made publisher and how their success stories can inspire you to become successful in writing your own books or even starting your own business. For the second hour we will be talking about the recent police shootings. The black lives matter movement, the violence and what can be done about it. So let’s get started. My first guest to night is Melanie Davis. She is a self-made author and publisher and has a very interesting story to tell on how she got started in her own business. Welcome to the show Melanie. Melanie: Hey, thanks for having me. Tom: Yeah thanks for coming on. So, anyway, you started your own publishing company called Triumph Press. Could you tell us a little bit about that and then give us a short summery about that and then basically start from the beginning on how you got into publishing and writing books. Melanie:  Ok. Well I guess sit all started in my college years when I studied English and have always enjoyed writing but as years went by and I became a mother I turned my writing largely to journal and I developed a tradition that when I was pregnant and found out if it was a boy or girl I would go and buy a journal. A little girl or little boy journal and I would start writing in it and I would take it with me to the hospital and have them put their first foot print in it and write a mothers first message to her child. I did this with my first 3 children.  My third child is a daughter. Her name was Brin and she passed away at 7 months old of SIDS and what I did some months after her passing I picked up my journal I had been keeping for her and I wrote what happened.  What it was like finding her in her crib. The ambulance ride praying that she would make it but knowing that she was already gone and all the challenges we had following her death.  We lived in San Jose California at the time and we buried her in Carson City Nevada and we had a little tiny white casket in the back of our van and we were driving. We broke down in the Sierra Nevada Mountains and so I remember standing in the rest stop watching the tow truck pulling my van with my baby’s little casket inside and driving away. There were a lot of challenges at that time that I was able to write down. Then a long time, not to long, but sometime after that I picked up my journal again and this time I wrote what I learned and that is that I know God lives. I know that he helps us and supports us in our challenges. Because if you had asked me before my daughter had passed away how I would react to losing a child I would have said, “Throw me in a dark room. Lock me up and throw away the key.” I would have not thought I could get through that but on the day of her death and even during her funeral heaven was so close and was actually such a sweet experience. If you were to see the pictures from her funeral you wouldn’t find one of me crying. I would even go back to those days so I didn’t have to live the ones following. So I wrote what I learned and I wrote my wisdom because I wanted my children and my posterity to know that whatever challenges or difficulties come in life that they can get through them. That is who my audience was. Well, after some time I discovered a new technology that everyone has seen now but at the time it was brand new and that’s what I call story booking and that is where you are able to digitally publish a scrap book that has your pictures and your stories and I was pretty excited to find this technology because I was able to put my journal into it along with all my pictures of my daughter from her life and the funeral. Now when you go through something hard and people hear about it and know you’ve gotten through it and done fairly well. They will come to you and ask when they have someone they are concerned about or are maybe going through something similar. And they’ll ask you how did you get through it or what can I say to my sister or brother or friend or coworker that just lost a child? All I could do was publish or print another copy of this book. I would give it to them and say maybe there is something in my story that can help them. And I probably handed out about a hundred copies of that little colorful printed story book. It’s a hard back book and as I did this I felt great healing every time that I could use my story to help someone else and I got a lot of wonderful feedback who either gave or received that book. So I ended up working for this company that was called Heritage Makers and they are the first company to come up with this technology and so I became- – it was actually one of those and it still is actually. I am no longer in it because I’ve moved on to start my own company but it’s called Heritage Makers. So I became one of their first consultants and within I think it wasn’t much more than a year I moved up to become one of their founding executives. I had about eight hundred consultants underneath me.  It was an MOM type companies. Just to try to shorten this a little bit I discovered that that process of writing was so healing I developed another kind of process that I called story books for healing. Wrote a program that I later renamed the Triumph Program that helps people to go through the process that guides them to write their stories and find the purpose in what they went through and ways they can use that to help others. And then publish books at the end of it. In the process of working on this program I worked with a lot of Hospices and I ran bereavement groups that utilize this program and I had some phenomenal results but I had a lot of bereavement counselors get mad at me because I would tell people that you can overcome grief. They would get mad at me and say, “Oh we don’t say that. We aren’t sure that’s true that you can find a new normal. Or in time it will get better.” They have all these catch phrases that really set the bar low for people that they will ever be happy again. Of course over coming grief is how you define it and I define it as finding purpose and joy in life and being able to continue to live with a smile on your face and hope. So that is when I wrote my first book which is called The Triumph Book. It is a collection of stories from people who have endured sever tragedy that found purpose and joy in life because of what they went through. It is all types of tragedies. Not just death/loss. There are stories of dealing with MS. A man whose wife was killed in a car accident on their honeymoon. A story from the tsunami. Many different types of stories and a lot of them were so intense that the made the news when they first happened. But my book was able to show what happened afterwards. How did they get through these challenges and I wanted to maintain creative control of my book. I wanted to control what the cover looks like because it was significant. It is a silloute of someone standing on a winner’s platform and they are holding a book above their head representing their story saying this is the greatest gift I have to share with the whole world. I wanted to maintain the integrity of the story because they are all first person. Sometimes I help people write them but they are all first person which is the best way for history to be recorded. So what I did is I started my own publishing company called “Triumph Press”.  Then after publishing that book I actually went on to write another in what became The Triumph Book series and that is called “The Triumph Book Hero’s”.  Which is a collection of 27 first person stories from our veteran’s spanning the decades of war from World War II up to our recent conflicts, all different ranks and wars. It was actually in the course of writing that book that I met the next guest that you’ll have on this show. I was able to tell the story of his brother, Mark Forester, who was killed in combat, and some other important stories and some very historically important stories that had never been told before I interviewed the veteran. But in the course of writing the book I found out I had been an ignorant civilian and had no idea the battles that our veteran’s  face when they come home from war. Anyway, I went on to create another version of the triumph program that is meant to help them overcome PTSD which is causing the suicide epidemic of at least 22 a day. There is actually 18 a day as I was writing that book and it has only increased. After producing that book and another work book in addition to the triumph program I then went on to publish other authors and there are quite a number of books in the Triumph Press Library, one of them being Thad Forester’s book, “My Brother in Arms”. It is all about his brother Mark. I have a lot of military books in my collection. The genre of Triumph Press is true and inspiring stories that can make a difference in the world. I also publish self-help. So I have quite a variety of books. I do have one that I think would interest the audience that’s listening written by Todd Jones called, “Fully Prepped; A comprehensive guide to what you need to be prepared.” It is a really terrific book for anyone that is interested in preparation. Tom: How can – – What’s the easiest way for them to find that book? Melanie: Just go to the website and you can get the book. He sells it in bulk with great discounts so they can share it with friends and neighbors and family. Tom: I’m gonna post that in the chat room so it is Ok I posted that in the chatroom Melanie: They will see on the home page. I have actually have gone on to be a co-host with Todd Jones on his show called “Effective Tactics.” So they will see it. We have kind of, a graphic that makes it look like we are on a big billboard in Dallas, Texas.  We are not actually but you will see me there on the billboard with him if you go there. So yeah, I published a number of books. Quite a few of the books I’ve published have gone to number one on amazons kindle including Todd Foresters. Mine went to number two “My Triumphs with Hero’s.”  That is because I could never knock The Art of War of number one. Tom: Oh wow. Melanie: A pretty tough one to compete with. So I feel very fortunate to have gone through a challenge, a tragedy that I did because I do have faith in God. I have faith that I will see my daughter again and I know that her death was in His plan and it had a purpose and I feel that the purpose was so that I could do what I am doing. Being a publisher, an author and I am also a ghost writer. I’ve gone on to work with authors that need their help writing their books. I am about to publish two books next month that are pretty amazing. One of them deals with parental alienation. This is a father that had to fight his ex-wife in court to regain the rights to parent his son. She did some pretty bad stuff to him and accused him of things like sexual assault on their child and things he never did that caused him to lose his job. He finally won the rights and she lost hers because the courts saw through everything that she was doing. She ran home immediately shot her son and then shot herself. Come to find out the things he went through are not at all uncommon and I think this is going to be an extremely important book in making changes in family law and mental health systems and hopefully CPS as well to protect our children and our families when there is a custody battle. So yeah. Sorry probably not as brief as you would of liked. Tom: No, I think it is a pretty heartwarming and compelling story of your life’s experiences. Sad to hear that you had to go through that, but it seems you are providing a very much needed service with your publishing  company and the types of books you publish to really help people out that need that help. You certainly don’t sound like a greedy evil capitalist to me. Melanie: No. but you know what I have no problem being successful and it empowers me to do more good. There’s – Tom: Well yeah exactly. Melanie: I used to do a lot of my work kin of on a service basis for free and because Im like “Oh how can I charge people? “ But I just couldn’t maintain that. It is just not possible. Making a business out of it allows me to do more good. Tom: I have found that in the prepping movement with APN and you know writing blog post myself and things I have seen with some of my other friends that are authors and produce content. A lot of times we get vilified by people like “This should be free! These videos should be free on YouTube! These books should be free!” And I’m thinking well you know, authors gotta eat to. Authors got to survive. Publishers need to survive. I think the free market and capitalism get such a bad name so often you know people think, ”Oh you’re just doing that for money.”  Well. My answer is “What do you do for work”? Would you do your work for free too? Some people have a gift for writing and that is what they are called to do. To write or publish books and you know, when you are providing a much needed service there is nothing wrong with selling that because that provides you with the money and the capitol to move forward and continue to do what you do to help even more people and I think it is an excellent service you are providing with your publishing company and helping these authors to get their stories out to people which in turn helps people that read those stories. If you are just giving everything away for free I don’t think you could go nearly as far as you are able to do with the way you are doing it now. So I think this is really awesome. How can people reach your website? Is it or something like that that they can go to? Melanie: That is a good guess. and if there is anyone listening that is interested in writing a book or learning to be a better writer I actually have a free e book that they can download  called, The 7 Rules of Exceptional  Writing.” They are welcome to go to my website and download that and I think you will learn a lot about how to be a strong writer. Writing well is just a matter of being a good re writer.  That is what this teaches you. How to take what you are putting down and go through it and strengthen it where you can look for things that can make your writing more compelling and more interesting and more lively. So – Tom: So anyways – – Melanie: That is something I do give free, Tom: We have about 9 more minutes before we bring Thad on. Obviously we will go to a break before we bring Thad on but I want to go over a few things. First, if any of our callers that are listening in on the phone or anyone that is listening on the player if you’d like to call in and talk to Melanie and ask a question or two. The number is 1.347.202.0228 and don’t forget to push 1 on your phone so that you can get connected with our producer. Anyway, you’ve got some words of wisdom that you have provided for people to become successful. So let’s go through the list of that since obviously you’ve become successful in your publishing business. What can people do if they want to be an author, if they want to be a publisher or maybe they are just starting some other type of business? What are some of these steps? The first one you showed here is pursue your passion. Could you talk just a little bit about that and how people can pursue their passion? Melanie: Yeah. That is the first tip. I think I sent you 7 or 8 tips and that is number one. That probably goes without saying but it comes first because whatever you choose to do you can be wildly successful but it’s going to be work and the only way you’re going to work as hard and long as you might have to to be as successful as you like is if you’re passionate about it. So that’s just the first thing when you’re looking at starting a business make sure that it is something that you love. Tom: Ok. Number two here is, “there is no such thing as overnight success but a good mentor will show you the short cuts’. Melanie: Yup. That’s right. Any time you see- – I see commercials on television of advertising someone trying to sell their program to become a millionaire in short order. There is no such thing as overnight success but I know having gone through the path of reaching success that there is a lot of places I made mistakes. Spent a lot of time or a lot of money on things that if I had a mentor they could have steered me clear of those rocks and that is what I do for my authors in addition to publishing with them. Helping them publish their books I become a coach for them. And so I can take what I’ve learned, and a lot of times learned the hard way and help them not have to go through the same things.  I’ve also learned some ways that can really help some great marketing opportunities or ways to promote a book that can be very successful. If Id of had someone like me helping me along I think that, I do believe that  I would have had more success a lot sooner and at the very least I would not of had some of the failures or I guess there is no such thing as failure but some of the life lessons could have been taught a lot easier. I encourage people to seek out a mentor.  Someone that, it doesn’t have to be exactly the same business they are in but just who has been successful in business. Of course if your and author you would want to seek out someone who has been a successful author, just ask them what they recommend. What is their wisdom? What should or shouldn’t be done. Tom: Yeah. Definitely help people to save a lot of time and hardship in their own business to find other people who have been successful to help them learn from their mistakes basically. Number three, “Failure is a requirement for success.” Melanie: Yes. I absolutely believe that and so that might seem like an opposition to what I just said in tip number two but you are going to fail when trying to succeed. It is inevitable and it has to happen because there is skills and opportunity that comes from failure. My dad just finished reading (inaudible) book. I think it’s called; it’s something catchy, The Shoe Box or something. I just came out this year. Anyway he is the founder of Nike. In his book there is so many times he was just about to go bankrupt and just about to fail but some of the things that would happen to him, he would use his opportunity and it was actually what catapulted him to success. Some of the different ways that he was being criticized, well it turned him into a perfectionist. Instead of just having an average factory he has factories that are internationally recognized. It is tremendous examples of working environments for his employees. Definitely when negative things come along they can help us to reach heights that we might not of without those failures Tom: Yeah. I think a lot of people get discouraged and you know, give up to easy because they fail the first or the second time. Then you try to encourage them and they say, ‘oh it’s impossible. I failed, I am not even gonna try.” But I think they say like the average business person fails at least three times before they become successful and that’s the average. Some people probably succeed their first shot and there’s probably people who have tried 20 or 30 times before they get it right. That is what my grandpa used to tell me. You will fail at least 3 times before you succeed and he has been right about that. I know I have failed at least 3 or 4 times in business. I’m finally getting some things right and finally getting to be successful myself. A lot of work and has taken a long time. It goes back to number 2, there is no such thing as overnight success. Melanie:  There really isn’t, if someone is successful overnight then they haven’t had enough failure to keep that success in my opinion. They are going to make a mistake because you just learn and are stronger from those failures. I forget who said it but one of the phrases I’ve always heard is double your rate of failure if you want to be successful. Tom: Yeah Melanie: That’s one way to look at it. Tom: then number four is “Charge what you are worth.” Melanie:  Yes, that is very important and that is another one I have learned from experience. When you charge what you are worth people treat you the way you deserve to be treated. I’ve had different situations where I would charge very little and what I found is when I was trying to help and serve people is that when I didn’t charge enough they only valued my services as much as I was charging. There were a lot of times when those who paid the least worked me the hardest. When I started to raise my rates in publishing people appreciated the work I did more. It was really interesting and you know what? They were still able to pay it. Sometimes I helped them. I might help them set up a GoFundMe account. When I say help them I would actually help write their story for them or help them know how to put a video together to go with it and I’ve helped authors raise the money they need to pay me. So I can still give them some assistance but what I find is that when I charge what I am worth I am treated more valuable. So. It is really important. Tom: Yeah. I have found that too. Even like for example, getting sponsorship ads on my website if you’ve got some empty space you’re not charging enough. What is it? No. If you don’t have any empty space, if all your ad spots are filled up, you’re not charging enough. You should always have at least one or two empty spots on there. That means your charging enough. It is kind of a supply and demand thing. Same thing with hearing about musicians at their concerts. Charging outrageous ticket prices and people complain about that and I’m like, well, they’re sold out aren’t they? And they are like yeah and I go if they are completely sold out they aren’t charging enough for those tickets because what ends up happening is if they are too low on their prices then they get ticket scalping and stuff. People ripping them off and then charging double for those ticket prices. Even in the concerts there should at least be a handful of seats that are empty if they are charging what they are worth. People go well, that is price gouging. Well, no its not if people are willing to pay that much. If they want to pay that much then let it go, if it is too much then don’t go there. Melanie: Well and definitely, we have a human nature about us and we have our perception and when someone charges a lot we assume that means they are more professional and we treat them more professionally. So if you charge to little in your business you just don’t come across as professional. You come across as bargain basement and therefore people value it at that level so it is really important to figure out what your worth is and charge accordingly. Tom: well we are coming up on a break here and I want to get Thad in as soon as we can but you do have about four more points I want to go over real quick and we will go over those after the break and then I will bring Thad on. So let’s go to our sponsors right now. Advertisement Tom: Welcome back everyone. I have Melanie Davis on with me. She is an author and publisher. She owns Triumph press. The website is and we are talking about how she became successful. Anyway, we are going to go onto the other four points that you made here before we bring on Thad. You mentioned you may have to charge less than your worth to start out to prove your worth. So we are talking about charging what you’re worth. Now what about this? Charging less than your worth when you start out. Melanie: I know that may be in opposition with the first point however, when you are just first starting out it is okay to do some work that is for less and use that as an opportunity to do a terrific job so that  you show what you are capable of. Until you do some work, when you’re first starting out, you may know that you are great but you don’t have any record to prove it. You have to develop that track record. You might even look at it as a kind of is ok when you first start out to maybe do some work that is more of a gift to someone or something that is discounted as an opportunity to show what you can do and then as you build your portfolio then you can start charging more because you have a track record. Tom: So basically just to get your foot in the door. Ok then number six. Always ask for testimonials from satisfied customers and use them on your website and elsewhere. Melanie: Yeah. That is key. I know that I really rely on the testimonials of others when I am making a selection whether it is a product I buy on amazon or when I hire a plumber. If you’ve done a great job for your customer then ask them for a testimonial and they will be happy to give it. I have a page on my website where I have testimonials from clients I have worked with and I am really proud of that. It means a lot to me to be able to do work that is good enough to be able to build a page like that and I think it can make a big difference in your business to have someone select you over your competitors.  To have those testimonials where they can find them. Tom: Number 7; Find a way for your product and service to be tied to a cause and give away a preset portion of your profits. It serves others and gives you a marketing platform. Melanie: Yeah, that one right there I could probably spend 30 minutes talking about but since time is short that is something I do a lot with my authors. Usually they write about a topic that can be tied into a cause. Whether it is with veteran’s  or disabilities, there is a lot of different ways that I have been able to network off authors and their books with causes that their book may be able to help raise awareness for or raise money for. You can build a partnership with a nonprofit and say hey, if you help market my book I’ll return 10-15 percent of the sales to you. You can write about the cause in your book If you’re at that stage and help bring awareness to them and help tell their story. That is just some examples of how I have been able to do that in the type of business that I am in. But really, cause marketing is really some of the best marketing you can do and usually it doesn’t cost anything but what you are able to donate. I’d love to go on but I don’t want to take up any more time. If anyone wants to contact me about that I can talk to them a little more via email or my website. Tom: Yeah, I want to get Thad on here. The last one was run your business and don’t let it run you. Let’s bring Thad on. I want to get him the last 17 or 20 minutes or so. Thad, thank you for coming on. Thad: Great to be here tom, thanks for having me. Tom: Yeah, sorry we went a little bit over the hour there. Anyway, so you are one of Melanie’s authors. Can you give a little bit of back ground on how you got started and what got you interested in becoming an author and how you connected with Melanie? Thad: Well, in Sept of 2010 my little brother Mark was killed in action. He was my best friend and we had lived together as adults. I didn’t get married until I was older than the average Joe and we had lived together while he was in college. We were pretty close and I just knew immediately I wanted to write a book on his life. One reason was because we needed a record, our family needed a record of his life and I’ve seen it. You can see how quickly family, new nieces and nephews born. Well they don’t know him. They have never met him. We have got 5 or 6 new nieces and nephews in the family now that has been born since my brother was killed. So I wanted a record of his life but also I thought that you know, the world needs to know about these great Americans who voluntarily serve to protect us so I felt like it was a calling, it was a mission of mine to write the book. I didn’t know how I was going to get it published, I didn’t care early on because  there have been few things in my life where I have known that this is just what’s gonna happen. So I started working on the book and I met Melanie, I don’t know, maybe 9 months (inaudible) We spoke and she told me shed help me out. I never made any commitments. I kept working on the book and started talking to her more and then realized, and I looked at other options, but I realized this was really my best option. This is going to work because I could get some one on one coaching from Melanie and she was also passionate about getting marks example out there. Also, she was going to give me basically full control because I wanted say in how the cover looked and what it was called and so she really kind of met all the needs that I had. I’m not a , I’ve published and written one book, that was my first book and I’m not sure if I’ll write another one I am not experienced in it. I just had a passion for the story that needed to be out there. That is kind of how we got introduced or I guess how we got together in a business sense and why I chose her company Triumph Press. Tom: So both of you basically got started and found your successes through your own personal hardships that you had to overcome and you’ve used that to- – You know that is the same thing when last couple weeks ago I had a self-made publisher that came on and he became successful by drawing from his hardships that he went through. So I think that is something I think people really should, you know people that want to be an author or entrepreneur then they can learn from both of your experiences that they can draw on their own hardships in their past and use that to become successful. Or like Melanie said, using past failures as well. So could you tell our listeners how people can get your book and find out more about you? Thad: Well, there are several places. On amazon first of all, it’s called, ‘My Brother in Arms’. You can look up; I have a website an author website called Then also we have a foundation that is in my brother’s name so if you go to then you can find out all about him and you can buy the book from there also. Lot’s of ways to find out about me or the book. Tom: A couple other things about you. You said you started a podcast called Patriot to the Core. You’ve already done 4 episodes. Can you tell our listeners about that and how they can listen to your podcast and how that is working out for you? Thad: Yeah. Yeah.  I am new to this so I just feel like along this journey with writing the book and interviewing team mates of my brothers from multiple branches of the military I have met a lot of exceptional Americans who many have been injured whether it is physically or visibly or even those that suffer wounds that aren’t visibly. Also plenty others that are just freedom fighters that want to protect us and so I felt like I met so many and they kind of inspire me so I wanted to interview these types of people and share them with the world of podcasting. It’s not all military. I happen to have a great friend who is self-employed and he started a nonprofit where he is ready to deploy at any given moment to a natural disaster in the world. And he has gone all over the world many times. To Haiti, to Nepal, to Japan, I mean multiple places. He works with disaster relief; he works with the Red Cross and the Salvation Army. I guess more so with the Salvation Army and he tags the rural orphanages is his specialty. You know just people that are selfless and humanitarians and also many of them have a military connection but not all. So, I’ve got 4 recorded and edited but I am waiting until I get a few more and I will have it published on ITunes and probably through the google play option also. You can definitely listen to it if you go to or even to my website at you’ll see a link up there to the podcast patriot to the core. So there are four episodes up there now. Melanie will be one of the guest sometime coming up. So yeah, it is a new project that I am learning as we go as well. Tom: That is amazing. So that is So both of you in your businesses and organization and your podcast and your book, you’re providing a valuable service to people. That is what I really like about the free market. We talk a lot about that, the free market and the way to really be successful in that is to provide a needed service and it sounds like you are doing that with your podcast PatriotToTheCore. Anyway, I’d like to take some questions if we have any callers that are listening in and if they want to call in. the number to get on the show is 1.347.202.0228 and press 1 if you are listening right now and want to ask any questions to Melanie or Thad. Just dial one. I did get a question I wanted to ask from Dave in our chat room. He wanted to ask about some of the failures so I will ask Melanie first since she was on first. What are some of the failures that you went through Melanie that you learned from? Melanie: Oh Wow. This one. Tom: Maybe just one or two of the big ones and then I’ll ask Thad. Melanie: Ok. Let me think. I think that sometimes I tend to go big. I go a little too big and a little too broad. When you are doing something that you are passionate about you may find a lot of different ways to go about that business and you are so excited you want to go down all those paths. And they are all good paths but if you go to wide in your marketing or in the products that you are offering you can spread yourself so thin that you fail to be successful because you need to be more focused. I think that is probably one of my biggest weaknesses that I have to battle on a regular basis because as I continue to work I continue to find other ways to expand. Sometimes they’re good and are definitely doable but I have to keep reminding myself to stay focused on what is working before I jump to the next opportunity. I don’t know if that is to general. Tom: I am running into that myself, having too many irons in the fire. Sometimes I have that problem myself and sometimes it’s just better to stay focused on a few things than spreading out to much. Melanie:  And that is the last tip too. Run your business. Don’t let it run you and it is really easy to let that happen. It has caused my failures most often. Tom: What about you Thad? Any failures that stand out for you that you’ve learned from that have helped you to become successful? Thad: Well, I told you I think earlier Tom, earlier in the week, is I still have a day job too. I’ve experienced rejection with jobs. Even within my current company. You know one that I am still working on right now when it comes to maybe more so this topic, my book, is Costo. Costco has rejected me a few times to get the book in their stores and even if it is just to get in their system so I can do their book signing because we have all, most of us have been to a Costco on a Saturday and you see the enormous amounts of people that flow through there and I’ve wanted to get in there for a book signing. I don’t even care if the book is on their shelf or not actually and they don’t want my book in their store right now. So I don’t know I think I don’t really look at it as a failure I just look at it as I’m going to find a way and maybe it will take Melanie intervening somehow to make it happen but yeah. That is one of my biggest challenges right now is continually marketing the book. I guess 3 years old now and I think its gotten some great, for being a first time author and kind of not with a huge publisher we have been very fortunate. We’ve gotten some great reviews on ITunes or on amazon. Melanie: Yeah and you did reach number one on the kindle best seller list for a period and that is fantastic. I think Thad’s stuff is tremendous. His brother’s story, he is exceptional. I don’t think you’ve told them Thad but your brother was a combat controller for the Air Force which a lot of people probably don’t even know what that is but it is a special forces of the Air Force and they’re the guys standing up on the mountain top for all to see trying to coordinate the planes in the air to drop the bombs and the missiles where they are needed so they don’t hit the friendlies. It’s a stressful job and very few can do it. Thad you could probably explain better about that. It is really an incredible book and I can’t say enough good about that book. My son, at 17 he read it and it was life changing for him. Tom: We just have a few minutes left and we’ve got a caller on that I would like to bring her on so she can ask either of you a question. I have Mary Ellen, are you on the air? Mary Ellen: I am. I am. I was wondering what kind of stories garner the greatest interest in what you publish? Melanie: Well, true stories. Of course my genre is true stories. I think that truth can be far more fascinating than fiction. When you have a story of overcoming something really sensational or very difficult people are drawn to those stories. I think that we have an inate need to hear stories from people who have accomplished something that we need to accomplish or want to believe in. So I think stories that are inspiring, people are just drawn to them, they need them. They can do very well. Mary Ellen: Ok. Do you find that for example a different story for each chapter is easier to short? Melanie: That’s how my book series is “The Triumph Book” and The Triumph Book Hero’s”.  The Triumph book is 20 chapters and 20 stories. The hero’s book has 27 chapters so it’s 27 stories from Veteran’s. It’s kind of like a reader’s digest almost. One chapter and you’ve read a story. That’s how my books are formatted but others are just the telling of a story throughout the book. That’s how Thad’s story is. Thad’s story begins with, well, hearing of his brother’s death and preparing for what was going to come. It takes you through that and then takes you through his life. I like the way that’s organized. It’s a little different than just chronologically organized. If you’re looking for an interesting way to tell a story, unless you’re doing an anthology which is what I write. Collections of stories. I would always recommend finding unique ways of telling the story. Jump right in the middle of the excitement and then go backwards and show how you got there and then go forward to where you end up. That’s always an interesting way to tell a story. Mary Ellen: Great. Thank you very much. Bye. Tom: Alright. Anyway get back into this. Thad is there any more you want to add? We only down to about 4 minutes left for this show. I wanna give you a few final words before we close out the show. Thad: Yeah. I would just like to kind of pick up where Melanie left off. I ‘m glad that she said that about the book I mean, Mark was a combat controller and very few people know what these guys do or have even heard of them. I think very few know the Air Force has guys like this I believe. So one good thing about the book is that it introduces you to the world of the Air Force special operations field and also the book does begin with the end and I think we experience some very unique things. The notification process, how many people have had the guys show up at their door. The military uniformed men or women that show up at your door to notify you of the death of your loved one and so at Marks request he had simultaneous notifications of my parents and also me. So the book talks about that and how we were notified and the behind the scenes of how- – And these were people that notified us were team mates of Marks. Commanders and trainers and leaders and so it wasn’t just some Air Force people from the local Air Force base in Montgomery. They came from North Carolina and they had to stake out the houses and make sure we were home and time it just right to knock on the doors. So it goes through that process. The Angle Flight, I don’t think many Americans know about this. The transferring of the American hero’s body from war to the US of A. For Mark he went to Dover first and then made his way to our home town of Haleyville and so all the support from the Patriot Guard Riders which is another unique incredible organization that if anyone doesn’t know what they do I encourage everyone to look them up because those are some great Americans. We discuss some tremendous support from so many people that didn’t know us and didn’t know Mark and then lots of support that did know us and knew Mark. The book is a biography of his life so you can see how he became the man he was but also there is definitely a heavy military influence to it. You’re gonna see a lot of words from other people. You don’t hear me in the book talk about my biggest—really I wanted to make sure I was accurate and I wasn’t some mourning brother trying to make my little brother sound like some super human. So I really, it took three years to get this book published and so I think it’s definitely accurate and factual. There are a lot of testimonies of other people of the type of man and warrior he was. Tom: Ok well anyways we are just about at the end of the show. We have about a minute left and I want to thank you guys. I think that is amazing that you are carrying on your brother’s name the way you are in doing this in his honor. I think it’s great that both of you are doing what you’re doing  for veterans and for publishers and getting helping those people out. So I want to thank you guys for coming on and we’re going to start the second half of the show. We are going to talk about the violence in Dallas. If you guys want to listen in and give your opinions on that you’re welcome to0. We are gonna start that after the break here. I do want to mention also we have another show starting on Friday called The Prepping Academy Fridays at 6 P.M. Pacific. The host of that show is Forest Garbin. He is a former US Air Force Airman. Forest is a survival instructor in our instructor HAM operator and a Krav Mara apprentice instructor. Forest also owns a Carolina survival preparedness academy in Charlotte North Carolina. So that is Friday at 6 P.M. and I want to thank you guys for coming on. We are gonna go to a break and then start the other half of this show. Thad: Thank you Tom I enjoyed it.  

The post Success stories in writing and publishing. Tips from a self-made publisher appeared first on Galtstrike.

Alone Season 2: Reunion 27 Jul 2016, 5:18 pm

The reunion show didn't reveal much that I haven't uncovered from various radio shows I've hosted with the majority of the cast. The one thing I did find revealing was the portion of the episode dedicated to Mary Kate and her visit to the hospital. From that segment alone it became very safe to say that many people misjudged her injury's severity as it was actually much more severe than the episode let on. 

Desmond- This was vastly different than anything I've ever experienced in my life. “I did talk a lot of smack about the bears but that's just my upbringing.” Every place he went had bear scat and while he was gathering firewood a bear came out of the woods and bluff charged him and he decided to run out of the woods and call for help. He admits he was no where near prepared for large predators and wish he had spent more time around them to prepare.

Tracy- Hears the snapping of twigs beside her and deep breathing so escalates force from sound to flame. Says it broke her heart when she saw that the mamma bear was simply protecting her cub and that feeling of remorse for being so aggressive made her decide it was time to tap out. She also says that she feels lucky to be alive since being between a mother and a cub is one of the most dangerous situations you can be in out in the woods.

Staying Busy To Not Go Crazy:
Mike- His mind must stay busy. Drying rack, elevated kitchen fire, hands free water faucet, bowling, dice football game, boat, table, elevated bed,. Only saw about half the things he built on TV. Once he got to the end of the project list it was time to go home as he didn't have anything left to do but miss his wife.

Justin- Built a gym to use daily and had the day 22 trek up the mountain to raise awareness for suicide awareness. Idea of the Mountain climb came to him on day 12 while he was out there. I personally think this was the biggest project undertaken just because of the sheer physical toll, calories burnt and time required that late into the show.

Build Your ALONE Survival Kit? Start Here:

Mood Swings:
Larry- He really felt truly alone and when the camera was on he just decided to open up to it. Says he really didn't think to self edit like he probably should have. Thinks most of his mood swings were related to a lack of sunlight and also a complete lack of food because once he got a little food his mood improved greatly. Got a huge tattoo on his back of the island surrounded by things that meant the most to him while he was out there including: Pathfinder Bush Pot, L.T. Wright Genesis, Axe, boat, Fish, buck saw, mouse, mushrooms, ferro rod, limpets and his bush spear.

Nicole's Variety of Food Intake:
Ate 25 different plants while out there and also used another 10+ plants for medicinal use. She assumed that all of the other participants were eating like she was and it didn't even cross her mind that others would be struggling with food.

Mary Kate goes to Hospital:
Says she it took quite awhile for the boat to get to her and that she ended up severing the tendon in her hand but didn't damage the bone. The movement of her left thumb is still impaired to this day as she can't move it up and down and her grip is still quite week.

Season 3 Sneak Peak:
Next season in Patagonia looks to be quite an interesting experience for the participants from Puma's to fresh water fishing to deadly reptiles to snow covered mountains to desserts to woodlands. It seems like next year will be able to bring several new skills to the forefront as the ecosystem alone is just so different and allows for a wider variety skills to be utilized. Anyway, I can't wait to see the new season and wish I was able to take part in it.... oh well there is always Season 4 one can hold out hope.

ALONE: Last Four Episodes- Thoughts and Comments 19 Jul 2016, 7:33 pm

I know I have been absent from the blog for a couple weeks and needed to catch up on the weekly show thoughts and comments. So in the four weeks I have been absent we went from four participants down to a single winner. This years final four were out longer than last years winner, Allan Kay, but you need to keep in mind that last year the participants started several weeks later limiting their long-term food options to what they could bring in from the ocean. Shelters this season were much more substantial, there was a limited amount of storing meat for long-term consumption and trapping seemed to be at a higher level this year. Yet with the added time and more opportunities for food it seemed that some of the participants were always hungry whereas Alan always had a pot full of food every night, granted it was limpets, bull kelp and seaweed. I still can't figure out where the wolf on the beach footage came from as it wasn't shown in any episode and I've been looking forward to that the entire season. Overall this was a great season and I'm glad Nicole made it as long as she did, we got to see all of the projects Mike and Jose came up with and a hike up a mountain to raise awareness for Military suicide prevention.

“The world breaks everyone and afterward, some are strong at the broken places” -Ernest Hemingway

“To live is to suffer, to survive is to find some meaning in the suffering.” -Friedrich Nietzsche

“You're never more alive than when you're almost dead.” -Tim O'Brien

“Endurance is not just the ability to bear a hard thing, but to turn it into glory.” -William Barclay

Build Your ALONE Survival Kit? Start Here:

Day 35-
-Hasn't heard any salmon in her stream since she let the last one go.... now see why I was a advocate for taking all the fish you can and smoking them while the getting was good?

Day 37-
-Had a good sized salmon in her gill net but it was eaten by a seal before she could get to it

Day 38-
-More seal trouble and this time they ripped a massive hole in the net.

Day 50-
-She moved the gill net and the seals are still eating her fish.

-Going to go check out the bear trail and see if she can steal some of their left over food. Getting a strong feeling that there is a mountain lion near her but more that likely its due to her lack of food/energy and it's effecting her mental state.

Day 52-
-Missing her sons 8th birthday, this is the first time she has ever missed any of her kids birthdays and you can tell it is weighing on her heavily.

-Fishing has dried up 100% and her main plant based edibles are all dead because of the weather turning cold on her.

Day 54-
-Going out on a hike to look for some mushrooms in the forest as all of her other sources of food have ran out. Ended up finding a single huckleberry.

Day 55-
-Down to eating just limpets as her only food source.

-Really starting to miss her family since her sons 8thbirthday

Day 57-
-Nicole has decided to tap out after nearly two months on Vancouver Island. Says she can feel it in her gut that her kids need her and she is torn because she loves living on the island. In the end she found out what her limit was and that was missing her kids.

-”I might have MS, but it doesn't have me!”

Day 35-
-Boat with outrigger is working extremely well. Headed out to try to find a salmon run and ends up with a leak in his kayak and forces his hand back to shore.

-He is going to try to heat the plastic to try to reseal the hole.

Day 38-
-Has his boat fixed and wants to get his gill net out so he can catch as many salmon as humanly possible before the salmon run is over.

Day 39-
-He says he was using an approach that he tells his students not to utilize. He says he was too focused on the boat and trying to catch the salmon run that he skipped exploiting the resources close to him. With this acceptance he built a setup to start jigging for fish and caught a good sized fish pretty quickly.

Day 51-
-Says the night was quite cold due to the humidity and its getting too cold to kayak because all the time he spends in the boat he has wet feet.

-Found a large blue plastic container while he was out placing a line based line in the bay. Ended up being a big barrel with a net that has a ton of mussels on it (red tide could have potentially poisoned the muscles and eventually cause death). He decided to go ahead and eat the muscles and take the risk as he needed the food.
Day 52-
-He had no ill effects after a few hours so most likely the mussels were not effected by the red tide.

Day 56-
-This was the final day of season 1 where Allan ended up winning the show.

Day 57-
-Got a couple small fish in his gill net, but he hasn't had a large meal in awhile. Says its the worst shape he has ever been in his entire life and called himself a walking bone rat.

Day 58-
-Not a kayak kind of day as the rain would fill his kayak quite quickly.
-Has a pulley system for his gill net that Is quite interesting and allows him to check his net when the tide is up.

Day 59-
-When trying to reset his gill net he somehow flips his kayak and ends up in the cold water a good ways from shore. Current water temperature is 47 Degrees F.

-He ends up pushing the tap out button while still standing in the middle of the bay with his kayak and is still there when the rescue party arrives to help. The first thing that comes out of his mouth is a n apology to his wife saying he tried.

-100% of his clothing is soaking wet so he didn't feel he could make it through the night. I would have tried to get a roaring fire and dried out my clothes but you never know until you're in that situation yourself.

Day 38-
-Hasn't been filming much lately as he has been pretty board and just tending the fire.

-Going to attempt to make a spoon, his spoon turned out pretty well and he added a little hook on the opposite end to taking his pot lid of the pot when its hot.

Day 40-
-Making limpet stew

-Daily agenda is, cut firewood, check traps, process any food, make a fire, boil water, cook any food, eat dinner, make some tea, wait for darkness, craw in sleeping bag and go to bed.

Day 42-
-It's a struggle to get up in the morning as time is barley dragging by

Day 46-
Just sitting here watching the world go by! Says he goes to bed dreaming about and wakesd up thinking too bad I'm still here.

Day 51-
-Still bored and still doing his daily routine

-Starting to worry about his wife and wondering what she is doing back at home.

-Wrote her a very sweet I love you message on the beach to be televised nationally, can't get more romantic than that brother.

Day 53-
-Getting some decent size hail in his camp, he seems to be wearing his headlamp and keeping it on 24/7 these days.

Day 54-
-Not much going on thanks to the rain and cold weather but ends up finding a dead mouse to eat for dinner.

-Doesn't want to eat slugs due to the potential of getting a brain eating amebia, but I'm pretty sure that you cant get those from eating a slug.

Day 57-
-Getting sick of the sound of the ocean and prefers the sound of rain now.

-Fish are simply not biting for him now as the water is getting colder. So he decided its time to just quit fishing and is not just going to eat whatever he finds on the shore. Now he is saying his situation is sheer hopelessness as there is no hope to have a better food supply.

Day 58-
-Says his will has been broken and he has had enough. Starting to have a bit of a breakdown in his spirit, looks as though he will be taping out very soon.

Day 59-
-Seems to be in a little bit better mental state but I foresee a tap out coming soon. Says he is going to burn all of his fire wood, eat a little and just go home then he has a moment of clarity and decides to get his head back into the game!

Day 60-
-Starting to talk to the potential $500k Check that he can see he is just a little ways away. “You go till you die if you don't have a tap out button right?”

-Giving his editorial of his journey on the island so it would seem that David will be this seasons winner as it looks like they are preparing the audience for his departure.

-Resolves to me a more positive person after this experience.

Day 65-
-Larry ends up tapping out on day 61 and breaks down a bit mentally as the crew arrives to pull him out of camp. Says he tapped because he was going to die due to a lack of calories. Says he did his best and left it all out there.

Day 35-
-Has a nice little seesaw setup with that log.
-He is getting pretty good at catching fish and crab theses days. Three decent sized fish in one quick setting.
-Tough break on loosing the fish on the stringer, that's why I always anchor mine to the shore to keep them fresh and in the water.
-Lol Canadian Eagles don't recognize that he is a patriot and are stealing his dinner.

Day 36-
-Caught a couple fish to use for crab bait and as he is casting it out to fish he lets go and loses his line. He then instinctively follows it into the water which is apparently cold (50 F which to me isnt that cold I have done several swift water rescues in with shorts and a t shirt).

Day 51-
-Has mink running around his camp and they are not in the least afraid of him.

-He is looking for new fishing grounds within his cove area and is looking for additional resources. Ended up finding a tidal pool with several crabs which made for a great day of fishing and a huge pot full of crab.

Day 53-
-Getting warm is the activity, It has turned a little cold out so he is having a bit of a lazy day curled up in his sleeping bag in the shelter.

Day 54-
-Needs to make a few pitch sticks. Found the mother load of spruce resin and was able to come up with over a pound of spruce resin. Using an old shell to melt the resin and then adds the ceder bark to the pitch to get a very flammable fire starter.

Day 57-
-Found himself a large nail and made himself a a pink handled prison shank.

-Caught himself a large fish and it looks like a good 5lbs or more of fish and another 30 minutes later he catches one more and into the pot they go!

Day 58-
-Starting to get really lonely and says he needs a hug as he explains Pavlov's hierarchy of needs.

Day 59-
-Isolation is starting to get to him and he is missing basic human interaction. Starting to wonder how long is long enough.

Day 60-
-Starting to have a ton of aches and pains on a daily basis.

-While fishing he has a fish that is trying to get away and he jumps to save it and ends up hurting his knees on the rocks he jumped on.

Day 61-
-His knees are starting to hurt pretty bad, this seems to be a trend this year as Justin also had a knee injury on his climb up the mountain on day 22 of this season.

Day 66-
-Doesn't have any fat reserves left, but doesn't want to disappoint his kids as he has no other way for them to go to college.

-Caught himself a decent sized fish for his last meal on the island.

-Camera crew comes out under the guise of a routine medical check to tell him he has won the competition. Then his daughter starts sneaking up on him from behind to let him know he won!

-Gets to give his daughter the grand tour of where he has been living and what he has been up to. He and his daughter get to take her first helicopter ride to finish their experience off together.

Visit Us On Social Media:
7 P's Survival Blog:
7 P's of Survival Radio Show:
Consulting Company Website:

Have something outdoor/bushcraft/trapping/preparedness/hiking/camping/fishing/hunting related you want me to make a post about? Leave me a comment and I will see what I can do! As always feel free to leave your questions and comment below! Also if you enjoy the blog please vote for us on the following websites to help us reach a wider audience:
You are only able to vote once DAILY using this site! Currently we are just outside the top 20 on this site.
You are able to vote DAILY on this site! We are currently ranked # 2 on this site

Alone Season 2: Episode 9 Thoughts and Commentary 29 Jun 2016, 6:41 pm

This past week on History's ALONE was quite eventful to say the least! This week one participant ends their journey on Vancouver Island, two participants have a crab feast, and Jose takes his canoe out on its maiden voyage and Nicole is well no where to be seen.

“Look Deep into nature, and then you will understand everything better.” -Albert Einstein

Day 31:
-Ferret getting food from the ocean and he tries to scare it to take a meal of opportunity from him. Getting really hungry now and will eat anything he can get his hands on now.

-Going to try to cook some bull kelp for dinner just for some substance and to hopefully get his bowels moving again as they haven't in several days. 

Day 32:
-Still constantly gets large cedar logs washing into his cove, great for building a cabin but terrible for trying to net fish in that same area. 

-Working on cordage to make a crab line for drag based fishing. Extremely successful as it looks like he caught one in his very fist cast. Ended up catching 6 Dungeness crabs with his simple fishing setup! I can't say I've ever tried this fishing method as I haven't done much coastal survival, but wow I really need to give it a shot.

-Thinks this is a perfect moment he will remember for the rest of his life. Finally has his 2 qt. pot full and a large meal ready for consumption! Just when he was getting down in the dumps, he gets a whole pot of hope!

Day 34:
-The little things getting him excited... the idea of bull kelp creating a good bowel movement makes him happy even though he he hates just pooping in the woods. Weird the things that trigger memories, this statement took me back to an old Dave Canterbury YouTube video where he talked about hygiene in the woods and described pooping in the woods like a dog.... laughed about the way he described it for days.  

Day 31:
-Seems a little pissed today cussing at the seagulls... channel that anger and make some bird traps brother. Really sucks that all they seems to want to show is when you are frustrated, those who know you know what a great guy you are. 

-Has a new mouse close to his camp, so its time for him to go to war with a mouse. Building a few dead falls to take down the mouse and make him dinner! He ended up setting a Paiute dead fall for killing the mouse, the trap looks pretty good for it being his first ever set of that type of trap.

-His dead fall was sprung, but no luck with killing the mouse. Primitive trapping is tricky and exactly why you should take a handful of commercial traps in any long-term self-reliance kit.

-Catches the mouse in his dead fall right as he is getting into be, but the mouse takes off on the run from the rock not killing him. He ends up seeing it in a hole and stabs at him with his spear and ends up stepping on him and fishing him off with a mafia style bow tie.

Day 33:
-Caught a decent fish with his surf line also was able to pick up a couple crabs as well (they were stuck in the bull kelp apparently).

-On his way back to camp he checks his dead fall and gets another mouse, heck of a good food day brother!

-Gets the second mouse clean and hears the dead fall trigger once again and now has one more mouse to add to his day 33 feast

Build Your ALONE Survival Kit? Start Here:

Day 31:
-Kayak is done, calling it "The delicate one" because it has thin skin and could be punctured with one sharp rock

-Hasn't devoted much time to shore based fishing due to his boat building and banking on off shore fishing desire.

-Canoe is very unstable which will be tough in rough water or even pulling in large fish

-Averts tipping over into his cove just barley, looks like he could use a pair of out riggers to increase stability.

-For those wondering the life vest he is part of the safety kit.

Day 34:
-Building his outrigger system and he has a large container for one side and has been praying the last couple days about a second buoyant object and his prayers were answered with a crab pot bouey

Day 33:
-I guess his knee is OK as we haven't heard any mention of it since the trek up the mountain episode.

-Makes a great point about sustainability vs survivability. Finding a whole pot of snails or periwinkles is a great start to that end as you don't have a ton of work in them and there are literally thousands of them along the coast.

Day 34:
-Ate, got water, worked out, got fire wood and is out of stuff to do at only 11am.

-His training is based on surviving 72 hours and get yourself out as opposed to woodcraft/bushcraft. Seems like his boredom is going to be what takes him out of the competition.

Day 35:
-Having trouble staying motivated now that he is in a groove and doesn't have a ton of daily tasks to complete.

-Needs two things as a person- happiness and adventure and the adventure is dying on Vancouver island for him.

-Ends up tapping out so he can move onto his next adventure.

-Thinks he needs to make a few life changes when it comes to priorities.

-Living life to its fullest is a lot more about getting the most out of life, not just getting by day to day. If something is keeping you from enjoying your life then get rid of it.

-The biggest change he is going to make is to cut back on stuff, to the point he can fit most of what he owns in the back of his truck.

Preview of Next Week:
-Larry is counting the days down, saying this place doesn't have many redeeming qualities.
-Nicole has an issue with a seal getting into her net, tearing it up and eating her fish
-Jose's boat leaks
-Dave falls into the cove up to his waist. 

Visit Us On Social Media:
7 P's Survival Blog:
7 P's of Survival Radio Show:
Consulting Company Website:

Have something outdoor/bushcraft/trapping/preparedness/hiking/camping/fishing/hunting related you want me to make a post about? Leave me a comment and I will see what I can do! As always feel free to leave your questions and comment below! Also if you enjoy the blog please vote for us on the following websites to help us reach a wider audience:
You are only able to vote once DAILY using this site! Currently we are just outside the top 20 on this site.
You are able to vote DAILY on this site! We are currently ranked # 2 on this site

Alone Season 2: Episode 8 Thoughts and Commentary 21 Jun 2016, 6:05 pm

This week on ALONE no one goes home, one participant has more food than they can handle and one had hardly any food to sustain themselves. Justin makes his trek up the mountain for veteran suicide awareness, David can't catch a break when it comes to his gill nets and Jose is getting extremely close to a maiden voyage with his canoe. 

Day 22
-His folding hand saw dwarfs my Bacho Laplander, he is at least having fun joking about using a light saber for cutting his wood. Seems like the lack of food and being alone are really wearing him down.

-Still no fish caught in either of his gill nets, but both are side-by-side I would probably move one of them to a new location.

-He is getting a ton of seaweed in his net, that would make for a great meal while waiting for dinner

-He is getting a ton of lumber (1000 lbs + cedar logs floating into his bay which could be disastrous for his gill net, but on the plus side he could have one heck of a log cabin if they keep coming in!

Day 23
-Both of his gill nets have been destroyed by the heavy surf, hopefully he is able to get them untangled and back in serviceable working order. The net has a ton of holes but he is doing a great job fixing them. Says that all of his gill net skills came from watching season one.

-Losing weight very fast. Says a normal family throws out more food in a week than the total amount he has ate while being there.

-Setting out his gill net that he just repaired in the same exact spot that he has had 0 luck with. I think I would probably change locations up a little bit if there was any other options, preferably close to a stream.

Day 24
-Another day and another gill net disappointment and this time it was knocked down by yet another ceder log, if it were not for bad luck David wouldn't have any when it comes to gill nets!

-Really starting to miss his kids, doing this because he wants to help his kids in some way he hasn't been able to do in the past.

Day 22
-Has a bald eagle near his camp, I have only had a the opportunity to see a handful of bald eagles in the wild and what a sight they truly are!

-Boat build is working out really well, but it seems the tarp is the weakest part of the entire build which if he steps on anything but the frame on his boat he will run the risk of sinking all of his hard work.

Day 23
-Found some sea lion bones in the water and is planning to make a needle from the bone. He has excellent craft skills, would love for my wood crafting skills to be at that level one day!

Day 24
-Installing skid plates to protect his tarp from potentially ripping. Calls his canoe “very homemade” I call it a work of bush art!
Want To Build Your ALONE Survival Kit? Start Here:

Day 22
-Embarking on his day 22 mountain trek to increase awareness of the 22 veteran suicides which occurs daily in the US.

-Hike up the mountain is nearly straight up and down and extremely slick

-Takes a nasty spill backwards and ends up flat on his back in the weeds, possibly injured his knee and leg may have a torn ligament.

-Amazing view for his climb, but taking a ton of risk on this climb

-Near the summit his knee is really starting to hurt so the likelihood of injury is pretty high.
-Ended up climbing 1300 feet to the summit for the cause of veteran suicide awareness after surviving alone with minimal gear and food for 22 days. Says that for anyone out there struggling you can make that climb, just don't give up!

Day 23
-Plans to take his entire shelter apart and move it somewhere else where there isn't going to be standing ground water seeping into his shelter.

-Decided not to hang it up post mountain climb and feels recharged. Looks like he has one heck of a walk to carry his shelter materials.

-Making a raised bed frame for his hammock so he doesnt have to worry about having flat ground inside his shelter.

-This a-frame shelter is significantly smaller than his last shelter and will essentially just have enough room for his hammock.

Day 22
-Like always she has bears in the stream near her gilll net, I'm surprised that it took that long for one to go in on her net that close. Now the bear is headed her way and he looks like a very large male bear.

Day 23
-Has a huge salmon in her gill net and looks like she will have food for a week or more!

-Trying to balance out her diet by foraging for edibles and medicinal plants. Her plant knowledge is amazing compared to many of the previous participants, what a huge advantage in that environment!

-I think she literally just jumped out of her skin when she heard that salmon jump.

-Has a chance to do a little hand fishing on several very large salmon, I'm sure she had a great reason for leaving them there, but if I'm thinking long term self reliance both of those targets of opportunity would be on the smoker and ready and waiting for the day I'm low on food and hungry

-Good score on yarrow, its one of my most used wild medicinal and I always carry at least a small amount of it dried in my pack with me at all times.

-Another good score with plantain (seemy article here), it will help balance your diet out there so well. Her wild edible and medicinal knowledge is really paying off it appears.

Day 25
-Breakfast of champions of salmon and goes to check her gill net and finds another huge salmon

-I would really really really smoke that fish and preserve it but she is letting it go much like she did with the others she walked by two days ago. When winter comes and there are much less fish available I think she may regret the decisions of this past week.

Preview for Next Week
-Mice for dinner
-Jose takes his maiden voyage on the kayak and seems to do a flip
-David appears to be going hungry

Visit Us On Social Media:
7 P's Survival Blog:
7 P's of Survival Radio Show:
Consulting Company Website:

Have something outdoor/bushcraft/trapping/preparedness/hiking/camping/fishing/hunting related you want me to make a post about? Leave me a comment and I will see what I can do! As always feel free to leave your questions and comment below! Also if you enjoy the blog please vote for us on the following websites to help us reach a wider audience:
You are only able to vote once DAILY using this site! Currently we are just outside the top 20 on this site.
You are able to vote DAILY on this site! We are currently ranked # 2 on this site

Alone Season 2: Episode 7 Thoughts and Commentary 16 Jun 2016, 3:27 am

This week on ALONE we go from seven participants to five participants by the end of the episode. This year we have had a ton of great projects taking place on the show and two individuals responsible for quite a few of those projects will be leaving the challenge. Lots of good things were going on this week including preparation for a trek up a mountain, canoe building, net making, flooded shelters, game playing (dice football and bowling) and much more.

Review my Alone Posts From Season 1Alone Episode 1 Review & ThoughtsAlone Mid-season Recap;Alone Season 1 Conclusions and Final ThoughtsAlone Season 2- Selection Process, Alone Season 2-Episode 1Alone Season 2- Episode 2; Alone Season 2: Episode 3 Thoughts and Commentary
Alone Season 2: Episode 4 Thoughts and Commentary; Alone Season 2: Episode 5 Thoughts and Commentary; Alone Season 2: Episode 6 Thoughts and Commentary

Want To Build Your ALONE Survival Kit? Start Here:

Day 19
-He hasn't ate for four days, putting on socks is now taking 20 minutes. I guess there isn't a whole lot of seaweed, limpets or other edibles in his close proximity. 

-He says he is cold, hungry and alone.

-Hasn't been able to fish for over a week because his fishing area on the peninsula is under high tide and the tide has been really beating on his rocky coast line.

-"You might swagger into the bush but you will stagger out" heck of a quote and if you spend enough time in the woods you will see its true more and more.

Day 20-
-Limpets are about the only food he has had for the last week. A little contradiction to the day 19 statement of no food but it is what I expected that he most likely was eating seaweed and limpets.  

-Gill net is looking huge and extremely nice, hopefully it works well for you going forward.

-I was surprised that he put the DIY gill net next to his commercial net and baited them with a bottle of crushed mussels. I thought he might have spread out his nets to give himself a greater chance of catching fish from a variety of locations.
Day 19
-Reached a low point when his sleeping bag got soaked and he now has standing water (1"-2") in his shelter. I thought he was utilizing some kind of raised bed within his shelter but I guess it wasn't elevated enough or wooden platform based. 

-He plans to try to dry the bag out in his cooking camp with fire and by laying in it. Body heat will take awhile I might have tried to throw the sleeping bag over a tripod and smoking the bag with minimal fire.

Day 20
-Nice family of okras shown off shore near his location, one of the things I miss seeing in Alaska the most!

-His gill net has only produced one fish so he has decided to re purpose his net as a hammock once again and set it up within his current shelter which still has standing water (3"-4") in it. Might want to make a drainage ditch out of his shelter or something to that effect to help prevent the mold that is sure to occur in the near future.

Day 21
-Goal is to climb mountain tomorrow in honor of the 22 service members who commit suicide each day, epic goal but I'm not sure it will help him stay on the show long-term. 

-Says it takes forever to boil water in his frying pan whereas Nicole said her large pan boils as quick as she sets it on the fire (I believe hers is cast iron). Shows what a difference field testing your gear makes before using it for long-term self reliance. 

-His pan flipped over as he is boiling it and he lost most of his water for the trip. That's what I hate about using frying pans to boil water and prefer a bush pot or simple cup.

Day 22
-He has about 4-6” of water in his shelter and is ready to set out on his journey up the mountain. When he gets back he is really going to need to do something about shelter going forward if he decides to stay post his mountain trek.

Day 19
-His new shelter/living area is mouse free and is able to wake up whenever he wants, has plenty of resources including a fresh stream. Seems like he found his groove and happy spot on night one at his new location. The area appears to be much more open with the added resource of chanterelle mushrooms

-He is now testing out the waters of the cove where he relocated to for potential fish and all three of his lines were emptied of bait but no fish, hopefully he is able to

-Made a stove/chimney out of an old stump, really hope he doesn't end up regretting that idea like so many other survival shows have, I remember Les Stroud had a large log shelter in Alaska that he caught on fire when he fell asleep. 

-Collected some limpets, mushrooms and other edibles for a nice small dinner. He seems to have a nearly sustainable amount of edibles in his new area even without a sustainable protein source.

Day 20
-The chimney idea almost bit him on the butt, it did cause a problem as I predicted and he could not only lost his tarp of other supplies but could have been burnt while sleeping

Day 20
-Still working on his canoe to try to find a salmon run, guy has a ton of skill with wood working with extremely limited tools. His steam bending is working amazing. Entire kayak is ribbed, tied and notched and looks great. Hopefully, it will be serviceable and he can find

-He plans to not only find a salmon run for net based fishing but also try his hand at open water fishing in the sound by his camp. Hopefully for his sake there is a salmon run somewhere within the roughly 5 square miles he is allowed to move within for the show.

Day 21
-Mike is at his old projects again has developed a set of dice to make a diy football dice game

-Made a bird trap and found a black buoy that he is using for a bowling ball.

-He feels he isn't growing or discovering more things about himself and that doesn't sit well with him so he is contemplating going home.

-WOW, didn't really see mike tapping that quick after this started and he started showing his skills. My wife and I did foresee that he he would tap due to missing his family but I expected he would stay at least a month. Everyone know when their time is up and I guess that was his. Good luck mike it was a pleasure watching you on the show.

Day 21
-Has been wanting to go home the last few days but doesn't want to let anyone down.

-Going to build himself a sweat lodge before he makes the decision to stay or go home, nice idea for relaxing- I've never personally made one but love the idea.

-“Everyday I've been able to walk outside and see something beautiful”

-Built one heck of a large fire to sit by, kinda makes me think he is making one last big fire to use up the remainder of his firewood before he leaves. Defiantly makes me think it's his final day on the island.

-Decided to tap out, says he has plenty of time left in the tank physically but mentally he is unable to stay because he needs human companionship to keep going. Says he underestimated the weight and toll of being away from his loved ones.

Post Show
-Looks like Justin may suffer a mechanical injury on his trek up the mountain

-Jose seems like he will have his maiden voyage for his kayak

-Nicole will have her first problem with the bears crossing the river and possibly messing with her gill net

-David's gill nets look to be destroyed during a storm

Visit Us On Social Media:
7 P's Survival Blog:
7 P's of Survival Radio Show:
Consulting Company Website:

Have something outdoor/bushcraft/trapping/preparedness/hiking/camping/fishing/hunting related you want me to make a post about? Leave me a comment and I will see what I can do! As always feel free to leave your questions and comment below! Also if you enjoy the blog please vote for us on the following websites to help us reach a wider audience:
You are only able to vote once DAILY using this site! Currently we are just outside the top 20 on this site.
You are able to vote DAILY on this site! We are currently ranked # 2 on this site

What are you looking for? 14 Jun 2016, 12:05 pm


Image provided by



When you are looking for a service provider; what are you looking for in a service provider?  Are you looking for a provider that can provide a quick turnaround time?  Or can take their time and provide – high quality, proficient content.  Or are you looking for someone that can get the end product back to you quickly and efficiently?  There have been many instances where I have seen a rushed product turn out poorly.

If you have an eCommerce website; you want a site with great SEO (Search Engine Optimized) content, a layout that flows smoothly, and organized for a visitor to find everything at ease.  You do not want a site where people are stumbling to find a product or a service.  There’s also the case of poorly configured SEO keywords.  If your SEO is not on its game – your site will not be listed well on the major search engines (Google, Yahoo, and Bing).  An SSL certificate is required whenever there is monetary transaction conducted.  This ensures that your site is being PCI compliant.

You also want security within your website, both server side and through your site itself.  If you are using a CMS (Content Management System), such as WordPress, there are several different plugins provide back-end security.

What N0c0 Technologies Offers:

  • Web Design, CMS Management, and Web Hosting
  • VPS and Dedicated Servers
  • eCommerce Site Setup, Design, Installation, and Maintenance
  • Social Media Management (Facebook, Twitter, Instagram, Google+)
  • Consultation (One-on-One, group meetings)
  • Technical Support (24/7/365)

We also stand by our work, one-hundred percent.  That’s our word.  Our motto is “Tech Solutions by us, for you.”

We expect top-notch work, shouldn’t you?

-John Smith (Co-Founder, N0c0 Technologies)



The post What are you looking for? appeared first on N0c0 Technologies.

Book Review: Aftermath II- The Struggle for Independence 6 Jun 2016, 7:59 pm

I was recently sent an early copy of Leann Edmondson's new book "Aftermath: A Struggle for Independence" to review and I was able to get it finished a few days ago. Now that the book is available for sale on Amazon to the masses I thought I would provide my review of the book for your consideration. You can find my review of Leann's first book here: LINK.

Excerpt From The Rear Of The Book:
"We fight for our independence in total. Not just from a government or some other authority. This time, it's for being a free human being."

A world-changing event has taken place and with seventy percent of the world’s population believed to be dead, the first winter after IT happened will prove to be a bigger challenge to survive than the disaster itself. 

Jimmy Walker has banded together with other survivors in what was formerly known as Michigan. After meeting the threats from the local criminal element and avoiding being rounded up by the United Nations, the focus changed to gathering enough resources to survive the coming winter. But the U. N. is not resting. 

Not only will the survivors have to deal with people fleeing the cities, they will have to face all that Mother Nature can throw at them without any modern conveniences. Even if they manage to survive the weather, the lack of things to do leaves a lot of time for getting lost in the magnitude of what has happened to humanity.
Get Your Copy HERE:
The story picks up where Aftermath left off. Aftermath II delves into the community banding together in their fight for survival.  The engaging style and fast paced story that I enjoyed in the first book continues to engage the reader.  Although it can be read as a standalone since it does a good job of recapping what has happened, I recommend you read Aftermath first.  If you are looking for a book that will keep you turning the pages, pick up Aftermath II.

So what are a few preparedness takeaways from this book that I believe could help anyone on their preparedness journey when thinking toward a collapse type of event:  
  1. Government and governmental agencies are non-existent and no help: So what does that mean? No first responders, no military, no road maintenance, hospitals, power plants, etc. So if you're not self reliant for those things you better get that way soon. So get security in-line, practice alternative medicine, and be prepared for anything. Get an alternative power supply that is not reliant on fuel such as solar, wind or hydro.
  2. Food production is at a local level, if you are not a farmer, hunter, trapper or have a solid knowledge of wild edibles or medicinal plants there is no time like the present to learn. If you don't have a stash of heirloom seeds you may want to stock up now.
  3. Have a bug-out location and several backups and be able to live out of a backpack long-term if needed while on the move.
  4. Outdoor cooking skills are essential, so if you haven't baked on a fire or cooked a full meal while camping you need to get out there and practice that skill now. 
  5. Clothing choices are key! Don't buy cheap clothes, get items that will last and will be good long-term clothing and remember wool is your friend! Also never skimp on boots, if you can't walk you can't survive. 
  6. Bartering will become an essential part of society. Get onto those Facebook trade group pages, go to swap meets and practice your bartering skills. Get your hands on some extra gear, silver, Alcohol, etc. and be prepared to trade goods or your services for things you need.   
  7. As an add on to the previous point develop skills that are valuable now and post-collapse such as blacksmithing, hunting/fishing/trapping, sewing,cooking/food preservation, farming, fermentation/distilling, etc.
  8. Keep your group small and manageable and be sure you can trust everyone in the group with your life, if you cant then there is a good chance it could cost you big in the future.
Other Preparedness Fiction Related Books:

This book makes you think about self reliance and the skill set needed to survive in both a wilderness environment and also a post-collapse type environment. The book made me think of what my kit would be for a long-term self-reliance on the road and I would normally go with my haversack, but needing to carry clothing and bedding for the winter months. Ideally I would use my largest dry bag as a winter cache and be able to travel light with just my haversack and items on my person if I'm assuming more of a nomadic hunter-gather life style. If I settled in a place life would be a lot different but would still need to have all those essentials in a pack for a rapid escape. At any rate, this book makes you think a great deal like the One Second After book did for me originally. 

Visit Us On Social Media:
7 P's Survival Blog:
7 P's of Survival Radio Show:
Consulting Company Website:

Have something outdoor/bushcraft/trapping/preparedness/hiking/camping/fishing/hunting related you want me to make a post about? Leave me a comment and I will see what I can do! As always feel free to leave your questions and comment below! Also if you enjoy the blog please vote for us on the following websites to help us reach a wider audience:
You are only able to vote once DAILY using this site! Currently we are just outside the top 20 on this site.
You are able to vote DAILY on this site! We are currently ranked # 2 on this site

Alone Season 2: Episode 6 Thoughts and Commentary 30 May 2016, 7:47 pm

This week on History's ALONE no one goes home, several contestants catch fish, Larry threatens to go pyro and burn the place to the ground, a contestant moves locations, two boat projects are undertaken and much more! Also don't forget Tomorrow 05/31/2016 at 9pm Eastern time over at Prepper Broadcasting Network (LINK) I will be talking to Randy Champagne about his time on ALONE and what he has been up to since returning home, so be sure to join us in chat or feel free to call 347-202-0228 to listen to the show and press 1 to ask any questions you may have live on the air.

“Voyaging through wilderness is essential to the growth and maturity of the human spirit.” -Steven Callahan

Review my Alone Posts From Season 1Alone Episode 1 Review & ThoughtsAlone Mid-season Recap;Alone Season 1 Conclusions and Final ThoughtsAlone Season 2- Selection Process, Alone Season 2-Episode 1Alone Season 2- Episode 2; Alone Season 2: Episode 3 Thoughts and Commentary
Alone Season 2: Episode 4 Thoughts and Commentary; Alone Season 2: Episode 5 Thoughts and Commentary; Alone Season 2: Episode 6 Thoughts and Commentary;

Want To Build Your ALONE Survival Kit? Start Here:

Day 15
-Exploring his surroundings today and he finds a moss covered natural toilet made from roots hanging over a bank. Now he just needs to make a pit and he has an outhouse, but that ground looks a little tough to dig into,
-Found a massive plastic container that he plans to make a boat from with a few outriggers
-Maiden voyage of the boat seems to be going well, that boat is really buoyant and it seems like it went together for him extremely quickly!
-Getting his inner pirate on and dancing a jig in the boat, lol!

Day 15
-Waiting on the tides keeps getting later and later in the night
-Has a mouse following him around camp and is worried that it may be eating up his camp in the near future
-Caught a pretty decent fish and it almost slipped away but caught him before he did the death flop back into the water. I have had that happen on a few occasions on boats when I wasn't paying full attention and it can be heart breaking!
-Morris code Larry! I really need to learn to speak Morris code to watch this show lol!

Day 16-
-Mouse is destroying his gear and was chewing on his pack during the night...Might be time to trap that sucker buddy, set up a few dead falls and eat him out of spite!
-I'm going to blow this place up if he chews on my sleeping bag
-Stuck in roughly a 100'x100' flat area in a canyon
-Seems to really hate being an electrician and says its time for a change in his life... its life outside of this place that makes me want to cry

Day 17-
-Headed south through very thick forest and hopes he finds a little bit better location than his cove surrounded by rock walls
-My only question is why is everyone not exploring their entire allotted area in the first few days?
-Just walking a little bit and his situation improved 100%
-Was there less than 10 minutes and already found food and cordage and a lot more sunlight
-Has a new mission in life to kill all mice!
-Keeps cutting his poles short, cut them way long and then try to re cut if you have to in camp.

Day 16-
-Wants a boat to be able to catch some salmon on a decent sized stream
-Made saw horses to build his boat, the guy seems like a wood working guru
-Abandoning wilderness survival and moving to wilderness living
-Looks like he is building a kayak
-Seems like he has an excellent skill set when it comes to wood working, it looked like he was going to build a high end wooden boat instead of just an old school Huck Finn style raft.

Day 17-
-Thinks she has figured out the black bears daily habits and feels at home now.
-She caught another large salmon in her gill net
-Looks like she has a steel or plastic piece of siding as her fire backstop, looks like it would work well!
-Her son died outside San Francisco while swimming two years ago when she was graduating with her doctorate

Day 17-
-Two fixed lines and two fish and it seems like his attitude has done a 180 with the extra protein
-”Its really hard being alone, I've never been alone this long before”
-The side walls on that cabin look really good, wondering why he didn't make a roof for it aside from the tarp
-I would probably put triple the amount of ferns in that debris bed as I like a much thicker bed I prefer at least 1-2” of compressed bedding material
-Every fiber of his being is saying it wants to go home

Day 18-
-I just want to leave on a high note and leave still loving this

Post Show:
-Looks like Randy may be leaving the show next week as he ended this show saying that he wants to leave on a high point
-Joe seems like he was sleeping on the ground still and the ground water is seeping up into his sleeping bag... looks like its time for a raised bed that I've been advocating for since the beginning!
-Seems like Larry lost his prime fishing grounds and is more expose to the storm fronts

Visit Us On Social Media:
7 P's Survival Blog:
7 P's of Survival Radio Show:
Consulting Company Website:

Have something outdoor/bushcraft/trapping/preparedness/hiking/camping/fishing/hunting related you want me to make a post about? Leave me a comment and I will see what I can do! As always feel free to leave your questions and comment below! Also if you enjoy the blog please vote for us on the following websites to help us reach a wider audience:
You are only able to vote once DAILY using this site! Currently we are just outside the top 20 on this site.
You are able to vote DAILY on this site! We are currently ranked # 2 on this site

Twitter, Facebook and Social Media… Oh my… 29 May 2016, 10:23 pm

Twitter, Facebook, Instagram, and Social Media. Oh, my!

If you are familiar with the history of N0c0 (previously, it was just – an online, media company); you would know that its previous Twitter was in a state of randomness. Whether it was linked to a company that taught “survival preparedness” or “online web marketing” or so forth; it was just a mix and match, a hodgepodge of tomfoolery.

So far, we’re not on Instagram – well, at least yet. We’ve figured that we haven’t been to any iconic events or social scenes that would require for us to post pictures or videos. Unless you want to watch a video of us designing websites or to see “Who can build the bigger sandwich?” – we’ll leave this one alone for now.

For Twitter, we’ve started an entirely, brand-new account. The Twitter Handle is now known as @N0c0Technology, previously known as @n0c0forums. This gives us a fresh start, a clean look, and a way for your to see how we’re moving forward. That doesn’t mean that we aren’t interested in any of the stuff that we used to follow or have followed us. It just means that we want to be geared towards what we’re doing in the present day and future events.

Facebook. Well, that’s the same ole, same ole. There’s nothing new on that Social Media platform minus the updates that we announce. Generally, we’ll post our articles, blog posts we follow, or ideas that we come up daily. This allows for us to get feedback from you; our client or future client in ways that we provide our services to the public.

We, thank you for supporting us at N0c0 Technologies and look forward to working with y’all in the future.

John Smith
Co-Founder, N0c0 Technologies

The post Twitter, Facebook and Social Media… Oh my… appeared first on N0c0 Technologies.

Alone Season 2: Episode 5 Thoughts and Commentary 23 May 2016, 8:25 pm

This week on History's ALONE no one goes home, several contestants get much needed protein, we get a few looks more significant shelters, encounters with predators, rope swings, woods gym Inc., mouse for dinner, a massive storm, in-shelter sewage system and much more! Also don't forget Tomorrow 05/24/2016 at 9pm Eastern time over at Prepper Broadcasting Network (LINK) I will be talking to Dave McIntyre about his time on ALONE and what he has been up to since returning home, so be sure to join us in chat or feel free to call 347-202-0228 to listen to the show and press 1 to ask any questions you may have live on the air.

Review my Alone Posts From Season 1Alone Episode 1 Review & ThoughtsAlone Mid-season Recap;Alone Season 1 Conclusions and Final ThoughtsAlone Season 2- Selection Process, Alone Season 2-Episode 1Alone Season 2- Episode 2; Alone Season 2: Episode 3 Thoughts and Commentary
Alone Season 2: Episode 4 Thoughts and Commentary;

Want To Build Your ALONE Survival Kit? Start Here:

Day 10:
-Why in the world are you swinging from a rope alone in the middle of nowhere? That was the first thing that came to mind when I saw him swinging on that thing and I was just waiting for the mechanical injury to occur. But I guess if he is careful it could be a lot of fun and relaxing. I think I would have made a swing with a seat just because I'm a little more conservative and would try to avoid mechanical injuries a bit more.

Day 12:
-Built a gym much like Mick Dodges (guy is crazy but knows how to work out in the woods)- pull up bar, chain weights, rock weights, log dumbbell. I agree it will keep your spirits up and and much more but that's a lot of calories you need to replace quickly, hopefully he is able to keep those calories up so he can keep going to the gym.
-Survival workout program, great idea teach people how to workout in the woods while doing a survival class. I see a partnership with a gym in your future!

DAY 13:
-The little bit I can see of your shelter looks good, wish they would give us a good look at your shelter, appears to be a decent A frame type of shelter with some fairly large logs in place. I can't tell much about insulation but it looks like it could hold off a bear for a little bit!
-Kelp urinal, wow he has indoor plumbing! I don't know if its something I would try because of the potential smell but it is pretty nice not to have to get your rain gear on every time you need to pee in the middle of the night!

Day 10:
-Had a stake come out of his gill net, yielded 0 fish in a week of deployment. That's crappy luck man, you have a cove but it doesn't look like you have a fresh water stream like several others to give you a prime spot to place your gill net.
-Thus far he has only ate limpets and seaweed, the lack of protein has got to be wearing on your energy levels by now.
-I like your log lounger, looks comfy there in that Lester River Borel Coat
-$500k is a lot of money but couldn't be your whole motivation for being there. I know it would drive me to stay, but at some point if it isn't about proving something to yourself and just about the money it won't be enough to keep going.
-Great quote: "Whatever you do, do it for the glory of God!"

Day 12:
-Got to love old school cane pole fishing, used to make rods a good bit as a kid. Glad you had luck with the process! Maybe this will inspire a few kids to get out there and try fishing with limited resources or what they find along the banks!
-A rock fish can live 200 years, wow.
-I like your table, good stuff man!
-Nice fast split wood fire! Check out one of my favorite split wood fires to make in the video below!

Day 13:
-About to loose your kitchen/fish processing log.... why not just pull it further onto shore?

Day 10:
-Shelter is looking really insulated these days, great work!
-Still digging the positive attitude with bears, ability to sleep post bear encounter, etc.You're becoming the person I'm rooting for and I try to remain neutral. Your attitude, skill set, camp setup and the fact you're an underdog (all of the medical issues you had to fight through and the longest lasting female contestant) make you easy to root for sticking around for a very long time.

Day 11:
-Holy crap she caught one heck of a fish! Going to have to smoke the heck out of that fish
-Wow cutting that fish head off while in the water it's going to drawl bears quick! She needs to get out of there asap!
-I think I would try to process my fish a little away from that area just because of the bear presence and the fact it would compromise my future fishing with the bear being really close to that gill net. It is essentially pulling their attention to the net where it might not have in the past ventured there due to her presence and scent.
-Might want to do a cooking camp as well, I noticed no one is doing that this year and I have no idea why? Maybe I'm just a little cautious, but without my trusty 44 Magnum strapped to my chest I don't want to fight a 600lb bear from a dead sleep and that says something because I'm a pretty big guy and will generally not back down from much.
-That's a ton of salmon to eat in one setting! I would probably smoke the crap out of salmon and eat a little each day with whatever I could gather thinking more long-term for those days when the massive storms hit.

Day 12:
-WOW, look at that shelter! That is by far the best shelter I've seen on a survival show bar none. That salmon gave her a ton of energy. She also insulated the shelter further with ferns. Heck of a job Nicole, you are putting the boys to shame on long-term shelter construction (at least what we have seen), granted Mike's projects are great and Justin looks like he has a mini cabin but one has perks and the other we haven't seen as much of. I really wish they would show more shelters and the resources in their immediate area.

Day 13:
-Take a look at her spare wood pile, good amount of wood stored in preparation of the storm. Really like Mike's setup better but hers looks like it will serve her well.
-Great work on that lean-to/Yurt, 0 leaks amazing!
-Gill net looks to be 40' from shore where as it is normally just a creek. Storm surge is crazy, good example for people to remember when camping near water!

Day 12:
-Working on a permanent structure
-That log cabin is looking good for such a short time, why not try to make more of a permanent roof instead of solely relying on the tarp for insulation
-Has a trout line and small game traps out

Day 14:
-Desperate man eating slugs... don't think i could do it
-Mouse its whats for dinner. singed it, gut it and pull hair off cook a little more
-That was his first meet in 14 days... nuts!

Day 13:
-His gill net is out in high tide and is at risk of loosing the net
-I think I would have got naked or down to boxers and a t-shirt before I got into the water, just to keep my clothes dry in such a wet environment.
-Wow that was good luck catching a salmon while cleaning your gill net!
-Chop stick seems like they are working great, now for the millions of Americians who have no idea how to use the chop sticks that come with their Chinese food you need to do a tutorial for eating with them and making them!
-Shelter is still just a tarp shelter it appears, that was a big surprise for me. Being that he teaches a good bit with Nicole (or so I've been told) I just thought their shelters would be a good bit alike and their approach would mirror each other, but sometime opposing theories are brought together to put on an epic class!
-The amount we are seeing of Jose really leads me to believe he is going to be one of the finalist for sure, two weeks and they have only given him 5 minutes of screen time. 

Show Credits:
-Looks like randy will make a boat next episode and Larry is going to war with a mouse

Visit Us On Social Media:
7 P's Survival Blog:
7 P's of Survival Radio Show:
Consulting Company Website:

Have something outdoor/bushcraft/trapping/preparedness/hiking/camping/fishing/hunting related you want me to make a post about? Leave me a comment and I will see what I can do! As always feel free to leave your questions and comment below! Also if you enjoy the blog please vote for us on the following websites to help us reach a wider audience:
You are only able to vote once DAILY using this site! Currently we are just outside the top 20 on this site.
You are able to vote DAILY on this site! We are currently ranked # 2 on this site

Alone Season 2: Episode 4 Thoughts and Commentary 16 May 2016, 7:39 pm

This week on History's ALONE we see a contestant go home, several contestants get much needed protein, significant improvements to a shelter, net making, encounters with predators and much more! Also don't forget Tomorrow 05/17/2016 at 9pm Eastern time over at Prepper Broadcasting Network (LINK) I will be talking to Larry Roberts about his time on ALONE and what he has been upto since returning home, so be sure to join us in chat or feel free to call 347-202-0228 to listen to the show and press 1 to ask any questions you may have live on the air. 

Quote of the week comes at the onset: "The instinct to survive will never change, neither will the human body's amazing ability to endure". -John 'Lofty' Wiseman

Everyone seems to be using their headlamps this year compared to last year where it was a big controversy because it wasn't on the list of items to take. This year it is known to be a part of the safety equipment offered to the contestants, so no controversy and well everyone seems to be wearing them 24/7

Review my Alone Posts From Season 1Alone Episode 1 Review & ThoughtsAlone Mid-season Recap;Alone Season 1 Conclusions and Final ThoughtsAlone Season 2- Selection Process, Alone Season 2-Episode 1Alone Season 2- Episode 2; Alone Season 2: Episode 3 Thoughts and Commentary;

Day 7:
-Really emotional post seeing Momma black bear and her cub.
-Tracy says:“Being good at violence is not good and that is exactly who I reverted back to tonight”
-She decides to tap out post bear encounter because of how she reacted aggressively with the cub.
-I didn't see anything violent about what she was doing or even that her actions were aggressive but she wants to go with a little more of a peace/love/harmony approach to life and I wish her luck with that endeavor. For me personally it may not have even been aggressive enough, when it comes to fight or die I would always choose to fight and fight with everything in me. I understand more than most some of the bad stuff she has seen throughout her career as I still think about many bad calls early in my career, but we all deal with trauma and hurt in different ways so you can fault her for how she feels. I know the last few predator encounters I have had while sleeping the last thing on my mind pre/during/post encounter was ghosts of my past as I was more concerned with #1 my weapon, #2 my light and #3 my plan of action (i.e. shoot, scare or take no action). Until you have been alone without a firearm and encountered a predator as your wake-up call you will never know that cold chill down your spine, your senses going from relaxed to hyper and then hopefully training and instinct take over and you have a positive outcome and get to go home and see your family.
-She went out on her own terms, she started accomplishing what she  wanted in life and no one can fault her for her decision. Good job and I wish you the best in finding that inner peace you are looking to find.

Day 8:
-That 20'x20' tarp is huge! That is a massive foot print and he seems like he is quasi protected from the coastal wind.
-Kissed a slug in the middle of the night thinking its his wife. I've had plenty of bugs craw on me while sleeping in the woods but never woke up to one in/on my mouth. At least he didn't have to look too far for his next meal.
-Nice raised bed, glad to see one on the show finally! Really surprised he hasn't started making an insulated shelter of some kind. Granted it may be way too warm for an insulated shelter at this point, but it the cold days are coming and a retreat will be a project well worth the time in my opinion.
-Plans to build a wood drying rack over his fire, that is 100% essential for a wet environment and for continued successful fire making in a wet environment.
-Great setup for the firewood drying rack setup according to how you need to build fire, think I would add a place to a few logs so I could leave a single log on the fire for most of the night some nights as well
-Camp is really coming along! Drying rack looks great and I'm glad someone is looking at this experience long-term.
-I see you found a plastic jug on the beach! Mother nature does provide even if it is because humans leave so much trash behind! Looks like you found a ton of cordage as well! I guess that gamble we talked about on the radio show paid off.
-Surprised that you are not building a cooking camp away from where you sleep just to draw predators away from you a little bit instead of potentially pulling them into your camp.
-I like the elevated fire area, but think I would have made myself a chair (hammock chair would be amazing) instead of an elevated cooking platform and made that area in to a table (a few minutes later it shows a table and a chair... well I guess you are running out of projects). 
-Built a hands free water faucet via bleach container, nice man.... hot shower needs to be next!

Want To Build Your ALONE Survival Kit? Start Here:

Day 8:
-Yum! Tacos and fried chicken! I foresee a corporate sponsorship from KFC post show for you my friend!
-Gill net is not providing any subsistence and he believes that the holes in the net are just too small which would mean the fish simply just bounce off of it.
-Gill net is the # 1 food producer on the island (I agree 100%). he also said that he was limited to one gill net (wow that sucks, maybe a hammock and a gill net would be allowed?)
-Good job with the net needle and crafting a second gill net with washed up cordage. Net is coming together very quickly and looks really great, not ugly at all brother!

Day 9:
-Getting dehydrated and his water catchment ran out (I wish they would have shown his and others rain catchment systems), he now has to boil his water to drink daily until they get more rain.
-Cedar bark and spruce resin for his tinder bundle of choice and I have to agree 100% with that choice! Great fast fire, making it look easy brother.
-Bummer on the pot falling on you, live and learn. I usually use my pathfinder metal containers with their stoves but rocks can be a pain like that, sticks even more so, usually end up just building the fire around my container and on the ground so I don't have to worry about it or using a tripod to suspend my container at the top of the fire.
-Surprised by the self restraint of not dropping an F-bomb on camera after the pot tipped, I would have been cursing that pot for my mistake for awhile.
-”If you want to catch big fish then use big hooks and big bait” sage advice.
-”Bucket of chicken is a phone call away,” man KFC better pay this man and give him free chicken for life much like Sam got his free hot pockets for life!
Post Show:
-Rocking the Lester River Bushcraft Boreal Coat, I have 0 doubts you will be cold on your travels! As you can see I'm a huge fan of mine, you just need a little bit of a wind break for those high wind days when its in the single digits or below and a canvas boreal coat does wonders in that area.

Day 8:
-Still in shorts and a t-shit, love it man! For those who may have been wondering if he did bring pants, he did but prefers wearing shorts, as his legs and feet don't get as cold as the rest of his body.
-Hammock/gill net worked great and caught a decent sized fish so where are you going to sleep now?
-Gutting job on the fish wasn't horrible, it wasn't a filet job by any means but it did get the job done and that's the name of the game!

Post Show:
Swinging on a branch alone in the middle of nowhere doesn't seem like the best of ideas but I guess whatever keeps you sane.

Day 8:
-Not Lucus, not Alan... I am who I am! Que the Popeye MEME's :)
-Someone is finally making a spear! Looking like he decided to build more of a frog gig to me and then when he is done... wow! Spear for bear/predator defense and gig with what looks like 12 points and almost 8” wide! What is with the Sasquatch comments this year? Did Les Stroud start something with that hunting for Sasquatch series he did (wasn't a fan of that series)?
-I could be drinking a beer and eating a burger in about 2 hours, don't start thinking like that it will get your head out of the game and also make you hungry. In my case it would lead to singing Jimmy Buffet's Cheeseburger In Paradise!

Day 9:
-Caught something in the net and the second he touched the net the fish is able to slip away, crappy luck man!
-Eating limpets and periwinkles but lack of protein is hurting his ability to function at a high level.
-His stationary line produced a fairly large fish and a second stationary line yielded a second decent fish. so like I said in several earlier posts.... get that trap line going and going early! Now 3 fish, living high on the hog thanks to that water based trapping.
-Making several fish filet's for dinner and then using fish guts, and bones in water to make a very rich stew for the morning (might invite predators throughout the night but need all those nutrients).

Day 9:
-Made a counting stick to calculate how many days she has been on the island. Rituals and daily schedules are how you keep from going crazy.
-She is putting her gill net out today, still don't understand why everyone is waiting so long to put their gill nets out; but it is what it is and I wasn't there so they go with what mother nature gives you. Net needs to be a little more taunt but not terrible for her first try, also looks like when she deployed the net it got a little tied up and bunched up, hopefully it doesn't effect performance in a negative manner. 

Day 10:
-Momma bear and her cubs are setting there by the river looking for food not too far from where Nicole has setup her gill net. Momma bear stands up and Nicole bails from the area as footage cuts out. The worse case is coming between a momma and her cubs, a close second is having momma think you are a threat to her cubs but either way you are probably in for the fight of your life,

Post Show:
-I'm struggling to find my place here
-Got his first food in 8 days, a mouse.

Visit Us On Social Media:
Consulting Company Website:

Have something outdoor/bushcraft/trapping/preparedness/hiking/camping/fishing/hunting related you want me to make a post about? Leave me a comment and I will see what I can do! As always feel free to leave your questions and comment below! Also if you enjoy the blog please vote for us on the following websites to help us reach a wider audience:
You are only able to vote once DAILY using this site! Currently we are just outside the top 20 on this site.
You are able to vote DAILY on this site! We are currently ranked # 2 on this site

Alone Season 2: Episode 3 Thoughts and Commentary 11 May 2016, 7:18 pm

Another very good episode of History's ALONE this past week where we see one contestant go home by the end of the episode and several others thriving in their environment. One "popup" fact that really stuck out to me was that each year Vancouver Island receives 12.5 feet of rain. That is a crazy amount of rain for someone not from the Pacific NW to comprehend/fathom let alone understand the struggle of constant rain. In West Virginia two years ago we equaled that amount of rain and went above and beyond that with snow fall and I remember thinking this rain every single day is really a pain. It impeded a lot of the outdoor sports I enjoy and really limited the amount of pack rafting and rafting I could do simply because the rivers were so high there were no take out points (i.e. it was at flood stage all summer). Below I will break down the episode according to what each participant experienced on the show. 

Review my Alone Posts From Season 1Alone Episode 1 Review & ThoughtsAlone Mid-season Recap;Alone Season 1 Conclusions and Final ThoughtsAlone Season 2- Selection Process, Alone Season 2-Episode 1Alone Season 2- Episode 2,

Want To Build Your ALONE Survival Kit? Start Here:

  Mary Kate:
Day 7-
Something tells me (the way she is shaking) that is her first major injury treated in the field. I found myself thinking at least clean/flush the wound to see what you have before you call for help. 

Apparently she is tapping out and pressing the button on her locator beacon without trying to do much self aid. One would think basic first aid would be a required skill to be on the show. I have cut myself several times in the field and simply sewn it up with plantain cordage or fishing line or for smaller cuts just seal with pine resin and go about my business. 

The wound took a total of four 4x4's to control bleeding and it looked like it could have been an easy sew job. If she would have 1) calmed down, 2) flushed the wound, 3) determine extent of damage (if no nerve or tendon damage she is fine to treat herself), 4) stop bleeding, 5) suture or seal wound. Granted there could have been more damage than it appeared (nerve, tendon or vascular damage would require a surgeon to fix) and if any of the previous were the case its good she tapped out, I just wish she would have given it a little time to clean it and see if feeling returned after the initial shock.

I had a feeling she would more than likely be one of the first few people to leave just based on the skill set and background she brought into the competition. I love it when people prove me wrong and hopefuls she is able to come back from this and give it another try on a different show format or location.  

Day 7-
No game trails, vertical climb to get to a flat piece of ground

Great idea on making hand holds and foot holds to make your long term life and trips up the hill easier. Only issue that I can foresee with this setup would be a slip/trip/fall and impaling himself with one of the sticks used as a foothold.

I'm glad they are not editing around the expletives man, no matter what people film if you spend enough time in the woods you will get pissed, you will get hurt and you will curse like a sailor when something goes sideways. Stay frosty and unfiltered my friend, hope its a long journey for you on the island!

Day 7-
Bow drill in that environment is going to be tough without having time for the bow drill set to dry out, really glad you didn't just tap the second you lost your ferro rod. 

Good form on the bow drill!

It looks as though he is using his show laces for the bow string, great reason to change out your standard shoe laces for paracord or even firecord due to their versatility. 

Why is it everyone uses a rock for a bearing block? I've always found a good hard wood works the best aside from a commercial bearing block. Where in the world do people find these awesome bearing block rocks? I walk a creek and I find nothing but he finds a perfect one in an hour.

Looks like he is at least six attempts in on his current hearth board without success. I might focus on other things for a day while keeping the friction set in my spare clothing to dry out and give it a go the next day.

Great job getting a friction fire in that environment, at least it isn't the wet season yet! Now hopefully you make some char and start looking for a glass bottle or grab a piece of high carbon steel and start testing materials for a flint/steel fire. 

Day 7-
Finally makes her first appearance on the show and she has a nice little cove to call home.

Her first tip- Listen to the birds, they will let you know when trouble is around. Best watch dog in nature!

Good lean-to shelter with insulation. The more I think about it the more I'm leaning toward a tepee style of construction making use of several lodge poles and lots of pine. This would make for a warm shelter that could be quite comfortable and large while still being able to have a fire inside the structure. 

THANK YOU! The first practical response to a bear! I see bear near a river maybe there is a supply of fish over there! Amen Sister!

Her first thought about the bear grunting noise was that it sounded like two Sasquatches having sex, now that's funny? Can't say I believe in Big Foot but I guess if I did maybe that would be my first thought too.... but I was assuming the bear was killing something.

Day 7-
Welcome to the show!

1st person to get/use natural cordage (I use young pine roots as natural cordage personally) by digging up spruce roots. He made a very good point that you need to keep the cordage in water to maintain their elasticity, This method of gathering cordage is often overlooked and I'm very surprised as its one of the easier means of obtaining workable cordage quickly. 

"Lack of humility is a good way to prevent success in mother nature" i.e. over confidence will bite you in the butt every time, causing mother nature to chew you up and spit you out!

Making a fire blower, I usually just use bamboo/river cain or my hat, but great skills. That's why he was my pick to win. I like that he is already thinking long-term in several aspects (camp convenience, fire making, cordage, etc.). I think my first non-camp and non-trap line project would be a simple spoon and then chop sticks or a fork and bowl. 

Wow that fire stoker/blower works really well. I might have to make one of those! Doubles as an instrument, great moral boost! 
Day 7-
She is just now putting out here gill net. No luck with traditional fishing. Why would this not be a day 1 or 2 kinda deal like I've said in past articles. Gill net after a few hours has a crab and a fish... that's exactly why you want that out ASAP!

She has augmented her shelter to have four walls and it is looking a little better, but I just can't believe that no one is building a long term debris insulated shelter yet while their energy reserves are still relatively high. 

I wonder what that red pouch is that she is carrying? I guess if you make it into a sling or haversack it would be great for carrying around the bulk of your gear that you need quick access to on a regular basis.

Everyone in fire/ems/LEO/Military all have one or two stories that weigh on them that were a turning point in their career. What makes the difference is weather you take that pivotal point in your career and make it into a positive change by letting it drive you or you let it destroy you.

Seems everyone went with a down sleeping bag, I get that they are light and warm, but what I don't understand is why? Down gets wet and stays wet and loses its insulation value. Why not go with a king size wool blanket that is thick as you can get and just saddle stitch that bad boy up yourself with a canvas outer layer. That would be a heavy duty bombproof sleeping bag that would dry quickly and resist water, all while performing like a tank!

Has a bear coming into camp after making that crab/fish soup in her camp, I can't imagine why in the world that would happen (sarcasm added). Bad thing now is that she has a mamma and cubs close so not getting between mamma and cubs needs to be a major priority for her, I would also make a pine pitch torch and an extended reach fire-hardened spear for extending defensive reach (well I would have done that the second I go off the boat/plane/helo but I digress). If you are going to cook in camp you better 1) have a fire all night and 2) expect a visitor or two through the night as you are basically calling the predators to your location.

Lot's of good learning points this week! 1) Birds and bears can be your eyes and ears; 2) you haven't spent enough time in the woods if you have went off on a tool/tree/animal a time or two; 3) get those trap lines setup early- you need the food bad get ahead of the calorie game if you want to thrive; 4) Those with very high skill levels are rising to the top of the pile as you can just watch and see who has actually spent a significant portion of their lives in the woods; 5) wool is where its at for sleeping material and not down like everyone seems to be taking and in a pinch much easier to re-purpose as additional clothing; 6) friction fire is possible in that environment without drying your set; and 7) Glad to see at least a few people are thinking long-term already.

Visit Us On Social Media:
APN Radio Show:
Consulting Company Website:

Have something outdoor/bushcraft/trapping/preparedness/hiking/camping/fishing/hunting related you want me to make a post about? Leave me a comment and I will see what I can do! As always feel free to leave your questions and comment below! Also if you enjoy the blog please vote for us on the following websites to help us reach a wider audience:
You are only able to vote once DAILY using this site! Currently we are just outside the top 20 on this site.
You are able to vote DAILY on this site! We are currently ranked # 2 on this site

Alone Season 2: Episode 2 Recap and Thoughts 3 May 2016, 10:23 pm

I'm a little disappointment in the new format this year (even though it means people lasted a good bit longer thanks to moving up the time line well ahead of winter) as I really enjoyed seeing and hearing everyone's drop off location, thoughts at drop off, resources they find on their initial walk around and their initial shelter setup. I like the fact that people are lasting longer, but it's still summer temperatures and everyone can camp in the summer, not everyone can survive let alone thrive in the winter so making it there in the winter is more of what I will be looking at.
Some other general thoughts that popped into my mind my top female contestant, Nicole, hasn't got much air time nor has here Canadian counterpart who I picked in the top 3 as well. Maybe that means they will be around till the end or maybe they are just trying to throw us off a little bit.

Some other ALONE news that hit the wire since the last article include the big news that Season 3 (which starts filming this month I believe) will be moving away from Vancouver Island to Patagonia in South America. While a new location is exciting it will really determine where they actually decide to place the contestants as there are so many micro echo systems within that area which could offer more hunting prospects and more radical weather.

Best Quote of the night: “It's not the world that needs to change its me that need to change”

Want To Build Your ALONE Survival Kit? Start Here:

Alright, time to examine the episode by looking at the material that was shown for each participant this week!

Mary Kate:
Day 5-
She is still living out of the a-frame shelter she made in the early going. Really surprised that she didn't work on fortifying that shelter and making a raised bed especially with all of her problems with that shelter setup.

She is hearing voices already..... Is she into bad water or just letting all the time alone get to her? I see her going home the next time she is featured in an episode.

Mary Kate is just getting around to making a shelter that is capable of having a fire in it, but wont be using it for a living space? Why in the world would you want a shelter just to sit by a fire unless you're making a cooking camp close to your food resources? Why not use that 20x20 tarp and make a nice big tepee with a raised bed and throw a ton of pine and ferns on the outside of the shelter held in place with more poles to offer additional insulation for the coming winter. That 20'x20' tarp would make a tepee large enough for three plus people with a fire pit, wood storage location, gear storage location and much more!

She keeps making these wood ridge lines just to throw a tarp over. Is it just me or is that way too much work when the fishing line would have worked and she used cordage anyway instead of notching to save on cordage.
Day 6-
Making a front door? You have a 20'x20' tarp... how do you not have enough tarp to make a door? I like the idea of the swinging door, but why not make a full sized door since you're not going to have a fire in your shelter? Also found myself saying that raised bed will keep you a lot drier than a door over and over as she built that.

Day 7:
She still doesn't have a fire on day 7? No wonder she was worried about getting her boots and sleeping gear dry, one night by a fire and those boots would have not only been dry but also smelled a lot better.

Got to be careful with that axe, that's why I like batoning just for safety purposes. Less than a minute after I say that, ouch. Can't say I haven't got myself with a knife or axe before, if you spend a lot of time in the woods mistakes happen, but that technique was what caused the injury 100%. The graphic below will show the time line of the injury for those who didn't see. If you're going to utilize your axe in that manner simply set the axe the woods by pressing it in firmly, then clear your spare hand from the area and tap the axe deeper into the wood by lifting the axe and wood slightly and tapping it against your splitting log. I don't think she got the tendon ,but hard to tell without the bleeding being controlled and taking a better look. The wound is easy enough to sew up with a fishing hook and some like if it needs stitches. If not find some plantain to make a poultice and then secure with your bandanna from your clothing kit.

Day 5:
Says he wants to keep active to stay sane, so he is going to explore the area and go from there. I would probably make my initial shelter once I got off the boat and and then explore my 2.5 miles in each direction for resources or a potentially better shelter location.

Finally, the show has cast a kindred spirit! Shorts and sandals to explore, a man after my own heart! I would probably not wear them when I don't know what I'm getting into, but around camp, trips to check traps, etc would be shorts and t-shits for sure!

Not a lot of wildlife sign in the forest, but that is to be expected in a predator dense environment. Gill nets, trout lines and fish traps would be the main stay for securing meat in that environment as I stated from the onset of season 1.

Why not at least cut the duck and check his organs to determine his health? I would have at least examined the organs to determine if it was sick or if it was still potentially edible, but that's just me I wouldn't want to miss a meal that was that easy to get!

Not sure what his gear sling setup is but I like it a lot, use that setup for my bottle bag and love the haversack style setup to keep all of your safety gear and survival essentials on your person. I guess one could easily be made with a shemag from your clothing kit.

Day 5:
Mike set a great goal for himself , He wants to be be out there for an entire year. Aggressive goal and I like it man, I guess that would be a $78,000 salary plus the potential $500,000.00 in winnings not bad for a year in the woods!

He landed in a great location, nice little cove he has there with plenty of resources!

Mike started laying some edible sea plant knowledge on viewers: seaweed, sea grass, bull kelp (can grow 2' a day) so he has access to plenty of wild edibles just from the ocean. This was the best moment of the show thus far I thought as it showed someone excelling with their skills and teaching a skill to all the viewers.

If you have a fresh water creek that flows into the ocean near you then you are golden! Fish and freshwater from one location is key! I was surprised by the size of that gill net it's huge, so much more potential coverage than the ones people used last year!

Bear scat everywhere, but with the resources he has I guess that is to be expected. I mean after all he did see a mamma and two cubs on his helipad on the way in!

Three fish from that gill net after a roughly 12 hour soak, heck of a day brother. Smoke the heck out of them man for down the road!

How long did he smoke them? I guess he cooked them and is just hoping to keep them for a few days at the refrigerator like temperature found underground. I think I would have smoked the heck out of them for a few days just thinking long-term in-case fishing does go well or I find a boom in resources. Would try to take only small portions of the meat each day with wild edibles to make sure it lasts awhile in-case of bad results from the gill net some days.

Day 6-
Missing his wife, says it reminds him of his time in orphanage when he didn't get any presents for Christmas. That sucks bad, most of us will never know what that experience was like, but hopefully that experience helps give you strength on the Island.

Day 5:
That hemlock tea looks pretty good! Took people forever last year to drink some last year it seemed. I think I would probably be drinking it from day 1 just to keep my vitamin levels up.

Says he is not a fisherman. Well that probably takes him out of my projected top 5 if he chooses to only do land based trapping instead of shore based trapping. I would spend most of my time making fish traps, placing gill nets, setting trout lines, shore based fishing and then setting up a land based trap line with several bird traps and figure 4's.

Cant wait to see how that condor Matt Graham survival knife works out! I have been wanting to get my hands on one for a long time now and that stainless steel would really help with durability long term in that humid/wet environment.

He is setting up several paiute deadfalls for taking anything from mice to rabbit, while I like a good land based trap-line as much as the next person, it just seems like a less effective means of obtaining meat as opposed to utilizing the ocean.

He has setup an a-frame tarp shelter, I keep coming back to the same thought why is no one thinking long term shelter after a week? Your energy will be starting to drain, I would want to get as much wood in, set up my long-term shelter and get a trap line started in the first week. Why is no one else doing that?

2000 calories in three days? Think its time to hit the beach and eat what mother nature gives you! With all the wild plants the sea provides it's hard to believe he hasn't been out there since day 1.

Why does everyone assume that since a trap is triggered it was done by an animal? The wind could have easily triggered the trap.

5 days and your gill net isn't out? WHY WHY WHY? That's a day 1 maybe day 2 task not a week in task. It takes 20 minutes to put the net into place and is a passive means of obtaining meat.

Day 7:
Lost his ferro rod. Why in the world is everyone not strapping those to your hip? I think that would be a major priority to have secured 100% of the time, especially after what happened with Joe last year! Having lost a ferro rod in the past when I slid down a near 90 degree slope during hunting season I always use shock cord to secure mine now.

His ferro rod rolled into the fire pit and burnt up. Crappy man, crappy. Preparedmind101 did a video showing this on his YouTube channel this week using a thermal imaging video camera and it's 100% true that the ferro rod just goes disintegrates.

He took a stainless steel blade (Condor Matt Graham Survival Knife) so flint/steel is off the table unless he has something else that is high carbon steel (i.e. his axe or saw). Advantage high carbon steel blade and also advantage to wearing eye glasses! I'm sure he could find flint or chert out there if he looked and grab a little char out of his fire. Also why is no one making natural char as soon as they get there just in case and to help preserve their ferro rod?
Day 6-
Looking angry isn't a bad thing brother.... people say I always look pissed off as well.

Got to love rope washing up on shore! I didn't select any cordage as I know there would likely be a bunch wash up on shore, unfortunately in the world today trash is everywhere!

Trout lines, gill nets and fish traps would be my primary thoughts after fire/shelter/water then make a ground based trap line.

Day 7:
Caught some seaweed with his trout line and lost a few hooks in the process. His fishing location just doesn't look idea to me as I would want to be somewhere with a little more current.

Found a lot of shore crabs to use as bait so that's always a plus to have an unlimited bank of bait!

Randy and Mike switched places on my ranking of who's going to stay the longest list this week. I'm interested to see if Mary Kate drops out next week. Her skill level seems to be on the lower end when compared to the other contestants from what has been shown and having those two young children at home have to be weighing on here. Assuming there are no nerves or tendons severed and no arterial bleeding then sew that bad boy up, throw some plantain on it, wrap it in cotton and call it good! Mike showed what a great instructor he is and I can't wait for more content from him, he just started a YouTube channel so be sure to check that out! Nicole and Jose are next week, can't wait to see how two of my front runners fair!

Visit Us On Social Media:
Consulting Company Website:

Have something outdoor/bushcraft/trapping/preparedness/hiking/camping/fishing/hunting related you want me to make a post about? Leave me a comment and I will see what I can do! As always feel free to leave your questions and comment below! Also if you enjoy the blog please vote for us on the following websites to help us reach a wider audience:
You are only able to vote once DAILY using this site! Currently we are just outside the top 20 on this site.
You are able to vote DAILY on this site! We are currently ranked # 2 on this site

Is This The Start Of The Zombie Apocalypse? 3 May 2016, 9:42 pm

Is it time to grab your AR-15, clean it, load up a few dozen P-Mags and give it a big hug?

A biotech company in the U.S. has been granted ethical permission by an Institutional Review Board in the U.S. and India to use 20 brain-dead patients for what is sure to be a highly controversial study: From next year, they plan to stimulate their nervous systems in order to restart the brains. Bioquark is hoping that its part in the groundbreaking ReAnima project will reveal if people can at least partly be brought back from the dead. You can read the full article here:
So my question is who in the world would think it's a good idea? Granted there is a good bit of jest in my posting of this article but, honestly messing with brain after someone has been declared brain dead is kinda like opening Pandora's box.

So what are your thoughts on this controversial new clinical trial?

Alone Season 2 Episode 1 25 Apr 2016, 8:29 pm

So each episode as I watch the show I take notes as I watch it and write down what my wife and I talk about, so if it seems like something random these are my notes as the show progressed divided by each person the show featured during the episode.

Review my Alone Posts From Season 1: Alone Episode 1 Review & Thoughts; Alone Mid-season Recap; Alone Season 1 Conclusions and Final Thoughts; Alone Season 2- Selection Process.

I asked this last year and I will ask it again this year..... Why in the world is no one making a raised bed? Its a rain forest get the heck off the ground! I may just be a redneck from WV but man I know I don't like sleeping on the wet ground and do whatever else it takes to stay high and dry. Hopefully we see a few in the more long-term shelters!

On a high note 2/4 (50%) of the people featured this year had fire within 12 hours of being dropped off so that's awesome compared to the amount that couldn't get fire last year. Fire is life and protection out there so I'm glad they focused on fire skills during the selection process.... granted a primitive fire is not ideal by any means and that was their test... I think I would have tested them in the rain with a ferro rod, collecting and igniting 10 different tinder sources, charring natural materials, carrying fire, fire lays, split wood fires and much more instead of focusing on just primitive fire. Producers if you want a fire challenge to ensure people can use those ferro rods on the Island give me a shout.... speaking of that I think I need to put together a video of the making a fire in the middle of a creek.

A Few Telling Quotes From The Episode:
"scary out here in these woods"; "if I cant get a fire I cant stay here"; "I need to get out of the woods"; "1' of rain a month in the rainy season that's nuts"; and "Whats more difficult being alone or staying alive."

Want To Build Your ALONE Survival Kit? Start Here:

  1. Great water source in the waterfall
  2. Quotes Mike Tyson in saying "Everyone has a plan until they get hit in the face"- I immediately think "or clawed in the face by a bear" and I immediately know that History is doing a great job at leading up to Desmond immediately leaving the show. It does surprise me that the person who without a doubt got the most air time and the most hype pre-show was eliminated on the first night, I would have thought they would have saved him for the second episode or so.
  3. How did he not expect it to be wet in a rain forest?
  4. He seems extremely anxious and says woods have a eerie feeling. It really makes me think he doesn't have a ton of experience in the woods, at least from a solo camping perspective.  
  5. The hype around the bears continues to show history's hands he is leaving tonight. 
  6. Why setup a bear bag when everything else is sealed up food wise? His process of making a bear bag also makes me call into question his fishing experience. How many times have you got your line stuck on a tree when flipping and you get a little aggressive or just don't pay attention and get snagged on a tree. Unless you are going after big fish and have extremely high test spyderwire, how fast does that line snap with a little pulling? Put 20lbs on that line and try to pull that line against an abrasive tree branch and you will have line failure in a rapid manner as he quickly found out.
  7. I know game trails are easy to walk on in the woods, but if your freaked out by the presence of bears you might want to get to the coast and follow it to an area where there is less bear activity to setup your camp.If this were Kodiak island and you were following that game trail you would more than likely become a permanent resident of the island.
  8. Man I called it knowing the bears would get under his skin....It's one thing to have a gun and see a predator and another to be there with an axe/knife/pepper spray and live with one. First time you wonder across one it will scare the crap out of you. Until you have been in beer country without a weapon and come across them you will never know what he experienced so don't judge too much unless you have been in his boots. 
  9. I knew it was coming, he tapped out the first day and I called it from the very beginning just because of the over confidence with the bear issue. Being from an area with limited predators and going into the most predator dense area in North America is an eye opening experience for him I'm sure.
  1. WOW he looks different without the beard! Anyone remember that Dave Canterbury commercial where he could light a fire with his beard? Well Larry that's what popped into my head brother.... How is he going to start a fire with his hands tapped behind his back without his super fire starting beard?
  2. Great water source in the creek for you location! Water is no longer a problem for him and that means he can make it at least 30 days!
  3. Going with an oddly simple tarp shelter, really really close to the water. I know he has the skills for a much better shelter, but when time is of the essence sometimes you just want to do something good enough for right now. I have built many crappy one night shelters (one year ago during a 3day trip with just a 12 ga, water bottle, haversack, belt knife and survival bracelet I decided to just make a wind break and throw a ton of pine needles at the base of a pine tree. It worked out fine I tucked myself into my Lester River Bushcraft Boreal Jacket and slept like a baby till daylight and used my shelter as a hunting blind for Turkey season.) and they worked out fine in the short term, looking forward to what his long-term shelter becomes.
  4. Tore his jacket going up the hill, really bad luck brother. I usually wear my Colombia Goretex rain coat in the woods all spring and haven't had that happen to me yet luckily. Since he doesn't have any duck tape or gorilla tape I wonder if he ends up sewing the jacket with a hook and fishing line and then seals it with pine resin. Will be interesting to see as keeping dry in a rain forest is paramount!
  5. My question is why did he decide to climb up there for a potential camp location? It would be close to water for sure, but without a ton of rope there is no way he could have got all his gear up that hill without risking mechanical injury. I think I would have differed here and done what you did in the end, make a short term camp at your location by the creek. make fire for the night and start scouting the banks for a better location following the paths of least resistance. 
  6. I like the modified diamond type tarp shelter for quick setup (See mine here- LINK)
  7. Fire next to that pelican case is a little sketchy man that thing is your friend but they melt easy, trust me I've seen a few get destroyed during fire training. Granted that fire was tiny and wouldn't do much, but it is a good place to sore food if you get a huge amount of salmon to smoke.
  8. Good work on fire but split wood will have to be your source of fire wood going forward for sure brother! Every time I think I could leave my axe behind if they ever let me go on the show and play I think to myself I need to save my knife as much as I can, I need fire and well an axe is the only way I'm going to split that much darn wood to last a long time out there.
  9. He got a camp visit from a couple bears at his makeshift camp.
Mary Kate:
  1. She gets soaking wet boots off the helicopter, I think I would have opted for sandals for going off the boat and my set of zip off pants just because of the potential for getting wet... and the fact I would have been burning up if I went with my wool/fleece pants. If it was a big enough deal to get in her head I don't know why she didn't build a fire and dry her stuff out immediately and then worry about shelter.
  2. The shelter she went with was essentially a tarp thrown over a ridge line stick making an A-frame tarp shelter. Its a decent design, but poor execution. I would have taken about two hours and built a decent shelter that would get me by until I could get my winter/long-term shelter built. My choice would be dual tripods with a ridge line and a raised bed between the two (Why in the heck is no one building raised beds..... it's a rain forest!). This setup would allow you to be 100% enclosed for bad weather with that 20'x20' tarp or open it up with an awning and a fire underneath it also offers a place to have a tripod water filter and a place for multiple levels of storage.
  3. Her shelter location and design (lets face it, if you didn't see the land sloping down to her shelter then you were not watching- trust me rewind I told my wife I really hope she digs a trench around that shelter. Anyway that wasn't done, she didn't make a raised bed and she ended up with a wet down sleeping bag.
  4. Rant time, your going to a rain forest.... why is no one going with a large wool blanket or wool sleeping bag? It seems like the natural choice to me, but maybe I'm just too old school for my own good.
  1. "I just need to find my order with the predators,"Great place to find out.
  2. Good advice on dead falls and knowing not just whats around you but above you, remember that is a quick way to die and in an area with that much rain and wind there are going to be limbs that fall.
  3. Good points on self aid and self rescue and acting as your only resource
  4. Shelter is a modified lento, as I said above its not what I would go with but to each their own. I'm seeing a better skill set than what I pictured from the first episode. I think she will end up hating that shelter when the wind kicks up and it starts flapping.
  5. Great landing spot living on a mussel bed.... crappy luck that you cant eat shellfish because of red tide contamination.... makes the level of suck this season even worse than last year!
  6. Neighborhood animals stopping by in the middle of the night to visit seems to be the norm.
  7. RANT- why has no one made a darn spear? I think that's my first order of business off transport is to make a spear to extend my reach in an encounter and also provides me with a good walking stick to avoid mechanical injury.
  8. Glad to see she has some fire skills, much better than some of the people last year who didn't get a fire at all.Good job and good work!
  1. Great quote: "Whats more difficult being alone or staying alive"
  2. In his brief air time he sees a family of bears on a shore line and throws down a little woods wisdom. Looking forward to your presence in future episodes! 
Be sure to check out my show over at APN Radio ( on 04/26/2016 at 9pm Eastern when I will have Mike as my guest! We will be doing one of these posts for each episode, maybe every two episodes depending on how much action we get down the line so be sure to check back on a regular basis! 
Visit Us On Social Media:
APN Radio Show:
Consulting Company Website:

Have something outdoor/bushcraft/trapping/preparedness/hiking/camping/fishing/hunting related you want me to make a post about? Leave me a comment and I will see what I can do! As always feel free to leave your questions and comment below! Also if you enjoy the blog please vote for us on the following websites to help us reach a wider audience:
You are only able to vote once DAILY using this site! Currently we are just outside the top 20 on this site.
You are able to vote DAILY on this site! We are currently ranked # 2 on this site

Alone Season 2: Selection Episode/ Gear Choices and Intro Recap 18 Apr 2016, 8:29 pm

The History Channel's series premier of Alone was last Thursday where they revealed several behind the scenes facts and details about the show and provided a first look at the 10 contestants who will be on the show this year. Alone has become one of my favorite survival related shows on television due to its format (a whole lot like another favorite Survivorman) and the fact that each year when the cast has been announced I have known several of the participants from Facebook groups and the self reliance/preparedness community (it's a small community after all). Last year I talked about Alone on the radio show a couple times and wrote three articles where I provided a few lessons learned from the show and I plan to do the same thing throughout this season! This post might be a bit long and I apologize for that, but there is a ton of information about the show below: My notes from the show, Bio information on the participants from the first show and my notes, My bets on the finalists, a list of what the participants brought as a group, what items the group can select from, a list of items prohibited, my selected 10 items and my selected clothing items.
Review my Alone Posts From Season 1: Alone Episode 1 Review & Thoughts; Alone Mid-season Recap; Alone Season 1 Conclusions and Final Thoughts.
My Show Notes From Season 2 Episode 1:
  •  Apparently the show will be on Northern Vancouver Island again this year, Quatsino Sound is where everyone will be actually placed (Eagle Manner was the departure point). looking at the map it appears to be in the upper left hand side of the island closest to the Aleutian Islands (AK). Port Hardy on Vancouver Island is the initial staging area where they gather prior to departing, where final instructions are given, they are able to get their kits back and also where they are blessed by a native tribe.
  • Over 3,500 People applied to be on Alone season 2, Including myself (so if your comment is why don't you go on the show well I'm trying).  The initial process is that you fill out an online application and assessment, if selected from there you are interviewed via Skpe by the casting agency and then 20 finalist were selected to attend a week long testing trip with producers and their survival expert consultants from which 10 were selected to be on the show. 
  • The week long trip with producers is essentially a tryout where they are looking for skills in shelter building, fire starting and ability to find food and water. 
    •  The assessment begins with shelter building as it rains 217 days a year on Vancouver Island. Average temperature on the island is 39 Degrees in the weekend. 
    • Fire Making they make sure you have the ability to make friction fire..... My only question is why is this part of the evaluation as the likelihood of success for a bow drill fire is so minimal it isn't even funny. Using a ferro rod with a variety of tinder sources, building tinder bundles, finding tinder, preparing for the next fire, preparing charred material, transporting fire and restarting a fire from embers.
    • The next leg of the evaluation week is food gathering where the participants must prove their ability to build a wide variety of traps, Figure 4's, bird traps, fish traps, dead falls, snares, and much more were demonstrated.  This is by far the skill that I think should be most the most stressed in the evaluation process along with securing fresh water as these are the two skills that will directly effect the length of time you can survive alone. 
    • They also talked about psychological testing of the participants, I think it should be some kind of stress immersion testing but they didn't go into specifics about the process. 
  • Camera gear proficiency is required and during the evaluation week you must demonstrate your ability to operate all of the camera gear (all 5 of them). 
  • The 10 contestants are on the island at least a week prior to going out alone to learn about the local area, get briefings and legal compliance and hone camera skills. Train on emergency kit 
  • The contestants must abide by all Providential hunting and fishing laws. They each got permits to hunt, fish and trap like residents of the providence but no firearms are allowed to be taken out during the show.  
  • The producers make sure each site has a food source (wild edibles, small game or fish), timber for firewood/shelter building and water source and the contestants pick their site via fortune cookie. Not all sites are created equal as we saw last year but each one must at the minimum have these three elements.  
  • The tarp full of clothing showed just how massive of an amount of clothing is allotted for the trip. With this much clothing plus a winter clothing allotment it makes it really hard to be cold in my opinion. At -22F with a dry bag full of clothing I can generally camp without much shelter beyond a wind break.  
  • Everyone selected sleeping bags, ferro rod, axe, saw and a pot or pan for there 10 piece kit but we will talk about that a little later in the article!  
  • Last year everything from ropes to plastic bottles were easily be found on the beaches so a ton of cordage might not be needed. Remember the trapping and container uses for plastic bottles and also their use for a digging device for clams, bait or even your own personal outhouse.
  • Before launch the crew drops off all of the camera and safety gear cases at the sites. At least you don't have to lug those pelican cases from the plane/chopper/boat onto shore and then to your eventual camp location.  
My Contestant Notes From Season 1 Episode 2
Mary Kate Green- Former Wildland Firefighter (hotshot crew) Age: 36 Homer, AK
-Young daughter and baby at home with her mother and that will probably be her biggest challenge during the show, at least from a mental aspect.
-She is an offgrider in Alaska so that is a large plus for skill immersion
-She selected the Pathfinder bushpot (See My Review HERE) that I'm seeing a ton of this year. I love my Pathfinder bush pot, but the more I use it the more I think something is missing whenever I look at the lid. The lid works great for a pot, but if you want to use the container for multiple purposes a lid that could be easily used as another container or as a frying pan would be extremely useful!
-Why Take a tarp when they already give you two? Just my $.02
-Way too Early Prediction: Bottom 5, leaving a baby behind and that has to weigh on her why she is out there with nothing but survival and family to think about.

Randy Champagne- Survival Instructor Age: 28 Bolder, UT
-Full time wilderness survival instructor
-Great Beard, as a bearded man you can tell a lot from someone with a beard and this guy will go far
-Way too Early Prediction: one of first 5 out
-Girlfriend of five years but otherwise nothing major to leave behind
-Way too Early Prediction: Top. Not as many things to worry about at home good skill set from what it seems, but see a lot of last years third place finisher in him. 

David McIntyre- Former Missionary Age: 50 Kentwood, MI
-Spent 15 years in Brazil as a missionary
-Survival instructor as a missionary and as a guide
-Leaving behind 3 kids
-“Haven't lived until you have wiped your butt with moss” great quote man!
-Great Axe selection in the GB Forest Axe, either he is an axe snob or he knows what he is doing with that axe and uses it often!
-“Gonna go other there and get my butt kicked” at least he know it will not be all rainbows and sunshine out there
-Seems like he will be this years Allan in the Bush Philosopher and quotable individual
-Way too Early Prediction: Bottom 5, his family will weigh on his is my guess but just for a sheer entertainment value I hope he sticks it out and becomes that bush philosopher I see in him.

Desmond White: Former U.S. Army Age: 37 Coolidge, AZ
-“If I was gonna die is should have died a long time ago”
-No kids, not married but huge family
-Views fishing as his strongest suit
-“If a bear comes around me I'm going to say hay bear, but if the bear comes after me and wants to fight you better help the bear, I'll come home 20 lbs heavier with a bear skin suit on”
-*My prediction is he taps because of predators, its one thing to be confident when you have a gun in your had but until you wake up surrounded by coyotes or by a bear kicking around your camp int the dark without a gun you will never know how you will react. 
-Way too Early Prediction: Bottom 5, eliminated because of bears (joking of course and then I see the promo and I start thinking he landed in a spot like Josh did last year). 

Larry Roberts: Electrician Age: 44 Rush City, MN
-"When I was a kid I wanted to grow up and be a native American so I could be one with nature"
-Two grown kids and a wife of 26.
-Wants to take a step back and see whats next for him
-Can defiantly see all the pathfinder system in him from saw choice to axe choice.
-Why in the world did you shave the beard brother? That would have kept your nice and warm all winter
-Way too Early Prediction: Top 3 its his time to see where those skills take him, looks like he might suffer a mechanical injury in the promo

Jose Martinez Amoedo: Aboriginal Skills Instructor Age: 45 Yukon, Canada
-Lives in NW CA just south of the arctic circle
-You have to adapt to nature
-80% of their resources came off the ocean
-Great multi-tool modifications for carving I think he will go far in the competition
-Way too Early Prediction: Top 3 and in my opinion the front runner in the competition due to familiarity with the environment

Tracy Wilson: Former Air Force & Law Enforcement Aiken, SC
-Living on the Appalachian Trail
-No husband or kids mentioned but a dog she will miss
-Like the Mors pot she is taking as it has a lid that can be used as a frying pan
-Way too Early Prediction: Bottom, seems like her skill level isn't on par with some of the other participants

Nicole Apelian: Anthropologist Age: 45 Portland OR
-Safari Guide in Africa with Kalahari bushmen
-Prescott college instructor
-Primitive skills instructor who makes all her own medicine
-Two Kids and ahusband Boyfriend (sorry I shouldn't have assumed)
-15 years ago MS made it so she couldn't walk
-Good attitude to not be over confident 
-Lost a stepson to drowning a year ago
-Way too Early Prediction: Top 5, her experience in the ecosystem and with wild edible could make her go far. Her MS and family might make her bow out early but seems like she has the skill set to thrive.

Justin Vititoe: Former U.S. Sniper Age: 35 Augusta, GA
-Army for 15 years as a sniper and sniper instructor
-Owns hike to survive that focuses on prevention of retired military suicides
-Wife and 3 step kids and grand child but with deployments they are all used to him being gone on deployments
-Going through a divorce so a great reason to stay away
-Wants to challenge himself
-Love the hammock net, really made me thing but don't
-Way too Early Prediction: Top 5 just so he can avoid  finalizing the divorce and seeing the person who is the source of all that is going wrong right now, I know if I was in that position I would never want to come back. 

Mike Lowe: Survival Instructor Age: 55 Lewis, CO
-Was in an orphanage and was kicked out at 15
-Was a survival instructor in the Air Force
-Full time survival instructor
-Ferro rod with attached scraper via shock cord (the attachments were not allowed last year so this is a change.
-Wife, 3 kids and 3 grand kids
-Way too Early Prediction: Bottom 5, only reason is due to the large family. Easily has top 3 skills but made the guess based on family (prove me wrong brother, I know you can do it).

*** I'm friends on Facebook with over half of you, please don't think this is an attack in anyway. Just me and my wife (PhD in Psychology) taking a guess at who we think will last the longest based on one hour of a show intro. 

Want To Build Your ALONE Survival Kit? Start Here: 

INDIVIDUAL Items Allowed To Be Taken As Part Of Your 10 Piece Kit:
*Each participant must choose TEN total items from the following list. Selections are final. Once chosen, no items may be swapped out or replaced. These will be each participant’s unique tools used to survive in the wilderness on camera.

12×12 ground cloth/tarp (grommets approved)
8 mm climbing rope – 10M
550 parachord – 20m`
1 hatchet
1 saw
1 ax
1 multi-seasonal sleeping bag that fits within provided backpack
1 bivy bag (Gore-Tex sleeping bag cover)
1 sleeping pad
1 hammock
1 large (no more than 2 quart) pot, includes lid
1 steel frying pan
1 flint or ferro rod set
1 enamel bowl for eating
1 spoon
1 canteen or water bottle
1 bear canister
1 bar soap
8 oz tube of toothpaste
1 face flannel
40 m roll of dental floss
small bottle bio shower soap
1 shaving razor (and 1 blade)
1 towel (30” x 60”)
1 comb
300-yard roll of nylon single filament fishing line and 25 assorted hooks (No lures)
primitive bow with 6 Arrows (must be predominately made of wood)
small gauge gill net (8 m x 2 m OR 1.5 m deep x 3.6 m long and 2” [50 mm] mesh)
net foraging bag
3.5 lb roll of trapping wire
5 lbs of beef jerky (protein)
5 lbs of dried pulses/legumes/lentils mix (starch and carbs)
5 lbs of biltong (protein)
5 lbs of hard tack military biscuits (carbs/sugars)
5 lbs of chocolate (Simple/complex sugars)
5 lbs of pemmican (traditional trail food made from fat and proteins)
5 lbs of gorp (raisins, m&m’s and peanuts)
5 lbs of flour (starch/carbs)
2 lbs of rice or sugar and 1 lb of salt
pocket knife
hunting knife
Leatherman multi-tool
sharpening stone
roll of duct tape or roll of electrical tape
small shovel
small sewing kit
LED flashlight
pair of ice spikes

*The following items are PROHIBITED. This list is not exhaustive. Any item not listed above is also prohibited.
Fuel or matches
Bug spray/mosquito repellant.
Sunscreen/chap stick
Beauty products
Map (detailed topographical)
Unapproved technology (anything with a battery or an engine, eg. cell phones, computers, watches, etc.)
Professional snares
Firearms of any kind
Explosives or gunpowder
Animal poison
Professional fishing rods
Fishing lures, flies, bait kits
Fishing traps
Food or beverage (except the options from the selection list)
Animal calls
Tree stands
Professional bows or crossbows
Scopes of any kind
Tents or shelters
Stoves, pressure cookers or other cooking appliances
Hydration packs
Fire pits
Electric or propane lanterns
Inflatable boats
Filtration, purification devices, iodine tablets
Coolers or food storage boxes (except optional bear canister)

Participant Selections For 10 Piece Kit:

Emergency Rations- 13 (Some participants selected 2 of this item)
Sleeping Bag-10
Bow/Buck Saw- 10
Ferro Rod-10
Axe- 10
Belt Knife- 9
Fishing Line And Hooks- 9
Gill Net-9
2 Qt. Pot-8
Bivy Bag-2
Frying Pan- 2
Bow & 6 Arrows- 1
Trapping Wire- 1
Tarp- 1
8MM Climbing Rope- 1

My Selections And Rational:
  1. Belt Knife- I'm still debating which one as I love so many but it's down to an Lt. Wright Bushcrafter or Genesis, BHK Scout, or BHK PLSK2. All are easily sharpened on river stone and honed with my leather belt, but the bushcrafter or Genesis would probably win out due to the versatility of the design in my opinion. This item can be used as a replacment for the next two items to some extent, will clean any game, can be used for self defense and also to craft any other materials I may need.
  1. Buck Saw- I use my Bacho Laplander 99% of the time in the woods as it is always on my hip, but when you're going off grid for what could be months and a quasi permanent shelter is needed then bigger is better and I would go with one of my 26” bucksaws.
  1. Axe- I keep debating this item over and over as I can get away with my belt knife and a buck saw and I know building a very large structure probably just isn't going to happen but would end up being more of a yurt. The need for firewood for predator protection and ability to get a good nights sleep without much worry is worth having this tool alone!
  1. Ferro Rod- No brainier for me! Granted if there is ever any sun I could use my glasses as a magnification lens, but that isn't worth betting my life on. 6” x 1/2” or bigger, whatever the largest rod with a high magnesium content they allow me to bring that's what I would take!
  1. 2 Qt. Pot- I love my Pathfinder bushpot with nesting stove, but for this trip I believe I would be on the look out for a bushpot with a lid that goes on the outside of the pot so it could be used as a frying pan as well. The nesting stove makes a good shovel/sifter for digging clams as a bonus!
  1. 64 Oz. Water Bottle: I get thirsty A LOT and I hydrate like it's my job! So I wanted to have a water bottle to take with me when out foraging, trapping, fishing or collecting fire wood. I also wanted a second container in case of potential container failure and to allow for the cooking of both food and a beverage or food and medicine.
  1. 300 yards of fishing line and 25 assorted hooks: The vast majority of your nutrition will be coming from the ocean or streams so fishing equipment is of critical importance.... Granted I could probably find plenty of fishing gear along a beach but that is never a guarantee. It also offers a great deal of ready to deeply cordage. Critical for making a backup gill net, trout lines, shore based fishing and much more.
  1. Gill Net: I said this last year and it turned out to be correct, but this is the best passive means to obtain a very important food source. Granted this can be made with a few net needles and some of the fishing line above, but who is to say I don't end up deploying two gill nets and a few trout lines.
  1. 3.5 lbs trapping wire: I'm not a huge fan of snares as they are generally a one shot deal, but I believe the success rate of a snare for small game would be much higher than that of a few dead falls on a trap line. Couple this with a few primitive bird traps, the gill net trout line and fish traps and there should be a fairly decent trap line to work daily in addition to looking for edibles, collection of water and gathering firewood.
  1. 5lbs Pemmican: If rice and beans were an option I would drop something and add that as well as those two rationed would get me through a few weeks of bad luck, not to mention the rations in the kit provided). Pemmican is a no brainier and this amount will sustain me for almost a week without in taking other supplemental calories. This will be critical for maintaining energy in the first week while I acclimate to the micro climate (get the hang of tides and learn where plants/water/resources are located), build a longer term shelter and start to build my trap line.

Clothing You Get To Pack Initially:
1 pair high leg Hunting boots
2 pairs of Outdoor Pants (can unzip into shorts)
1 t-shirt
2 fleece or wool shirts (hooded or unhooded)
3 pairs wool socks
1 hat (brimmed, wool or baseball)
1 bandana or shemagh
1 pair gloves
1 light outdoor jacket
2 pairs underwear
1 rain jacket and rain trousers
1 thermal underwear (long)
1 pair of gaiters
1 pair of Crocs, Teva sandals or Keen sandals
1 toothbrush
1 pair of prescription eye glasses
1 personal photograph

*These items were provided to each participant and did not count towards the 10 special items.
1 wool sweater (heavy)
1 pair of gloves (wool/Dachsteins)
1 trapper’s hat with ear protection or toboggan

So What Would I wear?
****You may notice I unlike everyone on the show didn't select a sleeping bag. Well the low temperature there is right around freezing which If I put all of that clothing on at that temperature they will have to life flight me out as I will have a heat stroke! In that temperature level I should easily be able to curl up in my Lester River Bushcraft Boreal Jacket and go to sleep much like I have on countless occasions here during many WV nights.
  1. Matterhorn Full Size Boots
  1. Fleece/wool Scentlock 4 Season Pants
  1. Pair of water resistant BDU's that unzip into shorts
  1. Moisture wicking heat gear t-shirt
  1. Fleece/Wool Scent Lock 4 Season 3/4 Zip top
  1. Lester River Bushcraft Wool Boreal Coat
  1. Heat Gear tall wool socks
  1. Mid-weight tall wool socks
  1. Expidetion weight wool socks
  1. Columbia bonnie (purpose built for fishing in wet buggy places)
  1. Full Sized Shemagh
  1. Leather Technical Rescue/Work Glove
  1. Columbia Gortex Jacket (Pack able)
  1. New brand I'm testing from a newer fishing clothing company
  1. 100% wool Base layer (i.e. Long johns)
  1. Gaiter, I never use them, but when you get a resource take it!P
  1. Pair of sandles for around camp and working in the water, who am I kidding I wear them all winter
  1. Travel toothbrush
  1. My current eye glasses w/ case and some kind of device to secure them to my head
  1. Picture- Large family photo from my wedding most likely.
  1. Winter Sweater- Wither Boreal Mountain Annorak or my favorite Woolrich sweater
  1. Winter Gloves- Heavy duty wool unsure of brand
  1. Woolrich trappers hat
*We will provide the following items to each participant. These items do not count towards the 10 special items.
  1. 2 safety tools (may consist of a canister of wild animal repellent, an air horn and/or 1 flare)
  1. rules and regulations guide
  1. backpack
  1. Camera equipment
  1. emergency flare
  1. satellite phone
  1. emergency personal flotation device
  1. first aid kit (military type – tourniquet, wadding, ace bandage, alcohol, plastic bag, etc)
  1. small mirror
  1. 20×20 canvas tarp-(That will come in handy as a shelter platform!)
  1. 10×10 tarp for protecting camera and equipment
  1. GPS tracking device
  1. head lamp-(You probably remember everyone saying Mitch brought this item onto the show last year  and how it started everyone questioning what all the producers actually gave people. 
  1. emergency rations pack to include water and food- Add this to the rations above and you should be set for your heavy work load the first couple days!)
If you are like me then you have been waiting for Thursday April 21st 2016 since the Alone finale last fall. I obviously cant wait for the show to really get started and maybe, just maybe season 3 will be my year (fingers crossed, P.S. I'm talking to you producers give me a call :)). This will be just one of many posts on the show and I'm sure you will be hearing me talk about it on my live radio show at least one week coming very soon!
Visit Us On Social Media:
APN Radio Show:
Consulting Company Website:

Have something outdoor/bushcraft/trapping/preparedness/hiking/camping/fishing/hunting related you want me to make a post about? Leave me a comment and I will see what I can do! As always feel free to leave your questions and comment below! Also if you enjoy the blog please vote for us on the following websites to help us reach a wider audience:
You are only able to vote once DAILY using this site! Currently we are just outside the top 20 on this site.
You are able to vote DAILY on this site! We are currently ranked # 2 on this site.

Christopher Apodaca Survival Knife Review & GAW! 29 Mar 2016, 11:23 pm

This week we have a great Christopher Apodaca survival knife up for review and giveaway valued at over $250! I will tell you about the giveaway upfront and then below you will see the video and corresponding review article!

Next week (Tuesday 4/4/16 @ 9pm ET) on my live radio show we will be giving away a Christopher Apodaca Self-Reliance Knife on my live show with him over at There will be two winners selected for the following prizes 1) Christopher Apodaca Self-Reliance Knife + Small First Aid Kit +Small Fire Kit (Valued at over $200) and 2) Small First Aid Kit and Small Fire Kit (Valued at over $50). All entries will be assigned a unique number and I will select the winners via during the show. Please pay attention to the details below as if you don't complete all of the tasks for each for of entry you will be disqualified and another winner will be selected in your place. I will pay for shipping within the USA if a winner is outside the USA they can pay shipping costs or another winner will be selected.

Three Ways To Enter The GAW:
1) Face Book Entry: You may enter with this method until 04/04/2016 @ 1400 Eastern and must do all of the below to receive the entry.
2) YouTube User Entry: You may enter with this method until 04/04/2016 @ 1400 Eastern and must do all of the below to receive the entry.
3) Prepper Broadcasting Entry: You must participate at some point between 2100 and 2130 eastern during the show
Christopher Apodaca Self-Reliance Knife Video Review (click picture below or click here):

Need A Survival Knife? Try One Of These: 

Knife Specifications
This knife meets all of my requirements for a a long term self-reliance knife as you can see by the graphic below; however, here are the knifes specifications and we will go through each knife requirement below. Steel: 1095 High Carbon Steel
OAL: 9.25"
 Blade Thickness:  5/32" 
Blade Length: 4.75"
Grind: Scandinavian
Sheath: 7 Oz Hand Stitched Leather Dangler
Handle Material: Natural African Mahagony Wood (w/ Large Fish Eye Hole)

Fits Hand Comfortably In All Positions: This knife fits the hand pretty well in almost every single position. Using this knife as a draw knife is a little more difficult than say the IHK Bush Clever (See It Here), but it simply wasn't built for that purpose it was built as a general all-around woods knife. The blade can also be utilized as a self defense tool as it works. The contour of the handle and the scalloping near the blade really provide a finished look to the blade and really helps with control of the blade!

Manageable Blade Length: At 4.75" this knife is a nice blend of small and manageable for fine tasks, yet robust enough for processing down five wood via batoning. I was able to make a try stick quite easily with this knife and was still able to baton 4" Oak and then took it to the kitchen to prepare a meal without any issue. The knife felt comfortable and the blade was easily managed during every task I put before the knife. 
Solid/Flat Pommel: This knife has a slightly angled pommel but is easily manageable to implement as a hammering device as demonstrated in the video where I show it has the ability to hammer a peg into another piece of wood. This knife can easily be used to crush nuts, hammer in tent pegs and generally replace a hammer for light duty uses (granted you could easily pick up a stick, but this offers a little more control).

One Cutting Edge w/ No Serrations: This blade obviously has no serrations making it ideal for processing fire wood via batoning and easy to field sharpen. The scandi grind has retained paper cutting sharpness after several uses in the kitchen and in the field and has been one of the best blades for edge retention that I have tested recently.
90 Degree Edge on Spine: This knife has one of the most aggressive 90 degree spines of any knives I have picked up. The spine will remove material from a ferro rod or material from a stick like a knife cutting through butter. There is no need to worry about getting used to the 90 for optimum performance as this knife just rips through material like its nothing. Great 90.... amazing 90, cant say enough about this amazing 90 degree spine.

High Carbon Steel: There are very few knives that I would buy or even review that aren't high carbon steel and this one is no exception. The blade is made from a high-carbon 1095 variant of steel that will field sharpen easily and will throw sparks with flint/steel quite easily.
Sharp/Spear Point: While this knife does have a sharp point and can be used as a modified/makeshift drill it doesn't work as well as a true spear point like that of a bushcrafter style knife with more of a spear point on the knife. The knife can easily make holes for starting a bow drill set, make a bore hole in wood or anything else where you may need a drill but be without one while in a wilderness environment. This knife will without a doubt function as a makeshift drill on the fly if the situation calls for it.

Heavy-Duty sheath with Ferro Rod Loop: Sara (Christopher's Girlfriend), makes amazing looking leather sheaths (I still have a small belt sheath she made that has a deer stamped into the leather that everyone seems to love). While most of her sheaths don't come with a ferro rod loop standard you could easily use a different sheath and use this for more of a minimalist carry.
1/8"to 3/16" Blade Thickness: This knife comes in at 5/32" and is a good upgrade to say a Mora Bushcraft Black (one of my favorite knives- see my review HERE). This knife has no problem batoning through material and just felt like a very sturdy extension of your arm when utilizing this tool.

Full Tang: There is no question this knife will last an extremely long time! The knife is obviously full tang and once you get your hand on this knife (assuming you're the lucky winner you will see just how bomb-proof this beautiful knife really is!

Christopher Apodaca Handmade Knives give you what you expect, a hand made knife that looks amazing and is highly functional. This knife is no exception. I expected a mirror finish, I expected awesome leather work by Sara, I expected to fall in love with the knife and not want to give it away! The knife is a joy to use and in case I didn't say it enough above... the 90 degree edge on this knife is so sharp and that was a pleasant surprise as most of the knives I've tested lately cant hold a candle to my BHK neck knives when it comes to serving as a ferro rod/tinder scrapper. The knife is the perfect size and weight for EDC and honestly you will forget that it's even there after awhile. All I can say is I envy whomever ends up winning this beautiful knife next week!
Visit Us On Social Media:
APN Radio Show:
Consulting Company Website:

Have something outdoor/bushcraft/trapping/preparedness/hiking/camping/fishing/hunting related you want me to make a post about? Leave me a comment and I will see what I can do! As always feel free to leave your questions and comment below! Also if you enjoy the blog please vote for us on the following websites to help us reach a wider audience:
You are only able to vote once DAILY using this site! Currently we are just outside the top 20 on this site.
You are able to vote DAILY on this site! We are currently ranked # 2 on this site.

8 Things That Are Worth More than Anything in a Disaster 28 Mar 2016, 9:43 pm

8 Things That Are Worth More than Anything in a Disaster


If you’re looking to stockpile, you’ve probably taken into account several factors in order to decide what should be on your survival shopping list. By looking at recent events across the globe or even the ones in the US (remember Katrina), it’s easy to notice which items people would have given all their money and possessions for in exchange for hydrating themselves, feeding their children or…

Now, we need to make a small distinction, here. Some of these items will be crucial immediately after it hits, while others will be more important in a post-collapse world. Up to you how you prioritize them, what matters is that you start getting them as soon as possible and, if you have the room, to get extra items for bartering purposes.

#1. Water

You can live up to 3 days without water, but your body will start to fail us before that happens. You may think to yourself: well, I don’t really drink that much water, I think I can last more than that.

Two reasons that may get you to reconsider:

#1. The foods you eat and the beverages you drink all have various amounts of water.

#2. You’re not in a survival situation right now. Your body doesn’t need that much water to produce energy for you to read this article, check your e-mail and even to do your job… but when disaster is on your tail, when you’re stressed out because your kid is not answering his phone and you don’t know whether he’s safe or not, you will dehydrate quicker.

If you don’t have at least a few gallons of water for emergency situations, I strongly encourage you to go to the store after you finish reading this. And if you can’t do that, you can at least store tap water in plastic bottles, which you should rotate regularly. Then keep adding more and more.  Everyone should also have a Water Filtration System.

Furthermore, keep in mind you might need more water than you think. You might have to clean a wound, cook, wash your clothes, take a shower or even spare some to your friends and neighbors. The more the better.

#2. Self-Defense Weapons

Security isn’t just about home invasion and bugging in scenarios. It’s also for when you’ve run out of food and water and need to go out there and risk your life to get some. Now, I don’t know if you like guns or if you’re allowed to have them where you live, but one thing you should do is check the laws and regulations in your region before you get anything. Otherwise, you might end up fined, like that Danish 17 year-old girl who used pepper spray to get away from her rapist.

Consider these: handguns, rifles, shotguns, Survival Knife, Machete, Slingshot, Bow or Crossbow , Pepper Spray,Wasp Spray, Baseball Bat, Folding Knife , Tactical Pen , Stun Gun  and so on. Ideally, everyone should learn and have at least one Self Defense item when they leave the house. (above items have links to some products to better help you associate and find the items)

#3. Comfort Foods and Drinks

As you’re looking out the window or on T.V. and see the magnitude of the disaster, you’ll need a morale booster to stop yourself from swearing or crying. Even if you consider yourself mentally strong, you still need ways to make everything more bearable and appear stronger in front of the family.

Consider stockpiling whiskey, vodka, coffee beans, sugar, honey, hard candy and peanut butter. Depending on how you store them, you can squeeze out years of shelf life. Besides, you’ll probably begin to consume them after a while, a good excuse to hoard more. Just watch the weight, you need to be in shape if you’re going to survive.

#4. Food

I’m not going to talk too much about food, it’s a vast subject and has been debated to death in articles, books and ebooks. In short, focus on storing long-shelf life foods in Mylar Bags with oxygen absorbers, which you should place in cool, dry, dark places in 5-gallon plastic buckets.

Start with beans, rice, whole grains and canned food but feel free to add some variety (honey, peanut butter, powdered milk, jams, jellies etc.

#5. Means to Light Your Way

Flashlight,Lantern,Emergency Candles, Strike Anywhere Matches – if the power grid goes down for weeks or even months, you’ll need something to light your way after dark. You’ll also need to see any burglars that may try to break their way into your home, barn or survival garden.

There’s no shortage of flashlights on the market today. Quite the opposite, the flashlights market has exploded and today you’ve got so many choices, it’s hard to ignore them.

#6. Toilet Paper

Wiping one’s behind is going to be a serious issue. You could use newspaper provided that you buy them because, in today’s digitized world, we read the news online and books on Kindle devices. Make sure you have some TP in your bug out bag and in your car, you never know when you might need it for emergencies.

Tip: store it in your attic because that’s one place inside your home where you shouldn’t keep food, water or medicine (due to high temperatures and temperature variations).

#7. Fuel

You’ll need fuel for your car, you’ll need fuel for your propane stove. I’m also including wood here in case you’re using a wood-burning stove, but keep in mind where you get it from. Getting dead branches from private property can get you in trouble depending on where you live.

One thing I should advise you is that you always store fuel in proper containers and never inside your home. There are safety precautions as well as federal and state laws depending on which type of fuel you’re thinking of hoarding.

#8. Your Loved Ones

You may not like them today, maybe you’re not even speaking to them… but when the S will hit the F, you’ll have to overcome this and work together to stay safe. Maybe you can do this alone, but it’ll be much easier with people you trust.

If you can’t get them to join you in your prepping endeavors, at least get them to think about self-defense. People are attacked and raped every single day, it doesn’t take a disaster to trigger the worst behavior in our fellow humans.


Dan F. Sullivan

Survival Weekly Video Contest 28 Mar 2016, 7:46 pm

Tomorrow, Tuesday March 29, 2016 I will have Jim Cobb on my radio show over at ( talking about his new book the Prepper's Communication Handbook. We will be working our way through the book on the show giving you all kinds of insights on pre and post disaster communication and communication systems. You can pick up a copy of his book below.... Now what does this have to do with my blog aside from the fact he is on my radio show tomorrow? Well, this past week Jim Cobb over at posted his annual video/essay contest to coincide with the release of his newest book "Prepper's Communication Handbook" (Buy it Here- LINK).  The rules for the contest this year were pretty simple: 1) Provide original content (either video or essay) about some topic concerning preparedness or self-reliance - one of the suggested video topics was pack setup so I talked about my haversack in the video below; 2) Upload and email to Jim Cobb; 3) Be family friendly. The entrees are then posted on where they will be judged by several professional in the industry as well as selecting a fan favorite. The three winners (fan favorite/video/essay) will receive a prize package with a multi-band radio, his new book, a UV pen, UV light and a few assorted training DVD's. You can learn more about the contest here: LINK. If you would like to see the rest of the entrants you can find those here (LINK).

So here is my updated woods haversack for the summer when in predator country. This kit can essentially suffice for long-term self reliance (sure a few traps and a few other things would be nice but I could easily be comfortable long-term out of this kit). There are several additions to this kit from when I explored it as my 10 C's kit for the Pathfinder School's Phase 1 Course. The video is a bit long as I talk about every item in the kit including my Micro 10 C's Kit (Find more information Here- LINK) and my current fire kit. The weight isn't too bad at all but you will know its on your shoulder after a few hours with a full water bottle and a box of spare 44 Magnum ammunition.
I forgot to add my ultralight fishing kit to the video as it was in my larger tackle box for a boat based trip earlier in the week. While this kit is not always in my haversack, it usually finds a home there whenever I will be near a fishable body of water. I know it is overkill and you can easily catch fish with a piece of cordage and a makeshift hook but a crank bait makes life the fishing process a little more fun.

Check Out These Other Books By Jim Cobb:

I love carrying my Pathfinder School Oil Skin Haversack whenever I'm in the woods as it is one of the more minimalist means of carrying everything I might need and still provide extra room for foraging, fire material, etc. This kit incorporates survival necessities, self/predator defense, sustainability and much more all in a lightweight (the haversack literally folds down to the size of an Altoids tin and weighs less than my micro 10 C's Kit) and adaptable package. I have been debating for awhile going back to a mid-sized backpack and utilize it for every trip long or small where as the haversack is broken down and placed into my pack on longer trips. For now the haversack kit will be by my side whenever I venture out but as always I'm always looking to improve!

Friday Free For All (03/18/16) 20 Mar 2016, 9:30 pm

A month ago I started sharing the prepping/survival/self-reliance/bushcraft/homesteading ebooks that I downloaded for free from Amazon and thought I would continue that again this week. I;m a little late this week and I apologize for the delay. I will be posting free books each Friday that I find through the week (If you miss a post just check the store's reference section as I will add them there each week as well). Be sure to check the price before you hit buy as amazon can change prices on a whim but as of last night they were all free downloads! I hope you're able to get some use out of this weeks books and I will post a comment here if I find one I really like while reading this weekend! If you have AdBlocker you will need to turn it off to get the free books to load below. Just remember to refresh your browser to after you turn it off.

Previous Free For All Friday Articles: 02/12/16; 02/19/16; 02/26/16; 03/04/16; 03/11/16;

You can Join Kindle Unlimited for free for 30 days by clicking the link below and can essentially read any book on Amazon for free that month!

You Can Also Join Amazon Prime for free for 30 days and get access to almost all of the books on their website for free, you also get free shipping on purchases and free video streaming:

Here are your free Ebooks that I found this week:

Visit Us On Social Media:


APN Radio Show:







Consulting Company Website:

Have something outdoor/bushcraft/trapping/preparedness/hiking/camping/fishing/hunting related you want me to make a post about? Leave me a comment and I will see what I can do! As always feel free to leave your questions and comment below! Also if you enjoy the blog please vote for us on the following websites to help us reach a wider audience:

You are only able to vote once DAILY using this site! Currently we are just outside the top 20 on this site.


You are able to vote DAILY on this site! We are currently ranked # 2 on this site.

Surviving Contaminated Water Post-Disaster Online Training 3/31/16 20 Mar 2016, 5:01 pm

Surviving Contaminated Water Post-Disaster Online Training Date: March 31, 2016 Time: 8-10pm EST Where: Online Register: Below, or click here. What would you do if the water stopped running? Clean, safe drinking water is necessary for life. Without it, you don’t survive. After a disaster, waterborne diseases are both tragically common and often preventable. What […]

The post Surviving Contaminated Water Post-Disaster Online Training 3/31/16 appeared first on Herbal Prepper.

Maine Primitive Skills School’s Michael Douglas, on Herbal Prepper Live 3/20/16 18 Mar 2016, 12:53 pm

Interview with Michael Douglas, Director of Adult Programs at Maine Primitive Skills School Herbal Prepper Live airs every Sunday at 7pm E/4pm P on Learn how primitive skills can improve your preps This week on Herbal Prepper Live, we’re talking to Michael Douglas of the Maine Primitive Skills School. Hear from one of the […]

The post Maine Primitive Skills School’s Michael Douglas, on Herbal Prepper Live 3/20/16 appeared first on Herbal Prepper.

5 Minute Fire/Shelter Challenge 14 Mar 2016, 8:21 pm

This past week the Wilderness Trade Blanket Facebook Group (Find It Here- LINK) hosted a challenge to get the fastest time for a primitive fire and setup a tarp shelter. The challenge was sponsored by Deer Creek Wilderness Outfitters (find there here- LINK) who offered up one of their new knives ($300.00+ value) as the first prize. The requirements of the challenge are as follows: 1) One tarp with ridge line; 2) Secured with four stakes; 3) Start fire with primitive source (flint/steel, magnification or friction method); 4) Tinder bundle prepared on camera; 5) Fire material can be processed and separated; 6) Fire lay much be built on camera; 7) Say start and stop; 8) Sustainable fire (they defined by roughly 1' flames); 9) Fastest time wins; 10) Post video to group page and tag group admin.

While I personally don't utilize a ridge line any longer unless hammock camping it's like riding a bike and essentially just requires the following: a figure 8 knot on one end (make the loop over sized to easily pass the working end through), then slip the rope through a grommet and place a toggle in the loop (2x or however many you desire to do so), then tie a butterfly knot 3' of more from the second tree, pass the rope around the tree and loop the rope through the butterfly using it as a makeshift 2-1 and finish the system off with a truckers hitch for easy take down.

If I were going to do a true fire/shelter/water type of challenge to get the best possible time I would more than likely do the following: 1) Place a Modified Twig bundle fire (Learn  how to build one here- LINK) against a log and light with a ferro rod or lighter; 2) Place my water bottle on top of the log at the center of the bundle; 3) Setup modified Diamond Tarp Shelter (Learn how to set it up here- LINK). Once the shelter is setup the water should be nearing its boiling point (depending on the ambient temperature and water temperature) and this time can be utilized to add larger fuel to your twig bundle and setup your bed roll.  Assuming minimal negative variables and above 0F degree temperatures this entire process can usually be completed in close five minutes; whereas, the fire/shelter video took close to five minutes. Why can my preferred setup shave off so much time? The pre-made tinder/fire lay saves a ton of time and goes up like a roman candle and cooks like a flame thrower when you put the cooking vessel at the top of the fire lay and lighting the fire first gives me an extra two minutes or so to reach a boil while setting up the tarp. The modified diamond tarp shelter saves a ton of time and stays much warmer than other tarp setups.

So without further delay here is my entry into the contest at a little under the Five minute mark for sustainable fire and shelter. Just click the picture below to start the video player.

Need Some Supplies To Get Started On Your Fire/Shelter Path? Try Some Of These:

Visit Us On Social Media:


APN Radio Show:







Consulting Company Website:

Have something outdoor/bushcraft/trapping/preparedness/hiking/camping/fishing/hunting related you want me to make a post about? Leave me a comment and I will see what I can do! As always feel free to leave your questions and comment below! Also if you enjoy the blog please vote for us on the following websites to help us reach a wider audience:

You are only able to vote once DAILY using this site! Currently we are just outside the top 20 on this site.


You are able to vote DAILY on this site! We are currently ranked # 2 on this site.

Friday Free For All (03/11/16) 11 Mar 2016, 9:07 pm

A month ago I started sharing the prepping/survival/self-reliance/bushcraft/homesteading ebooks that I downloaded for free from Amazon and thought I would continue that again this week. I;m a little late this week and I apologize for the delay. I will be posting free books each Friday that I find through the week (If you miss a post just check the store's reference section as I will add them there each week as well). Be sure to check the price before you hit buy as amazon can change prices on a whim but as of last night they were all free downloads! I hope you're able to get some use out of this weeks books and I will post a comment here if I find one I really like while reading this weekend! If you have AdBlocker you will need to turn it off to get the free books to load below. Just remember to refresh your browser to after you turn it off.

Previous Free For All Friday Articles: 02/12/16; 02/19/16; 02/26/16; 03/04/16;

You can Join Kindle Unlimited for free for 30 days by clicking the link below and can essentially read any book on Amazon for free that month!

You Can Also Join Amazon Prime for free for 30 days and get access to almost all of the books on their website for free, you also get free shipping on purchases and free video streaming:

Here are your free Ebooks that I found this week:

Visit Us On Social Media:


APN Radio Show:







Consulting Company Website:

Have something outdoor/bushcraft/trapping/preparedness/hiking/camping/fishing/hunting related you want me to make a post about? Leave me a comment and I will see what I can do! As always feel free to leave your questions and comment below! Also if you enjoy the blog please vote for us on the following websites to help us reach a wider audience:

You are only able to vote once DAILY using this site! Currently we are just outside the top 20 on this site.


You are able to vote DAILY on this site! We are currently ranked # 2 on this site.

Sida spp. 10 Mar 2016, 10:52 pm

Binomial Name Sida spp (Ex., S. acuta, S. cordata, S. rhombifolia, S. spinosa, etc.) Common Names Country mallow, wireweed, common wireweed, broomweed, ironweed, fanpetals, arrowleaf, Cuban jute, Queensland hemp Description Sida is a genus of a flowering plant with possibly 200 or more species found around the globe. Most of the time, sida is found […]

The post Sida spp. appeared first on Herbal Prepper.

Friday Free For All (03/04/16) 6 Mar 2016, 8:36 pm

A month ago I started sharing the prepping/survival/self-reliance/bushcraft/homesteading ebooks that I downloaded for free from Amazon and thought I would continue that again this week. I;m a little late this week and I apologize for the delay. I will be posting free books each Friday that I find through the week (If you miss a post just check the store's reference section as I will add them there each week as well). Be sure to check the price before you hit buy as amazon can change prices on a whim but as of last night they were all free downloads! I hope you're able to get some use out of this weeks books and I will post a comment here if I find one I really like while reading this weekend! If you have AdBlocker you will need to turn it off to get the free books to load below. Just remember to refresh your browser to after you turn it off.

Previous Free For All Friday Articles: 02/12/16; 02/19/16; 02/26/16;

Visit Us On Social Media:
APN Radio Show:
Consulting Company Website:

Have something outdoor/bushcraft/trapping/preparedness/hiking/camping/fishing/hunting related you want me to make a post about? Leave me a comment and I will see what I can do! As always feel free to leave your questions and comment below! Also if you enjoy the blog please vote for us on the following websites to help us reach a wider audience:
You are only able to vote once DAILY using this site! Currently we are just outside the top 20 on this site.
You are able to vote DAILY on this site! We are currently ranked # 2 on this site.

The Long Road 1 Mar 2016, 7:47 am

Get your copy of Dystopia: Beginning of the End (Volume 1) today!

First book in the Dystopia Series


Coming soon ….Dystopia:The Long Road



Free For All Friday! (02/26/16) 27 Feb 2016, 2:12 am

Two weeks ago I started sharing the prepping/survival/self-reliance/bushcraft/homesteading ebooks that I downloaded for free from Amazon and thought I would continue that again this week. So while I was downloading the books below last night I added them to my online store's reference section  (find it HERE-LINK) to save them until I could gain access to a laptop today. I will be posting free books each Friday that I find through the week (If you miss a post just check the store's reference section as I will add them there each week as well). Be sure to check the price before you hit buy as amazon can change prices on a whim but as of last night they were all free downloads! I hope you're able to get some use out of this weeks books and I will post a comment here if I find one I really like while reading this weekend! If you have AdBlocker you will need to turn it off to get the free books to load below. Just remember to refresh your browser to after you turn it off.

Previous Free For All Friday Articles: 02/12/16; 02/19/16;

Visit Us On Social Media:
APN Radio Show:
Consulting Company Website:

Have something outdoor/bushcraft/trapping/preparedness/hiking/camping/fishing/hunting related you want me to make a post about? Leave me a comment and I will see what I can do! As always feel free to leave your questions and comment below! Also if you enjoy the blog please vote for us on the following websites to help us reach a wider audience:
You are only able to vote once DAILY using this site! Currently we are just outside the top 20 on this site.
You are able to vote DAILY on this site! We are currently ranked # 2 on this site.

Wild Edible/ Medicinal: Dandelion (a.k.a. Taraxacum) 25 Feb 2016, 8:42 pm

Taraxacum is a large genus of flowering plants and commonly referred to as dandelion. Each single flower in a head is called a floret. Many Taraxacum species produce seeds asexually by apomixis, where the seeds are produced without pollination, resulting in offspring that are genetically identical to the parent plant.

Get Your Dandelion Products Here

Read these other articles on Wild Edible and Medicinal Plants:  Queen Ann's Lace (LINK);  How to determine if a Plant is Edible (LINK), How to Make Pine Needle Tea (LINK); Winter Wild Edible Collection (LINK); Seven Eastern Woodland Trees Essential to Survival (LINK); Red Clover (LINK); List of Common Ailments w/ Cooresponding Wild Medicinal (LINK); Wild Edibles- Leeks a.k.a. Ramps (LINK); Wild Medicinal Squaw Root- The Key to Women's Wilderness Health (LINK)

Identification/ Description
The leaves are 2”–12” long, simple forming a rosette above the central taproot. The flower heads are yellow to orange colored, and are open in the daytime but closed at night. The heads are borne singly on a hollow stem (scape) that rises .0.5”–5” above the leaves and releases a milky latex when broken. A rosette may produce several flowering stems at a time. The flower heads are .75”–2” in diameter. The flower heads mature into spherical seed heads called clocks containing many single-seeded fruits called achenes. Each achene is attached to a pappus of fine hairs, which enable wind-aided dispersal over long distances (thus why this plant is so invasive).

Read these other articles on Wild Edible and Medicinal Plants:  Queen Ann's Lace (LINK);  How to determine if a Plant is Edible (LINK), How to Make Pine Needle Tea (LINK); Winter Wild Edible Collection (LINK); Seven Eastern Woodland Trees Essential to Survival (LINK); Red Clover (LINK); List of Common Ailments w/ Cooresponding Wild Medicinal (LINK); Wild Edibles- Leeks a.k.a. Ramps (LINK); Wild Medicinal Squaw Root- The Key to Women's Wilderness Health (LINK)Plantain (LINK);

Found in temperate areas across the globe (i.e. anywhere outside of the permafrost zone, every continent other than Antarctica)

 ***Be sure to check out the video above featuring dandelion root in a wild edible stew)*** Dandelions are found on each continent (with the exception of Antarctica) and have been gathered for food since the beginning of recorded history. A perennial plant, its leaves will grow back if the taproot is left intact. To make leaves more palatable, they are often blanched to remove bitterness or sauteed in the same way as spinach. Dandelion leaves and buds have been a part of traditional Sephardic, Chinese, and Korean cuisine. The flower petals, along with other ingredients, usually including citrus, are used to make dandelion wine. The ground, roasted roots can be used as a caffeine-free dandelion coffee. Dandelion was also traditionally used to make the traditional British soft drink dandelion and burdock, and is one of the ingredients of root beer. Dandelion leaves contain abundant vitamins and minerals, especially vitamins A, C and K, and are good sources of calcium, potassium, iron and manganese. ***Be sure to watch the second part of the earlier video by clicking the picture below***

Medicinal Uses: 
The fresh juice of Dandelion is applied externally to fight bacteria and help heal wounds. The plant has an antibacterial action, inhibiting the growth of Staphococcus aureus, pneumococci, meningococci, Bacillus dysenteriae, B. typhi, C. diphtheriae, proteus. The latex contained in the plant sap can be used to remove corns and warts (beware using this plant if you have severe latex allergies). Dandelion is also used for the treatment of the gall bladder, kidney and urinary disorders, gallstones, jaundice, cirrhosis, hypoglycemia, dyspepsia with constipation, edema associated with high blood pressure and heart weakness, chronic joint and skin complaints, gout, eczema and acne. As a tonic, Dandelion strengthens the kidneys. An infusion of the root encourages the steady elimination of toxins from the body. Dandelion is a powerful diuretic but does not deplete the body of potassium. Dandelion is traditionally used as a tonic and blood purifier, for constipation, inflammatory skin conditions, joint pain, eczema and liver dysfunction, including liver conditions such as hepatitis and jaundice.

Cultural Importance
Four dandelion flowers are the emblem of White Sulphur Springs, West Virginia (LET’S GO MOUNTAINEERS!). The citizens celebrate spring with an annual Dandelion Festival .

Dandelion Recipes:  
1) Dandelion Salad:
½ head of leaf lettuce, tear
½ head romaine lettuce, tear
½ cup dandelion leaves, tear
¼ cup dandelion stems, chop a few fresh mint leaves
½ cup apple, grated (optional)
Bragg Healthy Organic Vinaigrette or Ginger & Sesame Dressing Toss all torn leaves, dandelion stems, mint and grated apple together with Bragg Vinaigrette or Ginger Dressing.
Serves 4.

2) Dandelion Pasta:
• 2 – 3 cups uncooked pasta shells (depending on how much pasta people eat), cooked and drained
• 1 medium onion
• 2 – 3 cloves garlic, minced
• 1/3 cup crumbled feta cheese
• 1 tbsp. Olive oil
• 1 – 2 cups fresh dandelion leaves, washed and chopped
Directions: Sauté garlic and onion in olive oil. Add dandelion leaves. Cook 1 – 2 minutes. Combine garlic and onion with pasta shells and dandelion leaves. Crumble feta cheese throughout. Voila - ready to eat!

3) Dandelion Pizza:
• 1 pizza crust
• Tomato sauce or pesto
• Cheese (cheddar, mozzarella or a blend)
• Fresh or steamed dandelion greens
• Fresh dandelion blossoms
• Onion
• Garlic
Directions: Spread tomato sauce or pesto onto pizza crust. Sprinkle cheese on top. Sauté onion, garlic, dandelion blossoms. and dandelion greens in skillet 2 – 3 minutes or until onions are translucent. Sprinkle on toppings. You can sprinkle on additional toppings like pine nuts or edible wild mushrooms! Bake pizza in oven 8 – 10 minutes. Dandelion will be the hit of the party with its unique flavor!

4) Dandelion Salve:
16 oz of infused dandelion oil
2 oz coconut oil
2 oz of beeswax
10-15 drops of lavender essential oil

5) Dandelion Decoction:
Use 1 to 3 teaspoons of chopped dandelion root per cup of water, adjusting for taste. Bring to a boil, turn down heat and simmer in covered saucepan for 10 to 20 minutes. Drink 1 to 2 cups daily as a general tonic.

6) Dandelion Infusion:
Gather 10-20 dandelion flowers
Cut off the green bits and put the petals into a jar (I used a jar that holds 1 cup for ease).
Pour boiling water over the petals, filling the jar
Put a lid on the jar and let it sit for at least an hour. I let mine rest overnight.

7) Dandelion Syrup:
Strain the liquid into a pot. Add double the measure of sugar to the liquid in a pot. (ex.: 1 cup liquid, 2 cups sugar)
Bring to boil, stirring occasionally
Turn to a low simmer until the liquid is reduced a bit and starting to thicken.
Remove from heat, allow to cool, pour into glass bottle
Label and store in fridge.

8) Check Out This Recipe for Dandelion Wine: LINK

Dandelion is one of the most plentiful plants that you can find on the planet and many look at it as just an invasive weed that needs to be removed from your yard. The plant is a valuable resource for both medicine making, food and even back yard hooch (i.e. wine). This little plant is easy to identify without any notable lookalikes (when flowering) and is available from early spring (one of the first plants to come out) through late fall. This plant can give us anything from wine to salad to flour to medicine and is easily one of the top wild plants to adopt into your medicinal and edible plant game plan.

Visit Us On Social Media:
APN Radio Show:
Consulting Company Website:

Have something outdoor/bushcraft/trapping/preparedness/hiking/camping/fishing/hunting related you want me to make a post about? Leave me a comment and I will see what I can do! As always feel free to leave your questions and comment below! Also if you enjoy the blog please vote for us on the following websites to help us reach a wider audience:
You are only able to vote once DAILY using this site! Currently we are just outside the top 20 on this site.
You are able to vote DAILY on this site! We are currently ranked # 2 on this site.

Free For All Friday! (02/19/16) 19 Feb 2016, 9:46 pm

Last week I started sharing the prepping/survival/self-reliance/bushcraft/homesteading ebooks that I downloaded for free from Amazon and thought I would continue that again this week. So while I was downloading the books below last night I added them to my online store's reference section  (find it HERE-LINK) to save them until I could gain access to a laptop today. I will be posting free books each Friday that I find through the week (If you miss a post just check the store's reference section as I will add them there each week as well). Be sure to check the price before you hit buy as amazon can change prices on a whim but as of last night they were all free downloads! I hope you're able to get some use out of this weeks books and I will post a comment here if I find one I really like while reading this weekend! If you have AdBlocker you will need to turn it off to get the free books to load below. Just remember to refresh your browser to after you turn it off.


Visit Us On Social Media:
APN Radio Show:
Consulting Company Website:

Have something outdoor/bushcraft/trapping/preparedness/hiking/camping/fishing/hunting related you want me to make a post about? Leave me a comment and I will see what I can do! As always feel free to leave your questions and comment below! Also if you enjoy the blog please vote for us on the following websites to help us reach a wider audience:
You are only able to vote once DAILY using this site! Currently we are just outside the top 20 on this site.
You are able to vote DAILY on this site! We are currently ranked # 2 on this site.

Wild Edible/Medicinal: Plantago Major (i.e. Plantain) 16 Feb 2016, 2:40 pm

I have been utilizing Plantain (a.k.a. Plantago major) as a medicinal herb and wild edible since I was a kid. This medicinal plant is literally everywhere (well everywhere below the permafrost line and above the equator) you look and many regard it as a weed or an unwanted part of their yard. So where is the best place to look for plantain? Gardens, Lawns, trails and anywhere that gets a good bit of sun during the day. Plantain can also grow in partial shade but would require richer soil (it can grow in poorer soil configurations but would need more sunlight). 

Read these other articles on Wild Edible and Medicinal Plants:  Queen Ann's Lace (LINK);  How to determine if a Plant is Edible (LINK), How to Make Pine Needle Tea (LINK); Winter Wild Edible Collection (LINK); Seven Eastern Woodland Trees Essential to Survival (LINK); Red Clover (LINK); List of Common Ailments w/ Cooresponding Wild Medicinal (LINK); Wild Edibles- Leeks a.k.a. Ramps (LINK); Wild Medicinal Squaw Root- The Key to Women's Wilderness Health (LINK)

 So How Do You Identify Plantain?

Plantain has green, oval to egg-shaped leaves that grow in a rosette. These leaves have thick stems that meet at a base. When these stems are broken, they reveal string-like veins that resemble those in celery. Long-pointed, green, petite flowers grow from the base; these also contain a small pod housing dark seeds. The leaves grow in a rosette and can range from 5 to 30 cm in length. Plantain leaves have stems that contain string-like veins and these veins are seen on the leaf. There are five to seven prominent parallel veins from the base. Leaves are generally broadly lance-shaped to egg-shaped, are hairless or sparsely short haired. Can grow to a height of 5 inches.
Medical Properties

How to use plantain medicinally: 1) make into a salve and apply to wounds, stings, skin irritants, burns etc.n to expedite healing and ward off infection; 2) Make a spit poultice to apply directly bites, stings, skin ailments, stop bleeding, treat poison ivy, etc.; 3) boil leaves and place in cotton bandanna to treat bruising, swelling, stings, sprains, strains or muscle pain; 4) make tea with the leaves to treat diherra, gout and GI ailments,; 5) Use tea as a mouthwash to treat toothaches.
Plantain is found all over the world, and is one of the most abundant and accessible medicinal herbs. For thousands of years, poultices of plantain leaves have been applied to wounds, sores, and stings to promote healing. The root of plantain was also traditionally used to treat wounds, as well as to treat fever and respiratory infections. Due to its astringent properties, a tea of plantain leaves can be ingested to treat diarrhea or dysentery. Due to the high vitamin and mineral content, plantain tea simultaneously replenishes the nutrients lost as a result of diarrhea. Adding fresh plantain seeds or flower heads to a tea will act as an effective lubricating and bulking laxative and soothe raw, sore throats.

Want To Use Plantain? Buy Some Of These On Amazon:

Wild Edible: 

How to eat plantain: 1) young leaves in a salad or plain (100 grams= vitamin a in a carrot), 2) stringy leaves can be boiled with a stew(acquired taste), and 3) Seeds can be ground into flour (very high fiber but also a laxative)
Plantain leaves can be twisted or braided to create cordage for making sutures (biodegradable and healing properties) and can also be used for light cordage for fishing or other camp tasks but best use is for improvised stitches. I have used this twisted cordage for fishing with little success and should not be thought of as durable cordage, utilizing it as a biodegradable stitch is about the only feasible use for the plant as cordage.
Plantain Recipes:

Plantain tea: For colds and flu use 1 tbls. dry or fresh whole Plantain (seed, root, and leaves) to 1 cup boiling water, steep 10 min. strain, sweeten. Drink through the day.
Healing salve: In large non-metallic pan place 1lb. of entire Plantain plant chopped, and 1 cup lard, cover, cook down on low heat till all is mushy and green. Strain while hot, cool and use for burns, insect bites, rashes, and all sores. Note: used as night cream for wrinkles.
Plantain Poultice: One of plantain's most common uses is as a poultice for stings, bites, scrapes and rashes. The simplest way to harness plantain's healing powers is to crush a few fresh leaves, and apply to the affected area. Replace fresh leaves as necessary. The fresh plantain juice takes the pain away and seems to work wonders at stopping blood flow. The healing and drawing properties also help relieve the burning sensation of a sunburn.

Plantain is one of the most prevalent and useful medicinal herbs available on the planet and utilized for nearly anything you might need from food to a wide variety of medical conditions. I will say that this is perfect for adding to additional greens (wild onion, clover, etc.) for a salad (as long as it is a young plant older plants just taste a little too chewy). If you have any kind of skin ailment plantain will help draw the issue out weather it be a bite, sting, burn or poison ivy- just chew up a few leaves and make a poultice and secure it with a cotton bandanna and your in business.  Be sure to get out there collect this plant and try using it in all of its applicable means as the more you know the less you have to carry with you.

Visit Us On Social Media:
APN Radio Show:
Consulting Company Website:

Have something outdoor/bushcraft/trapping/preparedness/hiking/camping/fishing/hunting related you want me to make a post about? Leave me a comment and I will see what I can do! As always feel free to leave your questions and comment below! Also if you enjoy the blog please vote for us on the following websites to help us reach a wider audience:
You are only able to vote once DAILY using this site! Currently we are just outside the top 20 on this site.
You are able to vote DAILY on this site! We are currently ranked # 2 on this site.

Free For All Friday! 12 Feb 2016, 7:17 pm

While I was loading up my Kindle application on my phone earlier for my normal weekend survival reading during down time at work I thought as follows..... Self, each week I look for free ebooks in the survival/prepping/self-reliance/off-grid/homesteading genre why are you not sharing these with everyone else since you already are doing half the work anyway? Well my subconscious self had a good point so while I was downloading the books below last night I added them to my online store's reference section  (find it HERE-LINK) to save them until I could gain access to a laptop today. Thus a new weekly post is born and I will be posting free books each Friday that I find through the week (If you miss a post just check the store's reference section as I will add them there each week as well). Be sure to check the price before you hit buy as amazon can change prices on a whim but as of last night they were all free downloads! I hope you're able to get some use out of this weeks books and I will post a comment here if I find one I really like while reading this weekend! If you have AdBlocker you will need to turn it off to get the free books to load below. Just remember to refresh your browser to after you turn it off.


Visit Us On Social Media:
APN Radio Show:
Consulting Company Website:

Have something outdoor/bushcraft/trapping/preparedness/hiking/camping/fishing/hunting related you want me to make a post about? Leave me a comment and I will see what I can do! As always feel free to leave your questions and comment below! Also if you enjoy the blog please vote for us on the following websites to help us reach a wider audience:
You are only able to vote once DAILY using this site! Currently we are just outside the top 20 on this site.
You are able to vote DAILY on this site! We are currently ranked # 2 on this site.

How to build YOUR ultimate Bug out Bag… Aka “the BOB” 28 Jan 2016, 8:35 pm

How to build YOUR Ultimate Bug out Bag aka “The BOB”


Most of us are aware of what the BOB or Bug out Bag is and some of us are aware of what we need to put into this bag, but most of us follow any one or combination of lists out there to help us decide on what to put in a bug out bag.


BUT….The bug out bag is personal this will carry all the things YOU need to survive should you be forced to leave the security of your homestead. Because it is personal I wish to talk about how to determine what is best for YOU and YOUR needs in this bag.


All of the different recommendations for bags and gear should be personal for you or your family’s needs. These can range from medical conditions to the ages of children or simply personal preferences.

A few things that are pretty standard needs are:

  • Ø Water (Some way to carry or make it pure)
    o Purification tablets
    o Filter
    o Means to distil or boil


  • Ø Fire (A means to heat and cook)
    o Matches
    o Lighter
    o Firesterter materials
    o Magnesium


  • Ø Food (you gonna open a package or hunt it?)
    o MRE’s
    § Prepackaged
    § Home made
    o Powerbars
    o Nuts or crackers
    o Snack foods
    o spices


  • Ø Clothing (This varies by the climate and the season)
    o Seasonal items
    o Extras
    o Spare set of items


  • Ø Shelter (again are you going to build it or open it?)
    o Tent
    o Tarp
    o Tools to build from nature


  • Ø First Aid (so many fail to give this segment the importance it mandates)
    o Not just bandaids but meds
    § Pain relievers
    § Vitamins
    § Antibiotics
    o Yes …bandaids & bandages
    o Antiseptic
    o Suture materials
    o Anti-itch cream
    o Topical antibiotic creams


  • Ø Tools (you at least need a knife, right?)
    o A good knife
    o Saw
    o Leathermans tool
    o Paracord


  • Ø Self Defense (this could be a matter of life and death)
    o Pepper spray
    o Firearm
    o Slingshot


  • Ø Misc (this may be your largest category)
    o This one will cover things like the bandana, towel,

Other considerations…

  1. Ø Weight (who is carrying this pack?)
  2. Ø Shelf Life of items (how often do you update it?)
  3. Ø The Pack itself (rigid or soft?)
    One large bag or multiple smaller ones?


Since there are literally hundreds of books and bob_list out there for determining what you need in this bag, all the must haves and can’t live withouts. I thought I would just go over the things you want to think about when making your very own list.

Below are a few resources for finding lists others have compiled and hopefully these will give you some place to start when choosing your items.

Here is my thoughts on the needed items in your bug out bag. Questions you need to answer before you create your bag


  • 1) Who will be carrying this bag?
    a) Strength and endurance are a key factor in what this bag should hold
    b) Are there any special needs for this person?
    i) After deciding who is going to carry it you can establish the amount of weight the person can bear.
    ii) What special medication and items it needs to contain.
  • 2) How long do you wish for this bag to sustain you?
    a) If you’re thinking a week or two then adding a bunch of freeze dried food might help.
    b) If you’re thinking longer then a means to obtain food as in hunting, trapping, fishing or foraging is going to be more of a priority
  • 3) Why do you believe you will need this bag? (Often people overlook the reasons why they chose to do things and simply do them because someone said they needed it. If you don’t know why you need it, how can you know what you need it for?)
  • 4) How soon do you think you need to obtain this bag?
    a) If you need it immediately, a basic bag full of the recommended items might be your choice
    b) If you feel like you might be able to take some time to tweak this to best fit your needs then you could start with basics and shift things as you try it out.

All of these questions are things to think about when thinking about your BOB… think on this scenario…you are planning a new car purchase! You do your homework and check the ratings on some of your favorites. You decided on what you can afford and how you plan to make this decision. Should you not spend some time looking at all the options when it comes to something that could save your life?


Take the time to research which water filter will give you the best results for your area and your needs, don’t just take my word for it that lifestaw for example will do it for you. Have you ever tried drinking the water that is purified with the tablets or eaten the freeze dried meals? I highly recommend you give it a try. Have you ever trapped a squirrel, butchered and skinned it for dinner? No? Maybe before you decide this is your options you should see if it is TRULY an option. I do believe anyone given the time and motivation can do such things but why wait until you’re starving to decide to figure this out? In this case it is probably a good idea to have a means to trap that squirrel but also maybe a few MREs or freeze dried meals to tide you over.

My thoughts are that there are enough lists out there and I will send you to some of the best so I won’t bother to give you just one more list but more like the ideas and motivation to create one of your own. In the situation of the squirrel having a little of both the means to hunt and a meal while learning this skill could help you bridge the gap between our comfy lives now and the harsh reality of what may be if we need this bag!

A few comfort items might be a good idea as well, I have friends who hike… Like for months sort of living off the land but me??? Well I like my chocolate and such so my bag might have a few candy bars in it just to stave off the shock of things. And improvise!!! I have a few large contractor bags in my pack and let me give you only a few of the reasons why…

1) It could protect me from the rain
2) I can use one cut into a single sheet as a shelter
3) I can gather water in it
4) I can set that water in the sunshine and heat it up to clean up with
5) Placing my food items in it with paracord I can suspend them in a tree for safety.
6) I can sleep on it to keep me off a wet ground
7) I can use it to place items in to cache for later if I had to travel light and they could stay dry.

This list could go on and on but this is an example of just a simple item I carry that could prove useful and not an item most lists will have on it. By using the heavy contractor bags the plastic is thick enough to withstand some serious usage and the weight in my bag is negligible.


As long as you keep in mind the basic needs in survival, water, shelter, security and food all other things like sleep and energy come naturally…building your bag will not only give you a useful survival tool but you will be uniquely familiar with its contents and know how to use them.


This week on Prepper Broadcasting I will be exploring the different recommendations as well as considerations you should take into account when building your very own BOB. How to keep it organized and ways to categorize and keep track of your items. Listen in or call in to help us discuss the “Bug out Bag”

These things here are but a few considerations when deciding on what you choose to do but also on the show there will be talk of the EDC (Ladies you won’t want to miss this part!), 72 hour, Get Home bag, Auto kit, Med kit and others so tune in!

And now for your lists!

One of my favorite sites for information is Gray wolf survival they have a great BOB list

I thought Survival Sullivan was afairly comprehensive an in list form

Check out the Bug out channel for some great videos on the bug out bag.

One more list bugoutbag might give some insights as well.


DJ Cooper is the author of the Post-apocalyptic novel Dystopia: Beginning of the End with the second book in the Dystopia series The Long Road to be released soon.


Also check out DJ Cooper on Prepper Broadcasting every Wednesday night at 9pm Est on the show Surviving Dystopia 

Foxfire 23 Jan 2016, 8:41 am

Book Review: FOXFIRE

I’ve been having guests on my show Surviving Dystopia to talk about their books and have talked about mine a lot, but I want to talk about a favorite series of books. The Foxfire Books… I currently have volumes 1-6 and every time I open the pages of this wonderful walk into history I am amazed at how it came about and what it really represents.

Foxfire came about as a classroom experiment…Yep, you got it right students did this! Their teacher Eliot Wigginton, flustered with his class and at a loss as to how to engage his students decided on a very unique approach to get them participating. The students not only learned what they needed to for school but much more than they ever thought they would. Setting is the Rabun Gap-Nacoochee School, Rabun Gap is right
in the Appalachians of Georgia. God’s country, as they say.

What strikes me right out of the gate is the dedication in the very first volume…



” This book is dedicated to the people of these mountains in the hope that, through it, some portion of their wisdom, ingenuity and individuality will remain long after them to touch us all.”

I have often mused on the show about things I learned from my grandmother and mother, how I could sit for hours and listen to the stories that “gramma” would tell soaking up every bit of information she would share with me and now do the same with my mother and share with my daughter. It is a great circle of information and too often it is lost.

“Daily our grandparents are moving out of our lives, taking with
them, irreparably, the kind of information contained in this book.
They are taking it, not because they want to, but because they think
we don’t care.”
-Excerpt from Foxfire I


There are twelve volumes in the Foxfire series of books, and these are actually a compilation of articles that were published in the Foxfire magazine beginning in 1966. We talk about surviving dystopia on the show and the examples in these books tell of a life that the everyday way of doing things is what we nowadays might consider that “Dystopia.”



This series is close to my heart as in my writing I have a book that is taking forever to compile that is much the same, in this book I seek stories of the past to share with readers the thoughts and ponderings of the elderly. Seeking to not lose the knowledge of our grandparents and save it for future generations to marvel at, much as I did as a wide-eyed girl hanging on Gramma’s every word.
Sitting at the old metal kitchen table that had that nifty little side drawer in it. Many know the one I speak of…I think everyone’s gramma had one at one time. She would have her coffee and I would be fascinated with putting the clothes through the old wringer washer and popping off buttons… she would scold me that she had to now sew them back on. Looking sorry for my transgression yet secretly enjoying the way they shot off the shirt and pinged the walls I would try not to do it again. Further than this though was an education many have missed out on.

She would tell me of the days before the bathroom went in and I recall we as kids would sit in the apple trees and watch as my Mom and Aunt would gather the tomatoes with her for canning in the fall. I recall their hands would be all red from the acid in the tomatoes when they peeled them for the jars. After the canning was done all was set aside in the “cellar” which was little more than a dirt basement with shelves in it. Ever wonder why in a dirt basement? It had something to do with the adage “store in a cool dry place?”


I loved the smell of the cellar and now when I smell an earthy dirt cellar I have fond memories of canning in the fall. My grandmother gave me her recipe for piccalilli which is New England speak for green tomato relish. Since her passing I had not made this until maybe 15 years later. Sad I know but when I did I knew why I had not done so, that smell…it was Gramma’s house in the fall and now some 25 years after her death the thought of it still brings tears to my eyes. That day making her recipe I could almost close my eyes and see her in the kitchen with that great pot boiling away.



Thinking about it though it might be just such thoughts that will cost us this wealth of information. We should remember these things with joy and not sorrow. My mother has taught me so much and if I fail to pass it on to my children then someday it will be lost forever. I’m very much reminded of this in the view of Mary Cabe one such person in the foxfire series here she is testing the heat in her oven.


The Foxfire books are a close to what Gramma might have shared with us. Chock full of old timey information saved for generations to come.

This set of books is a wonderful series that every prepper should have. In just the first volume alone there is instruction about Hog dressing, building a log cabin, recipes, home remedies and more. The amazing thing is that each of the articles have been set into these books in an easy to find reference style with like articles grouped together

In further exploration of the books we will find ghost stories, spring wild plant foods, spinning and weaving, midwifing, burial customs, corn shuckin’s, wagon making, animal care, banjos and dulcimers, hide tanning, summer and fall wild plant foods, butter churns, ginseng, guy stuff and even toys. And of course just more affairs of plain living. The list goes on with a bounty of information about the “old” ways.


Get your own copy of the Foxfire books
and other great foxfire publications

DJ Cooper is the author of the Post-apocalyptic novel Dystopia: Beginning of the End with the second book in the Dystopia series The Long Road to be released soon.


Also check out DJ Cooper on Prepper Broadcasting every Wednesday night at 9pm Est on the show Surviving Dystopia


Welcome to N0c0 Technologies! We’ve Rebranded! 1 Jan 2016, 10:00 pm


Welcome to N0c0 Technologies, formerly! Our firm has decided to switch from a news/media reporting website to a “Technical Services” supply company.

Originally, we were just a “Technical Services” supply company but changed over to a news/media outlet after awhile of inactivity. So, after we noticed that there was a market for IT Tech Services, we decided to give this a run for a money once again.

Thank you for your patronage and support of N0c0 Technologies. We look forward to working with our current clients and meeting new clients throughout the year of 2016.

Sincerely yours,

John Smith
CEO, Founder – N0c0 Technologies

The post Welcome to N0c0 Technologies! We’ve Rebranded! appeared first on N0c0 Technologies.

What R ya gonna Do??? 16 Nov 2015, 2:12 pm

I mean really, What are you gonna do??

I’m on facebook and other social media sites like most and all I can see is Paris and Cat videos.  On the news I watched as the events in Paris unfolded live, just like they did on 9/11.  We all sit mouths agape and in shock at the horrific things we see.  Seriously?  Are you really that surprised?


Honestly, sometimes it seems the cats are smarter than some of what I see.  A poster says, “I hear there was a bombing in Lebanon, anyone know where I can find the Syrian flag so I can support the Syrians?”  Another, changes profile picture with French flag imposed on the photo and says, “I don’t watch the news but I know there is something up with all these Paris posts, so I changed my profile because everyone else is doing it.”  In no way wishing to impune many who truly stand in solidarity with those of the tragedy.

Many are up in arms screaming for something and most don’t even know what they are screaming about.  Friends, this is where the real danger lies…This is what we should fear!  The insipid stupidity of the masses…for years I called them “sheeple”, people who follow any change in the wind without real conviction to anything.

So….What are ya gonna do??

In the words of Jim Carey, from the movie Liar, Liar…

jim careyFletcher: You scratched my car.
Impound Attendant: Where?
Fletcher: [shows scratch.] Right there.
Impound Attendant: Oh, that? That was already there.
Fletcher: You LIAR. Do you know what I’m going to do about this?
Impound Attendant: What?
Fletcher: Nothing. Because if I take you to small claims court it’ll just drain eight hours out of my life and even if I got the judgment you’d probably stiff me anyway. So what I’m gonna do is piss and moan like an impotent jerk and then BEND OVER AND TAKE IT UP THE TAIL PIPE.
Impound Attendant: You’ve been here before haven’t you?

Honestly, is there really anything we as individuals can do? 

  • We can…we can be aware and educated.
  • We should… we should be vigilant in keeping that awareness and education ongoing.
  • We need… we need to prepare for a time when things are not just something we see in social media or the news.
  • We will… we will, if prepared be able to take care of our loved ones.


OK, so what does that mean?  How do we prepare?


As with some posts on here and in other wonderful blogs on the internet, there is a ton of information on beginning the process of preparing for a day when things are not so great.  Being a writer of post-apocalyptic novels, this blog and am blessed with the opportunity to host a weekly show on Prepper Broadcasting (insert shameless plug here), I have had the chance to see much good information.  I am a huge advocate of education, educate yourself…learn skills to help you get by because they weigh nothing, they can’t be destroyed or stolen and it is often times that you can obtain it for free.  Education can be shared freely without the fear of running out and it makes YOU the valuable commodity! There is truth in the saying :

“Give a man a fish and you feed him for a day; teach a man to fish and you feed him for a lifetime.”  ~Maimonides

Ok then, let’s learn…Where do we start?

**In this section if you see a link….it is a link to another article about the topic, so check them out

Basics, what do you need to survive?  There are basic human needs to consider, water, food, shelter and safety.  there are many more but lets not get into the New Prepper Overload mindset and go getting ourselves into a tizzy!  instead of tossing list after list at you (because there are plenty of them out there), I’d rather just toss some ideas around… The rest?  Well, that we can just figure out as we go along.

So… Water!



This little gem is likely the most important thing to consider.  3 days people, did you know without it after 3 days you will be in rough shape?  It’s is the simple rule of 3’s in survival.  3 minutes without air, 3 hours without shelter, 3 days without water, 3 weeks without food.  A very good rule to consider when you are thinking on trying to get your preparedness mind in order.   Now water is heavy so keeping in mind ways of water purification and what you need to know about water is where the education part comes in.



Shelter… Well what if you’re forced from your home?

Here again is the education concept I have been beating into everyone’s head here… shelter

If you know how to do it from nothing you have everything you need!  As the winter months approach it is important to note that shelter is possibly in the most immediate sense possibly even more important than water.  Go out and go camping, learn how to build a shelter for yourself and practice this.


Holy Cow what about….Food

forageThis by no means implies that we need to go out and shoot the neighbor’s cow, but on the same lines we might do well to practice hunting with different mediums used for hunting.  Learn to trap, shoot both guns and arrows, fish and forage for the things that mother nature can offer.  Purely from an educational stand point, considering the fact that storage of food and other things is far more palatable a concept for most we must keep in mind that these can be lost.



Shoot … First ask questions later is often the mantra for security.


However keeping with the Mantra of educate yourself, by all means learn to shoot.  For now the 2nd amendment guarantees us the right to own that gun for hunting and security we should value this.  Think on this though, you loose that gun…Now what?  Learn and practice self defense evasion tactics or other nonl-lethal means of defense.  how about becoming less visible?   There are many ways to practice your “Rambo” skills, because remember he didn’t always have a gun.  He improvised often and we should learn to do so as well, in not just defense but in all ways.


Finally at the risk of sounding “political”, our current state of affairs world wide should at the very least motivate you to begin thinking about what would you do if???  Many things happen in our lives and in the world we can’t always control…it could be anything from a minor setback, personal loss or even major catastrophes. Walking around thinking it won’t happen to me or the government will take care of me is a naive outlook at best.  As I write this the  TV is yammering on the background and what catches my attention a commercial… I hear… “You may not be a prepper right now, but you will be…”  With things like telling us to have 3 days food and water stored I think it is foolish for anyone to think they would be spared.

Keep in mind as well that there will be many who hold to that philosophy of it won’t happen to me will likely become like rabid dogs when the real SHTF.


DJ Cooper

Author of the Dystopia Series


book front

Clean water could be Liquid Gold! 13 Nov 2015, 12:13 pm

Clean water could be Liquid Gold!

11-11-15 homespunThis week on Surviving Dystopia radio show I was pleased to welcome Russ Michaud from Homespun Environmental as a guest to talk to us about some of the icky things that can be found in the water you and your family uses and what we can do about them. Whether you’re at home or out on that family outing here’s a cost effective solution to keep the thirst away without the worries of making yourself sick… or worse.

Some of the things we need to keep in mind are the nasty bugs that can be found in water, especially surface water.  add to that come chemicals and pesticides maybe some minerals or other contaminants, sometimes making a sip of cool water from a stream not much more than a crap shoot.

A great PDF on some of the issues with water I found and you might like this one on common contaminants

Over the past couple of weeks I have spoken about pinching pennies and bulk buying and storage. Well this week let’s toss in a little water talk. Water is the one thing we can’t go without for very long, 3 days is all it takes without water before we are done for. Just as important, if not more important than food storage and stocking up is the need for clean water.

11-11-15 goldRight here, right now.. Water flows freely from the tap for most of us. We waste it while brushing our teeth or let it run down the sink to cool off for a nice cool glass of water. But what if a single cup were to become like liquid gold? What if the water around you made you sick because it was polluted? Even your stored water runs out sooner or later… You’re left wondering “What now?”

Talking on stored water, not only does it run out but it is HEAVY, how much can you really carry if you had to leave your home?  What if it were a flood that made your water undrinkable or chemicals leaching into the water table?  there are many reasons why water is something that needs redundant systems in place but not the least of which is the fact that we cannot do without it!!

Besides filtration there are a variety of things that can be done to purify the water and during the show we touch on some of these.  Quickly going through some, first thought was what about boiling?  Yes, this is great to remove biological contaminants but is not effective on particulates and chemicals.  There is the UV method like what we discussed about the SteriPEN Adventurer Opti Personal,Handheld UV Water Purifier
and again it is great for biological but ineffective for particulates and chemicals.  Others might include distillation, reverse osmosis, ozone and slow sand filters. Chemical such as bleach and Potable Aqua Water Treatment Tablets
as well as other means of filtration many that use diatomaceous earth or activated charcoal.

11-11-15 warningDownload and listen to the great show with Russ of Homespun Environmental, It was great chatting while we explored some of the problems with surface water and even ground water and worked with answering questions in chat to determine the best means to make that water potable. Water is heavy and storage can be difficult. Russ shared with us some ideas for keeping your family well stocked with this liquid gold for much less than buying bottled water.

Check out Homespun Environmental on Facebook


Also by DJ Cooper, don’t forget your copy of Dystopia: The Beginning of the End available on Amazon

Saving with Co-ops and buying clubs 4 Nov 2015, 2:34 pm

Saving with Co-ops and buying clubs

11-3-15 buy-in-bulkLast week on Surviving Dystopia we talked about pinching pennies and ways to save with projects aimed at reducing the costs of some of the things we need.  Another way to save money and make those pennies last is to buy in bulk.  If in the long run you can reduce the expenses of your household wouldn’t this be something you would choose to do?

11-3-15 foosdBuying items in bulk can be a fantastic way to save a few pennies but we also need to remember these things must be stored.  When buying in bulk a few things need some special care, for example; Perishible items.  Taking care to establish safe methods of storage for such items is critical, so you can be sure you are saving those extra pennies.

There are a few ways to purchase in bulk:

  • 11-3-15 products-bulk-buyingThere are ways such as buying clubs;  The big box bulk buying clubs like Sams or Costco.  One thing with these is you must pay a membership fee and be aware that the prices may or may not be less.  Another kind of buying club might be a social group buying in large quanitities together and splitting up into shares.  You can create your own buying club easily with friends and family.

Resources on Starting one include a great website that i gleaned lots of great info on the subject from:

Snag this  great PDF  “Buying Club” about how to create a buying club also this great book The Food Conspiracy Cookbook: How to Start a Neighborhood Buying Club and Eat Cheaply

What I really liked about these was that some gave me an outline of how to’s while providing many answers to some questions.

**A community organized buying club is a wonderful way to save money and while the big box chain buying clubs might be good for an individual it is my opinion that a local one will provide higher quality while supporting many local business and farmers


  • There is what is known as as CSA or “Community Supported Agriculture”, with this you deal directly with the grower. Often times being a local farmer a definition of such might be; According to one I found called the “Barking Cat Farm” they discribe it as: “In essence, it is a mutually beneficial arrangement, where in exchange for your commitment to buy a share in our farm’s harvest, we commit to grow exceptionally high quality vegetables and herbs, and deliver a bountiful portion of it to you every week of the subscription term. Become a member of our CSA program and every week throughout the subscription term you will receive a share of fresh, naturally grown, in-season produce and herbs.”

The CSA is another great way to get great FRESH local produce and products while supporting our local farms.  You can also start and run your own.  Mother Earth News has a great article on this.

Some Pros & Cons of the CSA:



  1. emojithumbs_786749You’re supporting a specific local farm
  2. The food is fresh
  3. It’s inexpensive
  4. It is interactive…there are shifts to do people help and volunteer.



  1. You’re limited to only that farmf8f256718f21bd97ac423757638f9f94
  2. You must be ready to use it
  3. You have to spend all at once
  4. There are requirements…like the requirement to volunteer.

Checking out the differences between buying clubs and CSA’s might help you decided which is best for you.


  • The Co-Op is another, this I am sometimes confused with as it can seem like a buying club, except when you buy your membership like a big box chain you kind of own into it… it also differs from smaller buying clubs because often times they are simply buying wholesale and there is little connection to the place where the product originated.
  • A great little article about what exactly a co-op is.


This week I would also like to explore some opportunities and ways we can make these things work for us and ways we can store all these extra goodies.

Of course non-perishable items can be stored most anywhere, but keep in mind if they need to stay out of sunlight or if little critters might like to make homes out of them like paper towels or toilet paper.

I would like to touch more on the perishable items tho’…

rotting-fruit-compost-apples-plums-pears-49086287How many of us have seen this and found the fruits of our labors or deals have been wasted because of a lack of preservation?  How do we stop this?


  • Canning: This is where we heat the product to a specific temp for a set time and vacuum seal it into jars.  This can be done with most foods, including vegetables and fruit and even meat.
  • Freezing: This is where obviously we cool the foods to temps below zero.
  • Drying: Dehydrating the foods to keep microbial activity at bay which is what makes the foods wilt and rot can be very good using Ronco 5-Tray Electric Food Dehydrator
  • Fermenting: This can also be done with many of the foods even dairy and eggs
  • Dry Salt: Often used on meats, fish and veggies
  • Pickling: Pickling is many times combined with  fermenting, canning or keeping in the fridge.
  • Curing: Using salt or nitrates or acid and the “old” way requires a complex drying process to ensure shelf stability.
  • Smoking: MMMMM that smoked ham is so yummy, combined with salt hams and fish are good examples of this.  Smoked meats tend to not go rancid or grow mold as much. learn how with Smoking Meat: The Essential Guide to Real Barbecue
  • Potting: A method used long ago to preserve meats where the meats are cooked and then encased in the fats.
  • There is the good ole’ food saver  and just your general root cellar as well.

All of these are means by which you can preserve your bounty but we must be ready to do the work it requires to preserve this harvest or it will all be simply a waste.  So…while buying is bulk is a good way to pinch some pennies it is also work.

Check out the show on this topic by host DJ Cooper on Surviving Dystopia on the Prepper Broadcasting Network



Surviving Dystopia, What the heck does that mean? 24 Sep 2015, 5:15 pm

 About: Surviving Dystopia

Surviving Dystopia, What the heck does that mean?

In it’s most basic sense? “The art of Getting By”

In 1516 Sir Thomas Moore coined the word Utopia… In his book of the same name, he is describing a society possessing near perfect qualities…. Dystopia is described as the opposite of that, often characterized by dehumanization, totalitarian governments, disasters or some other cataclysmic decline in society.

31twj9hz1kL__SX278_BO1,204,203,200_George Orwell’s Dystopian novel 1984 was a classic example of such a society.

Talking about Surviving Dystopia I discuss this on a weekly talk radio show .

Join me, Author DJ Cooper every Wednesday night at 9pm Eastern Time for a live show about keeping those Dystopian moments at bay. With no set course and a plethora of topics to discuss, take your chances call in, and join us in the chat room. I don’t like it stuffy and prefer a little entertainment with my learning so how about exploring the world of Dystopia that Sir Thomas Moore dreamed of avoiding.

Certainly, I think the biggest message I would like to discuss is a simple one… “Shit Happens” I talk about this a little bit in other areas of the blog “Especially in the post about anxiety.”

Many things happen in our lives and in the world and we can’t always control them…it could be anything from a minor setback, personal loss or even major catastrophes. Walking around thinking it won’t happen to me or the government will take care of me is a naive outlook at best. More recently an excellent example of this false thinking comes to mind….Katrina…. I mean, it is nokatrinat like such a hurricane just pops up…people knew it was coming…they knew New Orleans sat below sea level, yet they just sat there, waiting for the inevitable; convinced the government would save them all… I think we can all see how that went.

USAlewisAHAlfred Henry Lewis said, “there are only 9 meals between mankind and anarchy” this is a fact….3 days is all that represents… Looking more recently at Ferguson…how quickly did a simple protest spiral into anarchy? So much today is completely out of whack…we see issues in our government and there is becoming a wider and wider split in the US between liberal thinking and constitutional thinking…so much so that it almost seems as tho it is a mini war raging amongst the people… some of the socialist ideology that seems to be gaining in popularity is so flawed but people cant see the flaws in it….they think they can create a Utopian society by leveling things out…but that is exactly what the book 1984 is about…when you take from those who work hard to give to those who don’t people loose vision, they loose hope…why bother…….another good book is The Giver by Lois Lowry…think about it everyone is the same and even dreaming of something other than what you are told to dream is punished. Another good series believe it or not that applies is hunger games… where freedoms are taken and the elite are entitled…eventually chaos ensues..

If you live in an area prone to tornado’s is it not prudent to have storm shelter? It just makes sense to be aware of possible Dystopian moments and to keep your world from coming unhinged; o800px-Candle_flame_(1)ne would think people would attempt to minimize the impacts. It is funny but people worry more about protecting their money than they do their families…you buy insurance, invest for retirement…yet don’t keep a candle in the house in case the power goes out.

The message is simple “shit happens”…could be a job loss, could be illness or accident, maybe a hurricane or full on Armageddon, invest in your personal utopia lest it become a dystopia.


DJ Cooper

book front